sign in sign up
<<
Home , Battle of Beroe, Battle of Telamon, Battle of Zela (67 BC), Bayan I, Caetrati, Celtiberians

Updated 30/9/2020 Early Thracian ...... 56 Table of Contents Illyrian ...... 57 Lydian ...... 58 Introduction...... 3 Early Hoplite Greek ...... 59 Version Control ...... 3 Cyrenean Greek ...... 61 I Third Millennium ...... 4 Syracusan ...... 63 Dynastic Sumerian...... 4 Athenian ...... 65 Old ...... 6 Spartan ...... 66 Early Eblan ...... 9 Theban ...... 68 Amorite Nomads ...... 11 Thessalian ...... 70 Hattian Kingdoms ...... 13 Other Greek City States ...... 72 Harappan or Indus Valley ...... 15 Mercenary Greek ...... 74 Zagros Mountain ...... 17 IV Kingdoms of the East ...... 76 ...... 18 Early Achaemenid Persian ...... 76 Magan, Dilmun ...... 20 Bithynian ...... 78 Neo-Sumerian ...... 21 Later Achaemenid Persian ...... 80 II Cradle of Civilisation ...... 23 Alexandrian Macedonian ...... 82 Nubian ...... 23 Bosporan ...... 85 Libyan ...... 24 Alexandrian Imperial ...... 87 Early Arab ...... 25 Later Thracian ...... 90 Old and Middle Kingdom Egyptian ...... 26 Lysimachid Successor ...... 91 Canaanite and Syrian City States ...... 27 Seleucid Successor ...... 93 Old and Middle Kingdom Hittite ...... 28 Ptolemaic Successor ...... 95 ...... 29 Eumenid Successor ...... 97 ...... 30 Antigonid Successor ...... 99 Minoan and Early Mycenaean ...... 31 Macedonian Successor ...... 101 Western Anatolian ...... 33 Early Armenian ...... 102 New Kingdom Egyptian ...... 36 Imperial Seleucid ...... 103 Hittite Empire ...... 37 Later Arab ...... 106 Middle and Early Neo-Assyrian ...... 38 Later Ptolemaic ...... 107 Sea Peoples ...... 40 Galatian ...... 109 Tribal Hebrew ...... 42 Parthian ...... 111 Later Mycenaean and Trojan Wars ...... 44 Maccabean Judaean...... 112 Philistine ...... 46 Commagene ...... 113 , and Hu ...... 47 Later Seleucid ...... 115 Later Elamite ...... 48 V Rise of ...... 117 Early Kushite ...... 49 Tullian Roman ...... 117 Later Neo-Assyrian ...... 50 Etruscan League ...... 119 Neo-Babylonian Empire ...... 52 Gallic ...... 121 Later Kushite ...... 53 Southern Italian Tribes ...... 124 III Frogs Around a Pond ...... 54 Camillan Roman ...... 126 Early Carthaginian ...... 54

Page 1 Return to Contents Samnite ...... 128 Later Visigoth ...... 191 Spanish ...... 130 Later Vandal ...... 192 Pyrrhic ...... 132 Early Bulgar ...... 193 Later Macedonian ...... 134 Early Byzantine...... 194 Hellenistic Greek ...... 135 Early Lombard...... 196 Polybian Roman ...... 137 Avar ...... 197 Pergamene ...... 142 VIII Across the Indus ...... 198 Later Carthaginian ...... 144 Vedic Indian ...... 198 Numidian ...... 146 Classical Indian ...... 199 Germanic ...... 147 Mountain Indian...... 201 Mithridatic Pontic ...... 150 Tamil Indian ...... 202 Marian Roman ...... 152 Graeco-Bactrian ...... 203 Sarmatian ...... 155 Indian Kingdoms ...... 205 Dacian ...... 156 Graeco-Indian...... 206 Third Servile War ...... 157 Kushan ...... 208 VI Rome’s Empire ...... 158 Indo-Scythian ...... 210 Ancient British ...... 158 Gupta Empire ...... 211 Principate (or Early Imperial) Roman ...... 160 Hephthalite (White Hun) ...... 212 Caledonian ...... 162 Later Hindu Indian ...... 213 Scots Irish ...... 163 IX The Ancient Orient ...... 215 ...... 164 Warring States and Ch'in (Qin) Chinese ...... 215 Jewish Revolts ...... 165 Western Han Chinese ...... 217 Middle Imperial Roman ...... 166 Eastern Han Chinese ...... 218 Pictish ...... 168 Three Kingdoms Chinese ...... 219 Sasanian ...... 170 Southern Dynasties Chinese ...... 220 Palmyran ...... 171 Burmese ...... 221 VII Late Antiquity ...... 172 Turkish Tribes and Kingdoms ...... 223 Early Vandal ...... 172 Sui Chinese ...... 225 Ostrogoths (Sciri, Taifali and Heruls) ...... 173 Early Visigoth ...... 174 Raiders and Invaders ...... 175 Early Frank ...... 176 Gepid ...... 177 Burgundian ...... 178 Late Roman ...... 179 Saxon (or Bavarian/Frisian/Thuringian)...... 182 Hun ...... 183 Early Welsh ...... 184 Decline and Fall of the West Romans ...... 186 Later East Roman ...... 188 Romano-British ...... 190

Page 2 Return to Contents Introduction This book of army lists has been written for use with the To the Strongest! ancient and medieval wargames rules, which are available from www.bigredbatshop.co.uk. The book is large and has useful hyperlinks for navigation, so is best viewed electronically. If you click on the name of any list in the Table of Contents, it will take you straight to the relevant army list. There is a link back to the Table of Contents at the bottom of each page. I will add an Index at the back, in a later release. Permission is granted to print any, or all of it, for personal use. That said, the book is a work in progress and I expect to update it every eight weeks or so, adding new content and new lists as they become available, so it’s probably best to save trees by not printing the whole thing out. Whenever a revised version of the book is published, you will automatically be sent a download link. The army lists are designed to produce armies in the 100–160 point range, for use on a table 12 boxes by 8 or 9 boxes deep. If you are using a larger or smaller table, then you may wish to increase or decrease the points, accordingly. Some lists don’t yet include a list of allies and others may have incomplete lists of allies or refer to ally army lists that haven’t yet been written, or just state TBC (“To Be Confirmed”). Please be patient- with the help of friends, I am slowly licking these into shape. I am in the process of adding a Historical Background section to every army list. If you have good knowledge of an army or period, and could help by writing such a background, I’d be very grateful. Similarly, if you are able to write a new army list, please contact me at [email protected], and I can help. Many thanks to Bevan Marchand who suggested this new format, to Michael “Millsy” Mills who refined it, Max and Harry Miller who formatted and edited the document and to everyone who has contributed to the lists. Thanks to all those who helped check, particularly Tim Thompson who checks the new lists Sid Bennett who had a host of useful edits. © Simon Miller, 2020

Version Control I will add a brief note here of the major changes in each release. I will often also add brief notes at the bottom of each list describing the most recent edit to each list.

Date Changes Minor edits (generally of a cosmetic nature) to most lists. Significant edits to the Carthaginian, Etruscan League, Italian Tribes and Early and Later Thracian lists. Edited peltastai, to be similar, across several lists. 29/9/2020 Added five entirely new army lists – Bithynian, Bosporan, Commagene, Illyrian and Tribal Hebrew. Added historical backgrounds to a number of lists, and some images. Revisions to the Camillan and Polybian Roman lists, introducing the new quincunx unit. Added to the Ancient British list. Tweaks to Huns. Tweak to the Apple Bearer in the Later Achaemenid list. Added 26/7/2020 Historical Background sections to all the lists in the Third Millennium chapter, many thanks to Happy Wanderer!

Page 3 Return to Contents I Third Millennium This chapter includes army lists of the third millennium BCE.

Dynastic Sumerian This list covers the city states of from around 2700 BCE until the accession of Sargon to the throne of in 2334 BCE and for the Great Revolt of 2250 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached, mounted general (depict in battle car) 2–4 2+ 5 Generals Upgrade to heroic Any 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Chariot, 1–3* 7+ 9 Gish gigir 4-wheeled battle cars Upgrade chariot, javelin to chariot, javelin, veteran Any 6+ 11 2-wheeled straddle cars Light chariot, javelin, raw 0–1 8+ 4 Royal household Auxiliaries, extra 2HCCW 0–1 6+ 9 Spearmen, deep 2–3 7+ 10 Aga-Ush full time soldiers Upgrade spearmen, deep with extra pavise All** 7+ 11 4–9**, Spearmen, deep, raw 8+ 7 Erin militia 3–9*** Upgrade spearmen, deep, raw with extra pavise All** 8+ 8 Poorer quality Erin militia Mobs, deep, raw 0–1 9+ 4 Lullubi or Guti wild tribesmen Javelinmen, deep, raw with hero 0–1 8+ 8 Nim skirmishing javelinmen Light infantry, javelin, raw 0–2 8+ 3 Nim skirmishers Light infantry other, bow or sling, raw 0–5 9+ 3 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 * Battle cars were drawn by semi-wild equids which, when combined with their four-wheel design, gave them a restricted turning capability. Although they have the normal two hits, they consequently suffer all of the activation penalties associated with deep units. ** Up to 2500. *** After 2500. Allies Amorite, Guti or Lullubi. Historical Background This army list represents any of the thirty or so city state dynastic forces from the First Dynasty of and the epic of to the rise of Akkadian influence under Sargon the Great. In addition, it is used to form independent forces of the Great Revolt of 2250 BCE such as those of the city of Kish or a combined rebel alliance made up of many city states like the one led by Amar-Girid. This was the era of the great Sumerian city states such as , , , , Nippur, Eridu, and many others. Our period of interest starts with the first recorded struggle by , who waged war upon Elam. Following his reign, Agga of Kish fought Gilgamesh of Uruk. Then began a period of several dynastic rulers before the rise of Lagash under the great king , who continued his father’s war against Umma. He engaged in multiple campaigns against Elam, the Persian Gulf and north toward Mari as well as subduing numerous open revolts in Sumer itself. His brother Eannatum I, and son , continued Eannatum’s wars with Umma and after Entemena’s death a series of weak and corrupt priests ruled until the last, Urakagina, was overthrown by the coming of Umma’s revenge, Lugalzagesi. In his subsequent campaigns, Lugalzagesi took Ur as his capital and subdued many other city states, extending his influence from the Persian Gulf to the upper reaches of the Tigris and all the way to the Mediterranean. Lugalzagesi lost his vast territories when he and a confederation of dynastic city states were defeated in battle by Sargon the Akkadian.

Page 4 Return to Contents

Minis from Happy Wanderer’s collection

Many thanks to the Happy Wanderer of sumer2sargon.blogspot.com for his many useful suggestions regarding this list.

Page 5 Return to Contents Old Elam Old Elam 2700–1600 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached, mounted general (depict in battle car) 2–4 2+ 5 Upgrade to heroic Any +1 +1 Generals Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Upgrade to great leader 0–1 +4 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Chariot, javelin 1–3* 7+ 9 4-wheeled battle cars Upgrade chariot, javelin to chariot, javelin, veteran Any 6+ 11 2-wheeled straddle or platform Light chariot, javelin, raw 0–1 8+ 4 cars Auxiliaries, extra 2HCCW 0–1 6+ 9 Royal household armed with Upgrade auxiliaries, extra 2HCCW to bowmen, axes 0–1 7+ 9 veteran Spearmen, raw 1–3 8+ 5 Shushan spearmen Upgrade spearmen, raw with extra pavise All** 8+ +1 Bowmen 8+ 7 Shushan archers 6–12 Light infantry other, bow 8+ 4 Poorer quality militia Mobs, deep, raw 0–3 9+ 4 Javelinmen, deep, raw with hero 8+ 8 Anshan highlanders 0–2 Light infantry, javelin, raw 8+ 3 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 * Battle cars were drawn by semi-wild equids which, when combined with their four-wheel design, gave them restricted turning capability. Although they have the normal two hits, they consequently suffer all of the activation penalties associated with deep units. ** Only after 2500. Allies Dynastic Sumerian, Akkadian, Zagros Mountain, Neo-Sumerian, Old Elam, Harrapan. Historical Background This army list represents the forces of Elam. More than any other peoples, the Elamites were the traditional foes of the Sumerians. A rich culture, ethnically different to the Sumerians, they were nevertheless heavily influenced by their proximity to Sumer. On more than one occasion they were both a threat and a source of plunder by Sumerian and Akkadian kings. Elam has a history going back at least a thousand years before it emerged as a contemporary of Sumer. The time designated as the Old Elamite period (2700–1600 BCE) is the one that concerns us here as 2700 BCE signals the first recorded military contact with Sumer. The two great cities of Elam, Anshan and , were sometimes considered to be their own kingdoms in the early stages of the Old Elamite period but there does appear to be a level of unity in a broad coalition of independent city states not too different from those of Sumer. From Sumerian records we know Enmebaragesi the Sumerian king of Kish “smote the Land of Elam” around 2700 BCE… and so began the centuries long struggle between these two cultures. Three dynasties ruled at the time with the dynasty being at the forefront of conflict with Sumer and Akkad. Awan was one of Elam’s four major cities, located to the immediate north-west of Susa. For a short period, Elam exercised a degree of control over the southern parts of Sumer following what seems likely to have been a significant military incursion around 2550 BCE when Ur was defeated. A reprisal attack was made from Sumer and then the Lagashian warrior-king Eannatum attacked (ca. 2450 BCE), defeating the Elamites so comprehensively that they were forced to form a coalition of the kings of Elam, Subartu and Urua at the battle of the Asuhur canal in a failed bid for success. Succeeding rulers of Lagash continually engaged in clashes against Elam for the next century or so in constant tit-for-tat engagements.

Page 6 Return to Contents

Old Elamite archers from Happy Wanderer’s collection In time, Lagashian control diminished and Elam began to assert independence once again (ca. 2360 BCE). Not until Sargon’s campaigns, do we once again hear of the Elamites, as Sumerian kings vied for control of their own lands in constant hegemonic wars. The coming of the Akkadians brought a series of campaigns for the Elamites with which to contend. Sargon defeated thirteen cities or regions, capturing governors, generals and even the king of Elam himself. At the same time, a kingdom or confederation known as Marhashi was emerging to the east on the Iranian Plateau. During Sargon’s reign he held suzerainty over Greater Elam but after death his son was forced to make war once again on the Elamites, winning a great victory at the battle of the Middle River (ca. 2273 BCE). After Rimush’s brief interlude as king, the Elamites faced more Akkadian attacks by his successor Manishtusu (ca. 2265 BCE). He campaigned into eastern Elam, solidifying and even expanding the conquests of his brother in that region. These attacks would have been against Elam’s emerging eastern region state of Marhashi, which had now formed into a cohesive entity, bordering Anshan and becoming militarily threatening. It could also be that the Marhashi declaration of independence from Akkad brought about this Akkadian response. Further attacks by the Akkadian kings came from Naram Sin, which though poorly documented, do show that he campaigned in Elam and Parahshum in south-western . Doubtless, given the extent of his other conquests, he would have brought as much force to bear against the Elamites as he did elsewhere during his reign. With the decline of Akkadian power, Marhashi overran Elam for a time and united efforts in fighting against the Akkadian Empire, resulting in a climactic battle being fought near Akshak (ca.2210 BCE), at the confluence of the Diyala and Tigris rivers between the two states. This battle, brought on by an Elamite incursion, gives us a sign of the decaying power base of the Akkadian Empire as their enemies marched on Akkadian lands. Nevertheless, the Elamite attack against the Akkadian king Shar-kalli–shari, according to Akkadian records, was a battle lost. Regardless, Akkadian hegemony was waning, and the Elamites began to reassert their independence. So it was that after centuries of conflict with Sumer and Akkad, and just as the Elamite resurgence was taking hold, a new threat descended upon them. In 2193 BCE Elam was overthrown by the Gutians as they swept through southern from the Zagros Highlands and into Elam itself, also destroying the Akkadian Empire. The new Simash dynasty eventually came to power during this period of instability. The Simash leadership had to deal with sporadic periods of diplomacy and attacks by the Gutian chieftains until finally they lost control and were expelled. After the expulsion of the Gutians, the Neo Sumerians of the , led by , invaded Elam and conquered Susa (ca. 2050 BCE). This incursion was not to last long, however. Kindattu, the Elamite king, together with the

Page 7 Return to Contents people of Susa, rose and sacked Ur (ca. 2004 BCE) leading its king into captivity and bringing the dynasty to an end. With this threat removed, Elam became a powerful kingdom once again, although it was shortly thereafter pushed out of southern Mesopotamia six years later by the Amorite city state of Isin, ending Elamite influence in Mesopotamia at the close of the third millennium. As can be seen, for the wargamer the struggles between Elam and Sumer are akin to those waged between England and France from Agincourt to Waterloo. There are endless scenarios between these two foes who engaged in countless campaigns against one another. Even internal Elamite city state clashes offer plenty of gaming potential. Many thanks to the Happy Wanderer (Sumer2sargon blog) who wrote this list.

Page 8 Return to Contents Early Eblan Early Eblan 2700–2000 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached, mounted general (depict in battle car) 2–4 2+ 5 Generals Upgrade to heroic Any +1 +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Chariot, javelin 1–6* 7+ 9 4 wheeled battle cars Upgrade chariot, javelin to chariot, javelin, veteran Any 6+ 11 2-wheeled straddle cars Light chariot, javelin, raw 0–1 8+ 4 Auxiliaries, extra 2HCCW 0–2 6+ 9 Bodyguard Upgrade auxiliaries, extra 2HCCW to spearmen, Any 6+ 14 deep, veteran Bodyguard archers Bowmen, veteran 0–2 7+ 9 3–12**, Spearmen 7 4–12*** Regular spearmen 7+ Upgrade spearmen to spearmen, deep All** 10 Upgrade spearmen with extra pavise All** +1 2–12**, Spearmen, raw 5 4–12*** Militia spearmen 8+ Upgrade spearmen, raw to spearmen, deep, raw All** 7 Upgrade any spearmen with extra pavise All** +1 Warriors, deep, raw 8+ 7 Iranian wild tribesmen 0–1 Warriors, deep 7+ 10 Bowmen 8+ 7 Settled or nomadic archers 0–2 Light infantry other, bow 8+ 4 Settled or nomadic slingers Light infantry other, bow or sling, raw 0–2 8+ 4 Spearmen 7 Hattian spearmen 0–2 7+ Spearmen, deep 10 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 * Battle cars were drawn by semi-wild equids which, when combined with their four wheel/no axle design, gave them restricted turning capability. Although they have the normal two hits, they consequently suffer all of the activation penalties associated with deep units. ** Only after 2500. *** Only until 2500. Allies Dynastic Sumerian, Akkadian, Early Eblan, Neo-Sumerian. Historical Background This army list represents the forces to the north-west of Mesopotamia in modern day , principally the cities of and Mari, though many other city states existed very much like those in Sumer. Ebla was a powerful and well-established city state in the third millennium. It had rich lands and was a major commercial centre, a rivalry shared with Mari with whom it often fought. Rich in textiles and timber, Ebla is well known in Sumerian texts from an early time. Such was the closeness between Sumeria and Ebla that they shared many common features of each other’s society, including for the most part the armaments and methods of war. At its peak Ebla ruled over two dozen or so large cities and received large tribute sums, making it an enormously wealthy and powerful hegemonic city state. This almost feudal arrangement meant an Eblan army at full strength would likely include contingents from several other cities.

Page 9 Return to Contents Mari, as Ebla’s chief rival, had influences from both Sumer and the . Its proximity to Sumer led to clashes with the Sumerian city state of Lagash under its expansionist warrior king Eannatum. Mari, however, mostly looked west. It vied for control of the lesser city states lying between itself and Ebla to extract tribute and wealth from these settlements on the upper Euphrates, just as Ebla had. This fierce rivalry between the two cities resulted in numerous clashes over a period of a century, similar to the clash between the Sumerian city states of Umma and Lagash. Early on (ca. 2400 BCE) Mari took control of Ebla, but Ebla threw off Mariote control and once again established its own rule.

Battle cars from Happy Wanderer’s collection. Towards the end of these wars, the scale of operations was such that in Ebla’s final campaign against Mari in 2340 BCE reports of 3,600 dead at a battle at Darashum and another 3,200 dead at Badanu and Masanu. Nevertheless, just like Umma and Lagash, it was the Akkadian Sargon who made war on Ebla (and Mari), absorbing them into his empire, not long after the Eblaite general Enna-Dagan captured Mari in the aforementioned campaign. After Sargon’s death, being distant from Akkadian influence, Sargon’s successors became occupied with troubles in the south of their empire, allowing Ebla (and Mari) to reassert a degree of independence. Once again, they made war on each other and suffered incursions from Hattian Kingdom around 2200 BCE. Naram Sin, however, upon his succession reconquered and destroyed Ebla ending its third millennium golden age. Not long after his death, the Akkadian Empire fell to the Gutian invasion and Ebla rebuilt. Whilst never as strong as it once was, it tried to reassert its independence once again. With the rise of the Neo-Sumerian Third Dynasty of Ur, for whom it remained a reliable ally, the city eventually fell to the dynasty of generals and finally the sack of the Amorites who made the city their own. Many thanks to the Happy Wanderer (Sumer2sargon blog) who wrote this list.

Page 10 Return to Contents Amorite Nomads Amorite Nomads 2700–1595 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Generals Upgrade to heroic Any 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Henku bodyguard axemen Warriors, deep 2–3 7+ 10 Desert warrior tribesmen Javelinmen, deep 4–15 7+ 10 Light infantry other, bow 4 Nomadic archers 0–3 8+ Bowmen 7 Javelin skirmishers Light infantry, javelin, raw 3–7 8+ 3 Bow skirmishers Light infantry other, bow 3–7 8+ 4 Slinger skirmishers Light infantry other, sling 0–2 8+ 4 Youths Light infantry, javelin, raw 0–5 9+ 3 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Allies Dynastic Sumerian, Akkadian, Early Eblan, Neo-Sumerian, Amorite Nomads. Historical Background This list covers the nomadic tribes known as the Martu (westerners) by the Sumerians (Amurru by the Akkadians), and includes the Yahmadu, Tidnum (Didnum), Yahmutum, Hana and Benu-yamin tribes. They are usually known now by their biblical title of ‘Amorite’. These nomads of the Syrian Desert presented a constant threat to the settled peoples of the Near East, particularly in the later stages of the third millennium. Towards the end of our era, the constant encroachment by the Amorite tribes consumed the Mesopotamian landscape, ending the Third Dynasty of Ur and bringing Sumerian hegemony to a close. The Amorites are commonly thought to be a disparate people when Mesopotamian civilisation was developing to a high level. It is also generally agreed that the Akkadians were the first Semitic peoples that descended upon the Sumerian lands. In fact, the Amorite people long before Sargon’s time were culturally unified Semitic Bedouins. They lived in western Syria, bordering the Euphrates towards Kish and even as far east as the Diyala river region of the Tigris. As such, the Amorites played an important part in the early developments in the Near East and were known for many centuries before their time to rule finally came. The earliest cuneiform tablet reference we have of the Amorites is around 2550 BCE, but there are early references ascribed to the king of Uruk (before the time of Gilgamesh) building walls to protect his people from the Martu. These Amorites were known to the Sumerians as “people who know not grain and do not live in houses”. Third millennium Amorite peoples were fundamentally nomadic clans ruled by fierce tribal chiefs, known as the abum or ‘father’, who forced themselves into the surrounding fertile lands where they needed to graze their herds. They would pasture their flocks of sheep and goats to graze on the stubble and be watered from the river and irrigation canals. For this privilege, they would have to pay a tax in wool, meat, milk, and cheese to the temples, who would distribute these products to the bureaucracy and priesthood. In good years, all would go well, but in bad years, wild winter pastures would be in short supply, nomads would seek to pasture their flocks in the grain fields, and conflicts with farmers would result. For the Akkadian kings, Martu was one of the “Four Quarters” surrounding Akkad, along with Subartu, Sumer, and Elam. The Amorites were described as fierce warriors, ‘‘as powerful as the southern wind”, who frequently created fear among the Sumerians. The Akkadian king Naram-Sin recorded successful campaigns against the Amorites in northern Syria ca. 2240 BCE. His successor Sharkilasharri (2218–2193) continued with his own campaigns, mentioning a battle with the ‘Martu’ whom he defeated at Bashar, a low mountain range lying to the west of the Euphrates. of Lagash (2123) also ‘sort stone’ from this region to build temples and from this time the term Amorite seems more commonly used. Whilst there were periods of time when the Sumerians and Akkadians fought the Amorites, they also employed the war tribesmen as mercenaries as well, such were the shifting allegiances with localised tribal chiefs and the military demands of the day. By the time of the last days of the Neo-Sumerian Ur III Empire, migrating Amorites had become such a force that the Ur III king Shu-Sin was obliged to construct a 170 miles (270 km) long wall from the Tigris to the Euphrates to hold them off – a Sumerian “Hadrian’s Wall”, of sorts.

Page 11 Return to Contents The coming of the Amorites was resisted fiercely by the Neo-Sumerians. The kings of Ur III knew full well the threat they faced and undertook expeditions and forged alliances to counter the growing power of the Amorite tribes. However, this Amorite ‘invasion’ was not like that of the Guti of previous times but rather an encroachment into Mesopotamia in an inexorable ‘march by settlement’, isolating the domination of the Ur III dynastic cities, with each one eventually breaking away as the inability of the Ur III kings to protect them became more apparent. This eventually strangled the power base of the ruling Neo-Sumerians, being replaced by Amorite leaders taking positions of power in these cities, until finally the Elamites sacked Ur in 2004 BCE and subsequently the Amorites six years later took control for themselves. This ultimately led to the rise of the great Amorite in the Second Millennium. After having taken control, the Amorites adopted many Sumerian cultural ways, just as the Akkadians had done before them, and were assimilated into the existing culture rather than replacing that which had been so firmly entrenched for a thousand years or more. Many thanks to the Happy Wanderer (Sumer2sargon blog) who wrote this list.

Page 12 Return to Contents Hattian Kingdoms Hattian Kingdoms 2700–1700 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached, mounted general (depict in battle car) 2–4 2+ 5 Generals Upgrade to heroic Any 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Chariot, javelin 1–5* 7+ 9 4 wheeled battle cars Upgrade chariot, javelin to chariot, javelin, veteran Any 6+ 11 2-wheeled straddle cars Light chariot, javelin, raw 0–1 8+ 4 Bodyguard axemen Auxiliaries, extra 2HCCW 0–2 6+ 9 Spearmen, raw 6–12 8+ 5 Upgrade spearmen, raw to spearmen, deep, raw Any 8+ 7 City militia spearmen Upgrade any spearmen from raw as full –time Up to 1/4 7+ +2/+3 soldiers Upgrade any spearmen with extra pavise All** 8+ +1 Auxiliaries, extra 2HCCW 6+ 9 City militia axemen 2–5 Auxiliaries, extra 2HCCW, raw 7+ 7 Wild tribesmen Javelinmen, deep with hero 0–3 7+ 11 Mercenary skirmishers Light infantry other, bow or sling, raw 0–2 9+ 3 Warbartum wild tribesmen Javelinmen, deep with hero 0–3 7+ 11 Light infantry, javelin, raw 3 Warbartum skirmishers 0–2 8+ Light infantry other, bow 4 Slingers Light infantry other, sling, raw 0–5 9+ 3 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 * Battle cars were drawn by semi-wild equids which, when combined with their four wheel/no axle design, gave them restricted turning capability. Although they have the normal two hits, they consequently suffer all of the activation penalties associated with deep units. ** Only after 2500. Allies Akkadian, Early Eblan, Hattian Kingdoms, Neo-Sumerian. Historical Background This army list represents the mineral rich feudal states to the north-west of Mesopotamia in , those that eventually went on to form the basis of the Hittite Empire in the 2nd millennium BCE. Anatolia’s coherent zones of habitation and settlements actively traded with one another, developing and founding the basis for advancement in their societies. Small settlements grew into political and religious centres, wielding their influence over larger dominions and ultimately becoming a group of city states united in a trade network. The discovery and development of the mineral sources in northern Anatolia is believed to have been one of the stimulating factors leading to this geo-political landscape. The City states that we know off include , Hassum, Kanesh, Zalwar and , along with others in south central Anatolia. A typical Early Bronze fortress city would have a wall of mud bricks with a stone foundation, defensive ditch, fortified gates, and projecting round towers. Overall, Hattian urbanisation would be characterized by wealthy warlike dynasties ruling strongly fortified citadels, indicating quite a degree of military activity. Exact dates for contact with the ’ southern neighbours are not known but we have references indicating that by 2700 BCE Sumerian trade routes had been established. The adjoining ‘state’ of Ebla and its highly organised and trade-based society also made it probable that the Hattians would have been in contact with them also. From this it seems reasonable to assume that the Hattians emerge on scene with a scattered but interrelated number of regional hegemonic independent city states by the time of the mid third millennium.

Page 13 Return to Contents Militarily, we have no firm records of engagements until the time of Sargon, where the ‘King of Battle’ epic gives us details. Given the nature of the societies and their long history, it seems probable that with the abundance of natural resources the city states would have clashed with each other and possibly their nearby southern neighbours. Whilst conjectural, it seems reasonable to assume the patterns of inter-urbanised conflict of the other regions of this time also apply to Hattian city states as well. Sargon’s invasion (ca. 2300 BCE) was directed at the carrying out of an expedition against Purushanda’s ruler, Nur-Dagan. Purushanda was at the end of two important trade routes, abundant in merchandise such as , copper, tin, textiles and wool. In the ‘King of Battle’ epic, telling of Sargon’s expedition, we hear of Sargon’s generals advising him against his own desire for action but a message from forlorn Akkadian merchants in Purushanda pleading for help decided the issue. He mobilised his army and marched off through difficult terrain, launching a surprise attack and capturing Purushanda. Nur- Dagan was taken prisoner, submitting to Sargon, and (possibly) swearing allegiance as a vassal. After three years the Akkadians leave, taking with them the spoils of war. The next incursion that we hear of by the Akkadians comes from Naram Sin. He is said to have marched against a coalition of seventeen kings, including of Hattusa and Zipani. The previous reigns of Akkadian kings spent most of their energies undertaking expeditions in the east and south as well as suppressing internal rebellion. By the time of Naram Sin, some 80 years or so after Sargon’s expedition, the Hattian kingdoms had grown wealthier and more independent, forming a broad Anatolian coalition that had resolved to throw of Akkadian authority. This cooperation between city states indicates a degree of cooperation which in this case was to expel Akkadian influence. Interestingly, there have been findings of royal seals with the name of Ibbi–Sin of Ur, suggesting that there may have been a Sumerian presence as late as 2025 BCE. Between.2000 and 1700 BCE, the Hattians were gradually absorbed by the Indo-European . (Note – it must be acknowledged that information on third millennium Hattian societies, weapon and military activities is very scarce. I have tried to pull together enough information to give a general understanding of what forces were at play from which can built reasonable assumptions as to likely interactions between neighbouring peoples. Many thanks to the Happy Wanderer (Sumer2sargon blog) who wrote this list.

Page 14 Return to Contents Harappan or Indus Valley Harappan or Indus Valley 2600–1300 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 1–3 2+ 4 Upgrade general to mounted (depict in battle car) 0–1 – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic Any 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 3–6 – 1 Chariot, javelin 0–1* 7+ 9 4–wheeled battle cars Upgrade chariot, javelin to chariot, javelin, veteran 0–1 6+ 11 Auxiliaries, extra 2HCCW, hero 0–2 6+ 10 Guard, with hero Replace auxiliaries, extra 2HCCW, hero with Any 7+ 10 bowmen, veteran, hero Spearmen, raw 2–4 8+ 5 Harrapan city–dwelling Upgrade spearmen, raw to spearmen 0–1 7+ 7 spearmen Upgrade spearmen with extra pavise Any 8+ +1 Kulli wild tribesmen Javelinmen, deep 2–4 7+ 10 Harrapan massed archers Bowmen 2–4 8+ 7 Skirmishing archers or slingers Light infantry other, bow or sling 4–8 8+ 4 Javelin skirmishers Light infantry other, javelin, raw 0–3 9+ 3 Light infantry, javelin, raw 8+ 3 Baluchi or Sind auxiliaries 0–2 Light infantry other, bow 8+ 4 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 * Battle cars were drawn by semi–wild equids which, when combined with their four–wheel design, gave them restricted turning capability. Although they have the normal two hits, they consequently suffer all of the activation penalties associated with deep units.

Allies Old Elam, Neo-Sumerian, Magan, Harrapan. Historical Background This army list represents the forces of the well-established Indus Valley Harrapan culture, located in modern day Pakistan, western and eastern . A major trading partner with Mesopotamia, their goods extended as far as Ebla and Syrian cities. They provided troops for the Great Revolt against Akkad and the Third Dynasty of Ur. Their culture is something of an enigma, as the voluminous ancient texts available are yet to be deciphered, leaving us with information based largely on archaeological interpretation. Militarily, we are well informed of Indian warfare in the Vedic age of the second millennium, but not as much with the lesser known large civilisations of the third millennium which lack obvious images of warfare. The importance of Harrapan civilisation to conflict in Mesopotamia is based largely on trade. The Indus Valley is located far from Mesopotamia and there are no direct records of major military operations conducted by either people. The Indus Valley civilisation was at least as advanced as contemporary civilisations in Mesopotamia. The large cities were similar in organisation and layout. They were surrounded by walls in highly organised societies. Inhabitants of the ancient valley developed new techniques in handicraft and metallurgy (copper, bronze, lead, and tin). The civilization is noted for its cities built of brick, roadside drainage system and multi–storeyed houses, many techniques in advance of Mesopotamian culture. According to some archaeologists, more than 500 Harappan sites have been discovered. Trade networks linked this culture with related regional cultures and distant sources of raw materials, including lapis lazuli and other materials for bead-making. Villagers had, by this time, domesticated numerous crops as well as various animals, including the water buffalo. Early Harappan communities turned to large urban centres by 2600 BCE, from where the mature Harappan phase started ending shortly after the close of the third millennium. There are many archaeological finds of ‘standardised’ systems being used by Harappan peoples and it seems that for the most part there were important central city states of authority governing an area leading to this uniformity.

Page 15 Return to Contents Even though there seems to be a lack of evidence of direct military conflict, such a huge number of interrelated trading city states surely must have experienced similar conflict creating pressures to those in Mesopotamia. Several burial sites of this time indicate victims of large-scale massacres, which is likely to have occurred in organised conflict of some sort. The evidence at this stage is still inconclusive. We have evidence of military weapons including arrow heads and bronze and copper weapons, doubtless using the trade relations of copper rich Magan/Dilmun for the raw materials for these implements. Knives, sickles, axes and spears all form the arsenal of Harrapan forces. We also have representation of two and four wheeled vehicles drawn by oxen seemingly depicted as being of a ‘quicker variety’ that could have had a military function. The first recorded instance of military interactions with Mesopotamian culture was when Rimush of Akkad launched a campaign against Parahshum in Elam, winning a great victory at the battle of the Middle River (ca. 2273) which involved a contingent of troops from Meluhha – the Indus Valley – serving in the anti–Akkadian coalition. Manishtusu’s (2269 – 2255) campaign against the Persian Gulf could quite possibly have included operations against the Indus Delta given the previous Meluhha force who fought Rimush, but again, details are scarce. With the increasing military emphasis in the south of the Akkadian Empire and the influence and rise of the Third Dynasty of Ur in the Persian Gulf, it is not without reason that this would have given rise to the possibility of clashes between Indus Valley and Mesopotamian forces. Many thanks to the Happy Wanderer (Sumer2sargon blog) who wrote this list.

Page 16 Return to Contents Zagros Mountain The warlike tribal clans of the Zagros Mountains to the north-east of Mesopotamia, including the Guti, Lullibi & Hurri from 2350 BCE onwards. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Generals Upgrade to heroic At least half 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 3–5 – 1 Auxiliaries, extra 2HCCW 0–2 6+ 9 Retainer axemen Upgrade auxiliaries, extra 2HCCW with extra bow Any – 11 Lullubi or Guti wild tribesmen Warriors, deep, raw 5–18 8+ 7 Axemen with throw sticks Auxiliaries, extra 2HCCW, extra javelin (throw sticks) 0–2 6+ 11 Levy archers Bowmen 3–14 8+ 7 Skirmishing archers or slingers Light infantry other, bow or sling, raw 0–10 9+ 3 Skirmishers with throw sticks Light infantry other, javelin, raw 0–6 9+ 3 Spearmen 0–3* 7+ 7 Akkadian-Sumerian city militia Downgrade spearmen to spearmen, raw Any 8+ 5 Upgrade spearmen to spearmen, deep, raw Any 8+ 7 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 *Akkadian spearmen are only available to Guti armies between 2200 and 2100. Allies Dynastic Sumerian, Akkadian*, Early Eblan*, Old Elam*, Zagros Mountain, Neo-Sumerian, Harrapan* [*Guti only] Historical Background The Guti were the most notable of the three tribal groupings and their king list extends from 2230 BCE to 2109 BCE. Gutium, a mountainous area in south-west Iran, was a troublesome part of the Akkadian Empire and the year names of the kings of Akkad record campaigns against the region. Around 2200 BCE, Gutian raiders descended to the Mesopotamian plain conquering the weakened Akkadians. Having established power, most likely on a tribal basis and under no central rule, the Guti adopted Akkadian ways and settled as lowlanders, throwing off their tribal ways for the trappings of civilisation. The Guti ruled for around a century but they were ineffective at governing the civilised states of Mesopotamia. This led to a decline in the canal system and the general prosperity of the region, bringing about something of a ‘Gutian Dark Age’. This inability to rule enabled several southern Sumerian states to survive somewhat autonomously by paying tribute to their Gutian overlords. This arrangement gradually led to dissent and an end to Gutian rule came when king Uthegal of Uruk defeated the Gutian king Tirigan at the battle of Ennigi, thus signalling the rise of the Third Dynasty of Ur. The Lullubi were settled to the north-west of the Gutians, on the Sherizor plain in the Zagros Mountains of western Iran. Said to be conquered by Sargon the Great, they fought both with and against their larger neighbour Guti. Under their king Anubanini, they were most famously defeated by Naram Sin, who raised a victory stele marking his success. As the Akkadian’s grip on power became less effective, the Lullubi became more troublesome. They resisted rule by the Guti and the Neo-Sumerian king Shulgi was forced to send up to nine expeditions into Lullubian lands to quell the unrest. The Hurri were a people located to the east of the Tigris, north of the Lullubi. Not very much is known about them in the third millennium. It is believed they became allied to the Akkadians after the conquests of Sargon the Great. Their presence is most notable by the time of Ur III, but recent studies show that they may have existed much earlier than first thought and possibly even in urban centres, such as . For now, they remain an enigma and can be considered one of the surrounding tribal peoples that existed alongside the Mesopotamian plain. Many thanks to the Happy Wanderer (Sumer2sargon blog) who wrote this list.

Page 17 Return to Contents Akkadian Empire Akkadian Empire 2334 to 2154 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached, mounted general (depict in battle car) 2–4 2+ 5 Upgrade general to detached 0–1 – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic Any 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Upgrade to great leader 0–1** +4 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Chariot, javelin 1–3* 7+ 9 4-wheeled battle cars Upgrade chariot, javelin to chariot, javelin, veteran Any 6+ 11 2-wheeled straddle cars Light chariot, javelin, raw 0–1 8+ 4 Royal household armed with Auxiliaries, extra 2HCCW 0–2 6+ 9 axes Upgrade Auxiliaries, extra 2HCCW with extra bow Any – 11 City Axemen Auxiliaries, extra 2HCCW 0–2 6+ 9 Spearmen, deep 5–12 7+ 10 City Spearmen Downgrade spearmen, deep to javelinmen, raw Any 8+ 5 Lullubi or Guti wild tribesmen Javelinmen, deep, raw with hero 0–1 8+ 8 Massed-City or Elamite archers Bowmen 0–4 8+ 7 Skirmishing javelinmen Light infantry, javelin, raw 0–2 8+ 3 Skirmishing archers or slingers Light infantry other, bow or sling, raw 0–5 9+ 3 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 * Battle cars were drawn by semi-wild equids which, when combined with their four-wheel/no axle design, gave them restricted turning capability. Although they have the normal two hits, they consequently suffer the activation penalties associated with deep units. ** Great leaders are described in the Even Stronger supplement. Allies Dynastic Sumerian, Early Eblan, Old Elam, Zagros Mountain, Hattian Kingdoms, Amorite Nomads Historical Background This army list represents Akkadian forces led by Sargon the Great and his successors up to the Gutian invasion. There was near constant campaigning throughout the reign of the Akkadian kings. Sargon’s defeat of the Sumerian coalition of Lugalzagesi was followed by a lifetime of wars. He campaigned against Magan where he ‘washed his weapons in the lower sea’ of the Persian Gulf. Then west to Amorite Kazalla, and north to the ancient cities of Mari and Ebla, all the way to the Mediterranean. Finally, he campaigned to the east and defeated the four leaders of Elam, led by Awan, conquering Susa and was made master of the ‘four quarters of the world’. His last campaigns were fought against rebellious subjects amid famine and war. Revolt spread again after Sargon’s death and his ruthless son Rimush immediately moved to secure control of his empire, engaging in six campaigns suppressing rebellions before turning against Elam. His rule was unpopular, however, and he fell foul to assassins in his own court, possibly in a palace coup. Rimush’s successor was another of Sargon’s sons, , who further extended his interests to the south by campaigning against Magan in the Persian Gulf, possibly as far as Melukka of the Harrapan civilisation. Next to succeed was the other great Akkadian, the god-king Naram Sin, securing his power in the year of nine battles. He engaged in campaigns of reconquest in the north against Ebla and Greater Syria. He marched on Subartu and even as far as Anatolia. He campaigned to the east against the troublesome Zagros hill tribes of Guti and Lullubi, commemorating his victory against the later with his famous Victory Stele, thereby becoming master of the four quarters of the world just as his grandfather had been. He also subdued Magan in the Persian Gulf and established greater trade links with Harrapa. From these conquests, Naram Sin took the Akkadian Empire to its zenith.

Page 18 Return to Contents The Akkadian hegemony began to fall apart after Naram Sin’s death. Shar-Kali–Sharri ruled for a short period before the Zagros Mountain highlanders, most notably the Guti, descended into the Mesopotamian plains and conquered the once great Akkadian Empire. Many thanks to the Happy Wanderer (Sumer2sargon blog) who wrote this list.

Page 19 Return to Contents Magan, Dilmun Magan, Dilmun – Persian Gulf region 2200–1500 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Generals Upgrade to heroic Any 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Retainers Auxiliaries, extra 2HCCW, hero 0–2 6+ 10 Javelinmen, deep 5–18 7+ 10 Wild tribesmen Upgrade javelinmen, deep with extra 2HCCW 0–4 7+ 11 Light infantry other, bow 3–12 8+ 4 Skirmishing archers Downgrade light infantry other, bow to light infantry 0–4 9+ 3 other, bow, raw Skirmishing slingers Light infantry other, sling 0–4 8+ 4 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Allies Akkadian, Old Elam, Neo-Sumerian. Magan, Harrapan. Historical Background This army list covers the seafaring Magan (or Makkan) civilisation probably located in present-day UAE and Oman, including the region of Dilmun (current day Bahrain). The Magan were situated across a major trade route to the Indus Valley. Their lands lay to the south of Sumer and Dilmun, surrounded by high mountains from which diorite or gabbro for black statues could be quarried. A prominent social elite emerged in this region as early as the late third millennium, ca. 2200 BCE. The Dilmun polity was best characterised as a decentralised system of small kinship-based units organised through relative mutual autonomy. The existence of moderately developed social hierarchies and latent institutional complexity in late third-millennium Dilmun found support because of its substantial copper industry, which flourished and proved so important to rulers in this region The position of Magan and Dilmun between Mesopotamia and the Indus valley civilisations made it a natural place of interaction between peoples. There is a great deal of evidence showing strong relations with the Harappan area encompassing the Indus Valley and this was of vital importance to the socio-economic development of Dilmun. One of the earliest inscriptions mentioning Dilmun is that of king Ur-Nanshe of Lagash “The ships of Dilmun brought him wood as tribute from foreign lands”. Mesopotamian trade documents list goods along with official inscriptions supplementing Harappan seals and archaeological finds to support ideas of cultural exchange. Literary references to trade date from the Akkadian, the Ur III Dynasty, and the second millennium Isin-Larsa Period (ca. 2350–1800 BCE), but trade probably started in the Early Dynastic Period (ca. 2600 BCE). Militarily, we first hear of this region by the time of Sargon when he “destroyed the [city] walls [of his enemies] as far as the shore of [both] the seas. He moored the ships of Meluhha [Indus Valley], Magan [Oman], and Dilmun [Bahrain] at the quay of Akkad”. Manishtusu campaigned in the south, launching a major maritime campaign ‘‘across the Lower Sea’’ (or the Persian Gulf). He fought and defeated a coalition army of thirty-two kings drawn up for battle, seizing the rich silver mines and transporting quantities of stone back to Sumer and Akkad. Naram-Sin ‘‘crossed the [Lower] Sea and conquered Magan [Oman], in the midst of the sea’’, capturing its ruler, Manium. Later rulers such as Shar-kalli–shari undertook punitive operations as well. All these expeditions point to the enormous importance of the copper supplies of the region and interaction with Indus trade that occupied the minds of many Akkadian rulers. With the fall of the Sargonic dynasty of the Akkadian Empire and the relatively lawless times of the Guti interregnum, Persian Gulf trade dropped off as pirates preyed upon shipping in the unprotected waters. The Third Dynasty of Ur leader Ur-Nammu is credited with the achievement of ‘‘put[ting] the road in order from the south to the north’’. In the dying days of the Third Dynasty, Shu-shin undertook a naval campaign against ‘‘Magan, along with its provinces… [and] the other side of the sea…’’. Clearly Magan and Dilmun were hot spots of military activity whenever Sumerian leaders were not squabbling amongst themselves. Many thanks to the Happy Wanderer (Sumer2sargon blog) who wrote this list.

Page 20 Return to Contents Neo-Sumerian Neo-Sumerian, Third Dynasty of Ur, 2112–2004 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached, mounted general (depict in battle car) 2–4 2+ 5 Upgrade to heroic Any 3+ +1 Generals Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Upgrade to great leader 0–1 +4 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Chariot, javelin 1–3* 7+ 9 4–wheeled battle cars Upgrade chariot, javelin to chariot, javelin, veteran Any 6+ 11 2–wheeled straddle cars Light chariot, javelin, raw 0–1 8+ 4 Spearmen, veteran Royal guard spearmen or 0–2 6+ 9 Auxiliaries, extra 2HCCW axemen Upgrade spearmen or auxiliaries to deep Any – 12 Bowmen, veteran 0–2 9 Royal guard archers 7+ Upgrade bowmen, veteran to longbowmen, veteran All 11 Spearmen, raw 5 5–12 8+ Upgrade spearmen, raw to spearmen, deep, raw 7 Upgrade spearmen, +/– deep, raw to spearmen, +/– Up to 1/3 7+ +2/+3 Citizen spearmen deep as full time soldiers Upgrade spearmen, raw with extra pavise All** 8+ +1 Replace spearmen with light infantry javelin Any 7+ 4 Upgrade spearmen with extra 2HCCW Up to 1/2 – +1 Citizen archers Bowmen 0–3 8+ 7 0–2**, 1– Skirmishing javelinmen Light infantry, javelin, raw 8+ 3 2*** Levy slingers Light infantry other, sling, raw 0–2 9+ 3 Martu wild tribesmen Javelinmen, deep 2–6 7+ 10 Lullubi or Guti wild Javelinmen, deep, raw 0–1 7+ 7 tribesmen Martu or Guti levy javelinmen Light infantry, javelin, raw 0–2 8+ 3 Martu or Guti archers Light infantry other, bow 0–3 8+ 4 Elamite archers Bowmen 0–3 8+ 7 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 * Battle cars were drawn by semi–wild equids which, when combined with their four–wheel/no axle design, gave them restricted turning capability. Although they have the normal two hits, they consequently suffer all of the activation penalties associated with deep units.

** After 2500.

*** Until 2500. Allies Early Eblan, Old Elam, Hattian Kingdom, Neo-Sumerian, Amorite nomads, Magan, Harrapan. Historical Background This army list represents the resurgent forces of the so-called ‘Sumerian Renaissance’ up to the end of the third millennium. With the collapse of the Akkadian Empire following the death of the Shar-kali–sharri, the Guti descended onto the Mesopotamian plain. A tribal, uncivilised people, their rule ushered in a period of declining fortunes resulting in a deteriorating social order and inflationary grain prices.

Page 21 Return to Contents Left largely unmolested by the fractured Gutian leadership, southern Mesopotamian cities such as Ur, Uruk, Umma, and Lagash ruled relatively autonomously, being able to simply pay tribute to their ‘’ overlords and thereby govern themselves. This eventually led to a Sumerian discontent with the status quo, leading to the rise of Gudea of Lagash, who raised an army and briefly campaigned against the Elamites, bringing booty back to finance his rapacious building projects. Other centres of dissent arose with the end of Gutian domination when the warlike Uruk king Utuhegal won a victory over the Gutian king Tirigan at the battle of Kamuruki (ca. 2115 BCE). Utuhegal died shortly afterwards and Sumerian power passed to the Ur king, Ur-Nammu. Much of the Sumerian culture that is passed down to us today stems from the Ur III period, so-called because it is the third time that Ur is listed in the . Ur-Nammu defeated the state of Lagash and with the death of Utuhegal he declared himself an independent king of Ur and went about immediately strengthening his city’s fortifications. He then campaigned against his former masters of Uruk and restored order which had broken down during the time of the Gutians, by conducting both land and naval campaigns whereby he ‘‘put the road in order from the south to the north’’. This opened the trade route through Dilmun, Magan, and Meluhha which brought great wealth into Ur. As evidenced by a new royal title, he was the first to be called “King of Sumer and Akkad” and his efforts resulted in a state that comprised at least the southern part of Mesopotamia. Politically, Ur-Nammu established an alliance with Mari to combat the growing threat of Amorite incursions. Militarily, he mounted operations against the traditional enemy, Elam, which had seized several Sumerian city states during the time of Gutian rule. His defeat of a coalition of Elamite Kings restored those cities back into the Sumerian fold. Looking north-east, Ur-Nammu conducted punitive attacks against the Guti, who conducted numerous raids as they had not yet been expelled completely from the Mesopotamian landscape. It was during one of these operations that Ur-Nammu was killed in 2095 BCE. Ur-Nammu’s reign had established Ur as the dominant military power in the region and regained much that had been lost to Guti and Elamite invaders over the past 100 years or so. Following the death of his father, his vengeful son, Shulgi, carried out an immediate punitive attack against the Guti. This resulted in reprisal attacks by the Guti, triggering a series of tit-for-tat raids. Continued campaigning led to further conquests. Shulgi repeatedly attacked the in the north and other adversaries including Elam. He built a wall to keep out the encroaching Tidnum Amorite tribes. The final five years of his reign were spent campaigning against coalitions of Hurrian city states in northern Mesopotamia. During his lifetime, Shulgi was able to add to his original title ‘‘Mighty Man, King of Ur’’ the additional titles ‘‘King of the Lands of Sumer and Akkad’’ and ‘‘King of the Four Quarters’’. After Shulgi died, his son Shu-Sin (2037 BCE) became king. More wars were fought with the Amorites. Shu-Sin lost and erected a huge wall between the Tigris and Euphrates rivers, just north of Babilla, to help keep out the Amorites. The wall was 170 miles long and breached the banks of both rivers. He also campaigned in the Zagros Mountains and defeated a coalition of local tribes. He had extensive trade relations with the Indus Valley and elsewhere. Later, he had to build additional walls around the cities of Ur and Nippur to protect against the Amorites. It was during the reign of Ibbi–Sin, the fifth ruler of Ur III, that raiders from the Martu tribe (Amorites), finally broke through the walls. This resulted in widespread panic and a general breakdown in communications throughout the Empire. Even before that, Ibbi–Sin’s situation was insecure throughout much of his reign. With Ibbi–Sin ruling ineffectually from Ur, the Amorite attack began to tear the kingdom apart. The Elamite city of Eshnunna broke away in 2028 BCE and the rest of Elam the next year. The Ensis of most of his cities deserted him and fended for themselves against the Amorites, who were ravaging Sumer. Seeing this, one of Ibbi-Sin’s generals, Ishbi-Erra, rebelled and was given rule over the city of Isin to placate him. These calamities prompted Elam, which had earlier been invaded by Ibbi–Sin, to resume hostilities. Ur came under attack from both Elam and the Martu (Amorites). Ur was besieged, taken, and destroyed by the invading Elamites and their allies among the Iranian tribes. (It is not known what part the Martu in the northwest played in the final battles). King Ibbi–Sin was led away captive and no more was ever heard of him. Sumerian songs and hymns record in moving fashion the unhappy end of Ur. Many thanks to the Happy Wanderer (Sumer2sargon blog) who wrote this list.

Page 22 Return to Contents II Cradle of Civilisation This chapter contains those Biblical-era armies of the Near East after the third millennium.

Nubian This list covers the Nubians from ca.2300 BCE until the beginning of the Kushite period, around 760 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 +1 +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Warriors, deep 1–2 7+ 10 Nubian warriors Upgrade warriors, deep to warriors, deep, fanatics Any 8+ 10 Light infantry other, bow 8+ 4 12–16 Bowmen 8+ 7 Nubian archers Upgrade light infantry other, bow to light infantry Up to 1/5 7+ 5 other, bow, veteran Upgrade bowmen to bowmen, veteran Up to 1/5 7+ 9 Nubian skirmishers Light infantry, javelin, raw 0–2 8+ 3 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Notes The Nubians had a great reputation for both archery and ferocity. They also served as mercenaries and may consequently upgrade some units to veteran.

Page 23 Return to Contents Libyan This list covers the armies of the native Libyans (except for the coastal Greek-ruled cities) from pre-history until the region was absorbed by the Romans in 74 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted 0–2 2+ +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 +1 +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Light chariots, bow 2–4* 8+ 5 Upgrade light chariots, bow to light chariots, bow, 0–2**** 6+ 6 Libyan chariots veteran Upgrade light chariots, bow to heavy chariots, lance Any** 6+ 11 Replace all chariots with light cavalry, javelin All***** 7+ 5 Light infantry, javelin, raw 12–16 8+ 3 Upgrade light infantry, javelin, raw to light infantry, Up to 1/2, 7+ 4 javelin all*** Libyan warriors Upgrade light infantry, javelin to warriors, deep Up to 1** 7+ 10 Upgrade light infantry, javelin or warriors, deep to light infantry, javelin, veteran or warriors, deep, 0–2***** 7+ +1/+3 veteran 6–8†, 3–8††, Libyan archers Light infantry other, bow 8+ 4 0–8*** Up to Upgrade light infantry other, bow to bowmen 8+ 7 1/2*** Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 * After 1250. ** After 660. *** After 475. **** Only two units in total may be upgraded to veteran. ***** After 215. † Only up to 1250. †† Only between 1250 and 475. Notes Most of the Libyans are light troops and will benefit from the use of the massed lights rule in "Even Stronger". The ancient Libyan tribes were a thorn in the side of Ancient . Including so very many light infantry, the Libyans constitute a most unusual army in TtS! terms. Initially composed almost entirely of shieldless (hence their classification as raw), near-naked skirmishers, the Libyans later introduced Egyptian-style chariots and bronze swords to arm some of their warriors. Early Libyans appear to have lacked shields but gained some limited protection from animal skin cloaks – later, they began to use round shields. Herodotus suggests that some Libyans rode four horse chariots. I have assumed that chariots were later supplanted by light cavalry on the Numidian model once suitable riding horses became available. Many thanks to Marco Cardano, who wrote the first draft of this list.

Page 24 Return to Contents Early Arab This list covers all the nomads and semi–nomads of the Near East from pre-history until the battle of Raphia in 312 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general (on foot) 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any** – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 0–2 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 1–3 – 1 Camelry, bow, raw 0–6** 9+ 7 Camelry Upgrade camelry, bow, raw to camelry, bow Up to 1/2 8+ 9 Scouts Light camelry, bow, raw 0–2** 9+ 4 Javelinmen, raw 5 12–24 8+ Light infantry, javelin, raw 3 Upgrade javelinmen, raw to javelinmen 7 Up to 1/4*, Upgrade light infantry, javelin, raw to light infantry, 7+ Javelinmen up to 1/2** 4 javelin Mount any on camels as mounted infantry Any** – +1 Replace javelinmen, raw with camelry, bow, raw or At least 9+/8+ 7/9 javelinmen with camelry, bow. 1/4*** Bowmen, raw 5 2–4 9+ Light infantry other, bow, raw 3 Upgrade bowmen, raw to bowmen 7 Upgrade light infantry other, bow, raw to light Up to 1/2 8+ Bowmen 4 infantry other, bow Mount any on camels as mounted infantry Any** – +1 Replace bowmen, raw or bowmen with camelry bow, Any*** 9+/8+ 7/9 raw or camelry bow Old men, women and youths Mobs, deep, raw 0–1 9+ 4 Slingers Light infantry other, sling, raw 0–3 8+ 3 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Tethered camels Fortifications 0–5** – 1 * Before 1200. ** After 1200. *** Only Amalekites, and Midianites, between 1500 and 1000. Allies Neo-Assyrian. Notes Initially, the tribes fought on foot, largely unshielded. Later, as domesticated camels became available, some began to ride to the battlefield or fight as camel archers. The Midianites and Amalekites, who fought the Hebrews under Gideon in the (circa 1191–1144 BCE), had “camels without number, as the sand which is upon the seashore for multitude” (Judges 7:12). Assyrian reliefs later depicted the Midianites as riding two archers to a camel. It is unclear whether the men would fight mounted or dismount to fight on foot – perhaps this depended on the current tactical situation. In TtS! they are simply treated as camelry. The Amalekites, Arameans and Midianite army can consist entirely of bow-armed camelry! Historical Background This list covers the pre-Arabic and early Arabic nomadic and semi–nomadic tribes of Syria, Jordan, Mesopotamia and the North Western Arabian Peninsula.

Page 25 Return to Contents Old and Middle Kingdom Egyptian This list covers the Old and Middle Kingdoms Egyptian army from 2686–1650 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general 2–4 2+ 4 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Shemsu (personal retainers of the Shieldwall, deep, veteran, extra 2HCCW 0–1 6+ 14 King or Nomarch) Shieldwall, deep 1–4 7+ 10 Ahautyu (professionals) Upgrade shieldwall, deep to shieldwall, deep, extra 0–2 6+ 14 2HCCW, veteran as menfat (shock-troops) Nome nefru (militia) Shieldwall, raw, deep 2–6 8+ 7 Bowmen 3–6 8+ 7 Ahautyu (professionals) Upgrade bowmen to bowmen, veteran 0–2 7+ 9 Nome nefru (militia) Bowmen, raw 3–8 9+ 5 Light infantry, javelin, raw 1–4 8+ 3 Bedouin, Libyan or Nubian Upgrade light infantry, javelin, raw to light infantry, scouts 0–1 7+ 4 javelin as Nubians Light infantry other, bow 1–4 8+ 4 Nubian archers Upgrade light infantry other, bow to bowmen 0–1 8+ 7 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Canp defences Fortifications 0–5 – 1 Allies TBC. Notes The Old and Middle Kingdom Egyptian army was based around a small standing royal army reinforced by militia raised by the Nomarchs of Upper and . The commander-in-chief of the entire armed forces was the Pharaoh, who had a guard named the shemsu and a small inner retinue called "the sole-companions." Reporting to him was the Vizier, in his role as Minister of War. Egyptian troops were drawn from the whole of Upper and Lower Egypt. The Nomarchs levied the nefru militia for the royal army. The Libyans were from the Tjemehu tribe. Of the Nubians who served the Egyptians, the most favoured were the Medjay. They were employed as scouts and skirmishers from the Old Kingdom. Others came from the Irjet, Yam, Wawat and Kaau tribes. We assume that the camps were fortified on campaign as they were in the New Kingdom. Many thanks to Robert Tison, who wrote the first draft of this list.

Page 26 Return to Contents Canaanite and Syrian City States This list covers the city states of and Syria, including , from 1700 to 1100 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached, mounted general 2–4 2+ 5 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Light chariots, javelin 5–12 7+ 5 Upgrade light chariots, javelin to light chariots, Up to 1/3 6+ 6 Canaanite/Syrian Chariotry javelin, veteran Upgrade light chariots, javelin or light chariots, Any – +1 javelin, veteran with extra bow Chariots, lance 0–2* 7+ 9 Ugaritic Chariotry Upgrade chariots, lance to chariots, lance, veteran Up to 1/2 6+ 11 Syrian, Ugaritic or Canaanite Javelinmen, raw 4–10 8+ 5 infantry Upgrade javelinmen, raw to javelinmen 0–1 7+ 7 Syrian, Ugaritic or Canaanite Bowmen, raw 2–4 9+ 5 archers Upgrade bowmen, raw to bowmen 0–1 8+ 7 Sea Peoples mercenaries Warriors, deep 0–1* 7+ 10 Skirmishing javelinmen Light infantry, javelin, raw 0–2 8+ 3 Skirmishing archers or slingers Light infantry other, bow or sling, raw 0–3 9+ 3 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 * Only after 1350. Allies Mitanni, New Kingdom Egyptians. Notes The Syrian and Canaanite chariots were primarily intended for skirmishing but were slightly heavier than their Egyptian equivalents, which has been modelled by arming them with rather than bows. They can be upgraded with extra bows.

Page 27 Return to Contents Old and Middle Kingdom Hittite This list covers the Hittite Kingdom from its foundation by the semi legendary Labarnas possibly circa 1680 BCE until the accession of Suppiluliumas about 1380 BCE and includes the Old and Middle Kingdom periods. The Hittite New Kingdom is covered by the Hittite Empire list. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached, mounted general 2–4 2+ 5 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 +1 +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Chariots, bow 9 4–10 7+ Light chariots, bow 5 Hittite chariotry Upgrade chariots, bow to chariots, bow, veteran or Up to 1/2 6+ 11/6 light chariots, bow to light chariots, bow, veteran Sickle-sword men Auxiliaries 1–3 6+ 8 Spearmen 3–8 7+ 7 Hittite or Anatolian infantry Upgrade spearmen to spearmen, veteran 0–1 7+ 9 Javelinmen 0–2 7+ 7 Anatolian mountain tribesmen Downgrade javelinmen to javelinmen, raw Any 8+ 5 Anatolian archers Bowmen, raw 1–3 9+ 5 Mobs, deep 0–2 8+ 7 Hupshu conscripts Upgrade mobs, deep to javelinmen, raw Any 8+ 5 Light infantry, javelin, raw 1–6 8+ 3 Upgrade light infantry, javelin, raw to light infantry, Any 7+ 4 javelin as chariot runners Hittite skirmishers Upgrade light infantry, javelin, raw to light infantry, Any 6+ 5 javelin, veteran as chariot runners Light infantry other, bow or sling, raw 0–2 9+ 3 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Allies None. Notes There is some uncertainty about whether Hittite chariots had three crew (=chariots) or two crew (=light chariots). It has been suggested that Egyptian art depicted a chariot runner as on board the chariot. I have given players both options; all chariots must be of the same type. If the latter (more modern theory) is chosen, Hittite light infantry with javelin may act as chariot runners supporting light chariots using the "supported mounted" rule in the Even Stronger supplement. Historical Background Around 2000 BCE the Hittites, a population of nomadic shepherds originating, perhaps, from the , founded a kingdom on the Anatolian plateau in present-day . From the “Hatti” lands surrounding Hattusa (their capital) and Neša, the Hittites raided extensively, as far as Mesopotamia and Syria. Many thanks to Marco Cardano who wrote the first draft of this list.

Page 28 Return to Contents Hyksos This list covers the invaders who controlled the north of Egypt from ca. 1650 BCE until their defeat by the Upper Egyptian Kingdom in 1535 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached, mounted general 2–4 2+ 5 Generals Upgrade to heroic 0–2 +1 +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Light chariots, bow 4–10 8+ 5 Hyksos chariotry Upgrade light chariots, bow to light chariots, bow, Up to 1/2 7+ 6 veteran Javelinmen, raw or spearmen, raw 5–10 8+ 5 Hyksos warriors Upgrade javelinmen, raw to javelinmen or spearmen, 0–1 7+ 7 raw to spearmen Bowmen, raw 2–4 9+ 5 Amorites or Canaanite archers Upgrade bowmen, raw to bowmen Up to 1/2 8+ 7 Habiru followers Mobs, deep, raw 1–3 9+ 4 Libyan mercenaries Light infantry, javelin, raw 0–2* 8+ 3 Canaanites or Egyptians Light infantry, javelin, raw 0–2 8+ 3 Skirmishing Aamu Light infantry other, bow or sling, raw 0–3 9+ 3 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 * Only after 1600. Allies TBC. Many thanks to Marco Cardano who wrote the first draft of this list.

Page 29 Return to Contents Mitanni This list covers the Hurrite-speaking Mitannian Empire of northern Syria and southeast Anatolia from 1600 to 1274 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached, mounted general 2–4 2+ 5 Generals Upgrade to heroic 0–2 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Maryannu chariotry Light chariots, bow, veteran 3–6 7+ 6 Vassal or provincial chariotry Light chariots, javelin 3–6 7+ 5 Maar Shipri scouts Light cavalry camelry, javelin or light cavalry, javelin 0–1* 7+ 5 Alik Ilki warriors Javelinmen 2–4 7+ 7 Bowmen, raw 1–3 9+ 5 Alik Ilki and Hurrite archers Upgrade bowmen, raw to bowmen 0–1 8+ 7 Ashshabu levy Mobs, deep 0–3 8+ 7 Nomad mercenaries Javelinmen 0–1 7+ 7 Skirmishing Habiru or Light infantry, javelin, raw 1–3 9+ 3 Akhalamu Skirmishing Habiru or Naharin Light infantry other, bow or sling, raw 1–3 9+ 3 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 * Only after 1400. Allies Nomads, Canaanite and Syrian (before 2350 BCE) or Hittite Empire (after 1350 BCE). Notes Maryannu charioteers were an armoured and well-trained elite and so have been classed as veteran. Many thanks to Marco Cardano who wrote the first draft of this list.

Page 30 Return to Contents Minoan and Early Mycenaean This list covers armies of the palace state period from the adoption of the chariot around 1600 BCE until the shift to a more "heroic" style of warfare around 1250 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic Any 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes Heroes 3–5 – 1 Chariot, lance 1–8 7+ 9 Box and dual chariots with driver and warrior with long Upgrade chariots, lance to chariots, lance, veteran to spear reflect experience, enthusiasm and/or Dendra Up to 1/2 6+ 11 armour Skirmishing and quadrilateral Light chariots, javelin 7+ 5 0–2 chariots Light chariots, bow 8+ 5 Spearmen, deep, pavise 4–10 7+ 11 Downgrade inexperienced or less well drilled Spearmen with enkhos (spear) spearmen, deep, pavise to spearmen, deep, pavise, Up to 1/2 8+ 8 and sakos (tower or figure-of- raw eight shield) Add rear ranks of archers to spear units as extra Up to 1/2 – +2 bow/missile weapons Promachoi champions with Javelinmen, replacing javelins with shock weapons, 0–3* 6+ 4.5 pakana (sword) veteran, small unit Javelinmen 0–2 7+ 7 Bowmen 0–1 8+ 7 Pylians, Nubians/Libyans**, Light infantry, javelin 1–3 7+ 4 Anatolians and others Light infantry other, bow or sling 1–3 8+ 4 Downgrade light infantry, javelin or light infantry, Any 8+/9+ 3 other, bow or sling to raw Greek, Thracian or Anatolian Warriors, deep 0–1 7+ 10 "barbarians"*** Downgrade warriors, deep to warriors, deep, raw Any 8+ 7 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Fortifications Fortifications 0–6 – 1 * Promachoi appear to have enjoyed an elite status and may have acted as a sort of forlorn hope, launching fast and fierce attacks to disorganize or break up enemy spearmen. They may not use their shock weapons as missile weapons. They may exchange places with a spear unit in the same box as a simple rather than a difficult activation. ** Based on the fresco "The Captain of the Blacks" from Knossos which appears to show black African javelinmen in Mycenaean or Minoan employment around 1400 BCE. *** Barbarians are based on another fresco, from Pylos, which shows men in animal skin clothing duelling with Pylian Light Infantry. Stillman and Tallis speculate these could be from north-west and might be the "shaggy people of the wilds" referred to in the Iliad. Similar warbands might equally have come from or Anatolia. Allies Minoan or Mycenaean states, New Kingdom Egypt, Hittite Empire, Western Anatolia kingdoms. Historical Background Minoan Crete was the dominant culture in the Aegean from around 2000 to 1400 BCE when it was eclipsed and overrun by Mycenaean invaders, possibly following the Santorini disaster.

Page 31 Return to Contents There seem to have been several Minoan states, organized around large palaces, which later coalesced into a confederacy centred around Knossos. Palaces were largely unfortified, implying internal peace during the earlier half of the period covered by the list. Frescoes suggest the Minoans both possessed a strong navy and could launch amphibious operations when needed. Minoan culture, trade and likely settlements spread throughout the Aegean, mainland Greece and Anatolia. The centre of Early Mycenaean power was the Peloponnese. The Mycenaeans were strongly influenced by the then dominant Minoan culture, although retaining their own language – an early form of Greek. Palaces formed the basis of power in a patchwork of independent states, and archaeological evidence suggests frequent warfare between city states. Mycenaean colonies spread through Greece, across the Aegean to Anatolia and dominated Crete after 1400. It is possible that the “Ahhiyawa” (?) who appear as both enemies and allies in Hittite records, may have been a Mycenaean power based in Western Anatolia. Notes This list starts with the adoption of the chariot by the Mycenaeans about 1600 BCE. Chariots were then adopted by Minoan Crete. Armies appear to have been well organized, with centralized armouries and possibly issue of armour, weapons and equipment. Eqeta (elite nobles) fought as chariotry, though there may have been some non-noble charioteers. Some wore the all-encompassing and rather impressive Dendra armour, although it is likely most were more lightly equipped. Compared with Near Eastern models, chariots were more strongly built – which has been linked to the rougher terrain of Greece, Crete and Anatolia. Palaces also maintained lighter chariots – perhaps for scouting, skirmishing, hunting and messengers. The majority of the army probably fought on foot in close order with a long spear (“enkhos”) and huge “tower” or “figure of eight” shield (“sakos”). The spearmen may have been supported by parties of champions (“promachoi”); swordsmen trained to disrupt close order shield walls – perhaps a little like renaissance sword and buckler men. These troops were well supported by lighter infantry – archers, slingers and javelinmen, including auxiliaries from as far away as , and no doubt other similar warriors from nearer to home. From around 1250 BCE Mycenaean armies began to shift to a more flexible, lighter “heroic” style, covered by the later Mycenaean and Trojan Wars list. Sources As with all armies of this era, there is a fair amount of speculation and conjecture about how they would have fought. The main sources for this list are “Armies of the ” (Stillman and Tallis), and “The Mycenaeans” (Grguric). Many thanks to Nicholas Stock who wrote this list and the associated notes.

Page 32 Return to Contents Western Anatolian This list covers the various city and tribal territories in Western Anatolia from the adoption of chariots around 1600 BCE to the fall of the Hittite Empire around 1180 BCE.

Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to heroic Any 3+ +1 Generals Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Chariots, javelin or (Hittite style) lance 0–6 7+ 9 Upgrade chariots, javelin or lance with extra bow Any – +2 Confederacy charioteers Upgrade chariots, javelin to chariots, javelin, veteran Up to 6+ +2 or chariots, lance to chariots, lance, veteran 1/2*** Light chariots, javelin 0–4 7+ 5 Tribal charioteers Upgrade light chariots, javelin to light chariots, 0–1*** 6+ 6 javelin, veteran Javelinmen 7**–10 7+ 7 Confederacy spearman Downgrade javelinmen to javelinmen, raw Any 8+ 5 Upgrade javelinmen to javelinmen, veteran 0–1*** 6+ 9 Warriors, deep 5*–10 7+ 10 Downgrade warriors, deep to warriors, deep, raw Up to 1/2 8+ 7 Upgrade warriors, deep to warriors, deep, veteran as Tribal warriors 0–1*** 6+ 13 nobles Upgrade warriors, deep (such as Lukka) with 0–3 – +1 2HCCW Light infantry, javelin, raw 4–8 8+ 3 Light infantry other, bow or sling 0–4 8+ 4 Skirmishers and mountaineers Downgrade light infantry other, bow or sling to light Any 9+ 3 infantry other, bow or sling, raw Hittite advisors Spearmen 7+ 7 0–1 Mycenean advisors Spearmen, deep, pavise 7+ 11 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Fortifications Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * Minimum applies only if any tribal charioteers are taken. ** Minimum applies only if any confederacy charioteers are taken. *** No more than three veteran units may be fielded. Allies Early or Late Mycenaean, Hittite Empire, Sea Peoples. The , , Lukka, Wilusiya, and Kaska, and others, were neighbours, allies and enemies of each other and of the contemporary Hittites and Mycenaeans. The Hittites occasionally overran and made turbulent vassals of part of this area, whilst the Mycenaeans established cities along the western seaboard. Some states even maintained diplomatic relations with Egypt. Notes Using this list, Anatolian armies may be based on a league or confederacy of more settled states (C), or a tribal grouping (T), or a combination of both. "Confederacy" forces represent relatively wealthy agrarian, royal or city states, such as Arzawa or Assuya, whereas "tribal" forces represent groups such as the Kaskans and Lukka, or an informal combination of both, operating together. The location of these territories is not entirely clear, however starting in the north of Anatolia, between Page 33 Return to Contents the Black Sea and the Hittite Empire, and moving anti-clockwise, major groupings included the Kaskans (T), Pala (T), Zippasla (C), Dardany (C), Wilusiya (C), Arzawa (C), Ahhiyawa (C), Karkisa (T), Lukka (T), and Tarhuntassa (C). You must use the minimums for your selected force even if you take no charioteers for that force. There is no minimum for the other force unless you take charioteers for it. For example, if you choose confederacy you must have a minimum of seven javelinmen, but there is no minimum for the tribal warriors unless you take tribal charioteers. Wealthier states fielded well-equipped chariotry and could mount naval expeditions. However, it is likely that many armies relied primarily on infantry, would have fielded numerous light troops and made maximum use of rough terrain. Historical Background This list covers the patchwork of monarchical, city and tribal territories in Western Anatolia from the adoption of chariots in roughly 1600 BCE to the emergence of the Sea Peoples and the fall of the Hittite empire around 1180 BCE. The intent of the list is to provide contemporary opponents and allies for the Hittites, Minoans and Mycenaeans – and there were a potentially bewildering and not well recorded list of peoples, tribes, cities and nations all neighbours, allies and enemies of each other as well as the Hittites and Mycenaeans. Many, though not all, of these peoples spoke traced their origins back to Luwian migrations into Anatolia around 2000 BCE. Much of Anatolia is mountainous, interspersed with areas of fertile farmland and considerable mineral wealth, encouraging the growth of wealthy cities and agrarian societies interspersed with less developed tribal areas. The wealthier states had sophisticated local elites and maintained chariots, probably following the “maryannu” model prevalent at the time. Some possessed a navy, and had diplomatic relations stretching as far as Egypt. Anatolian states formed leagues or confederacies for mutual protection, probably against each other and to fend off the attentions of Hittite and Mycenaean interlopers. For example, around 1400 BCE, the Assuwa League included 22 states when it was attacked by the Hittite King, Tudhaliya I. As a side note, Assuwa may have been the origin of the name “”. During periods of strength the Hittites overran parts of this area. Typically, the local elite retained control and treaties obliged these new vassals to provide military support to the Hittites and be nice to Hittite garrisons! Contingents from Arzawa, Dardany and Lukka appear as allies in the Hittite army at the battle of Kadesh, for example. However, Hittite records refer to frequent expeditions to the same locations – so it appears than control was at best temporary! Arzawa controlled much of central western Anatolia before the 1650s and fought the Hittite Old Kingdom in the 1640s. Arzawa exploited the decline of the Hittite state after about 1500 to push its borders eastward. After on and off conflict with the Hittites over 300 years, Arzawa formed a defensive league around 1330, to face Mursilis II. The Hittite King was also supported by Anatolian allies, such as the Prince of Mira. Arzawa called on the Ahhiyawa and Lukka for support but the Hittites were victorious by the mid–1320s and broke Arzawa up into three smaller provinces, though trouble continued! The Mycenaeans settled parts of the Aegean seaboard west of Arzawa. Hittite records refer to Ahhiyawa, which may have been a Mycenaean entity, though this is debated, and possibly included Mycenaean settlements in Rhodes, the Aegean islands and Thrace as well as Anatolia. Relations between Ahhiyawa and the Hittites were initially friendly, and they may have cooperated against Arzawa. However, as Hittite power grew, Ahhiyawa supported both the Assuwa League and Arzawa, sheltered fugitives and sponsored rebellion. If you see Ahhiyawa as Mycenaean – use the Mycenaean army list, with West Anatolian Allies. There is much speculation about the Trojans. Most likely an Anatolian Kingdom, there could also have been a Mycenaean settlement there, or a hybrid. There was a succession of different cities on the site of and the city has been associated with Anatolian Wilusiya. Use the confederation version of this list for earlier Trojan armies, or the Mycenaean list if you feel the Trojans were a Mycenaean settlement. For the period covered by Homer’s Iliad, around 1200, the specific Trojan War list can be used for both Achaean and Trojan armies. Tarhuntassa was a Luwian speaking area south of the Hittite core territory. The Hittites seized the area from Arzawa around 1350, and temporarily relocated their capital there following the Kaskan sacking of at some point around 1300. Tarhuntassa became independent in the 1240s and invaded the weakened Hittites in 1215. Other areas remained stubbornly tribal, such as the Kaskans and the Lukka. The Kaskans occupied rough and mountainous ground to the north of the Hittite empire along the Black Sea cost. The Hittites found it diplomacy difficult with the Kaskans and never fully conquered them. Campaigns focused on mutual raiding, seizure of prominent ground, and garrison duty. During the 1320s Mursilis II campaigned both against the Kaskans and

Page 34 Return to Contents their neighbours in Pala. The Kaskans were strong enough to raid into Hittite lands, sacked Hattusas around 1300 and participated in the final destruction of the Hittite empire shortly after 1200. The Lukka joined the Assuwa and Arzawa leagues against the Hittites, although also sent forces to the Hittites at Kadesh. They were independent before 1207 when the last Hittite King, Suppiluliuma II, was defeated by the Lukka. During the general period of chaos after 1200 the Anatolians participated in the destruction of the Hittite empire. Their own cities and societies were largely destroyed at this time, many possibly falling to a wave of invaders from the north and west. contributed substantially to the Sea Peoples migrations - the Teresh, Lukka, Denyen and Peleset have all been ascribed Anatolian origins. It is likely that armies relied primarily on infantry, would have fielded plenty of light troops and made good use of rough terrain. Wealthier states employed meaningful forces of chariotry and would have been similar to contemporary Hittite forces. Sources This list is primarily based on Armies of the Ancient Near East (Stillman and Tallis), Sea Peoples of the Mediterranean (D'Amato and Salimbeti), while "The History Files" website is very helpful in giving a bit of an impression of the history of the area in the Bronze Age. http://www.historyfiles.co.uk/MainFeaturesMiddEast.htm Many thanks to Nicholas Stock who wrote this list.

Page 35 Return to Contents New Kingdom Egyptian This list covers the New Kingdom Egyptian armies from 1570 to 1069 BCE.

Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached, mounted general 2–4 2+ 5 Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Generals Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Upgrade a senior, heroic, attached general to great 0–1 3+ 11 leader as Ramesses II (1279 –1213 BCE) Heroes 2–4 – 1 Light chariots, bow 4–10 8+ 5 Egyptian chariots Upgrade light chariots, bow to light chariots, bow, Up to 1/2 7+ 6 veteran Egyptian Shardana Royal Auxiliaries 0–1* 6+ 8 Guard Spearmen 3–6 7+ 7 Upgrade spearmen with 2HCCW 0–2 – +1 Replace spearmen with shieldwall All* 7+ 7 Egyptian line infantry Upgrade shieldwall to shieldwall, veteran as guards 0–1 6+ 9 Downgrade shieldwall or spearmen to shieldwall, raw Up to 1/3 8+ 5 or spearmen, raw Egyptian marines Javelinmen 0–1 7+ 7 Egyptian, Nubian or Libyan Bowmen 2–6 8+ 7 archers Downgrade bowmen to bowmen, raw Up to 1/3 9+ 5 Syrian or Canaanite allies Spearmen, raw 0–2 8+ 5 Sea Peoples mercenaries Warriors, deep 0–1* 7+ 10 Light infantry, javelin, raw 0–4 8+ 3 Egyptian, Libyan, Canaanite or Upgrade light infantry, javelin, raw to light infantry, similar skirmishers Any 7+ 4 javelin as chariot runners Light infantry other, bow 0–3 8+ 4 Egyptian, Libyan, Nubian, Downgrade light infantry other, bow to light infantry Syrian or Canaanite archers Up to 1/3 9+ 3 other, bow, raw Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Canp defences Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * Only after 1278. Allies Sea Peoples*. Notes Egyptian chariots appear to have emphasised speed and missile power over protection and have therefore been classed as light chariots. Egyptian chariot runners may support Egyptian chariots using the “supported mounted” rule described in the "Even Stronger" supplement. I have included the option to field Ramesses II as a great leader (at least until the age of 60 or so; he lived to 90). Even though it is not clear that he won the battle of Kadesh, he is often regarded as the greatest, most celebrated and most powerful of the pharaohs. The New Kingdom Egyptians added chariots, adopted from their Hyksos foes, to the infantry of the Middle Kingdom. From the start of the reign of Ramesses II the Egyptian infantry adopted larger shields and closer formation and are treated as shieldwall instead of javelinmen, and Sherden prisoners began to be incorporated into the army.

Page 36 Return to Contents Hittite Empire This list covers the later Hittite Empire from 1400 to 1180 BCE. including the army of Muwatalli II who famously fought Ramesses II at Kadesh. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached, mounted general 2–4 2+ 5 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Hittite chariotry Chariots, lance 4–8 7+ 9 Upgrade chariots, lance to chariots, lance, veteran Up to 1/2 6+ 11 Light chariots, javelin 1–4 7+ 5 Upgrade light chariots, javelin to light chariots, 0–1 6+ 6 Syrian, Canaanite or Anatolian javelin, veteran allied chariotry Upgrade light chariots, javelin or light chariots, Any – +1 javelin, veteran with extra bow Spearmen 2–6 7+ 7 Hittite or Anatolian infantry Upgrade spearmen to spearmen, veteran 0–1 6+ 9 Syrian and Canaanite infantry Javelinmen, raw 0–2 8+ 5 Syrian and Canaanite archers Bowmen, raw 0–1 9+ 5 Light infantry, javelin, raw 0–2 8+ 3 Upgrade light infantry, javelin, raw to light infantry, Any 7+ 4 Skirmishing javelinmen javelin as chariot runners Upgrade light infantry, javelin, raw to light infantry, Any 6+ 5 javelin, veteran as chariot runners Skirmishing archers or slingers Light infantry other, bow or sling, raw 0–2 9+ 3 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Allies Mitanni, New Kingdom Egyptians, Canaanite and Syrian City States. Notes The Hittites generally used a relatively heavy chariot with three crew, of whom one was armed with a long spear. They also used lighter chariots with two crewmen, one of whom was either a javelin man or bowman.

Page 37 Return to Contents Middle and Early Neo-Assyrian This list covers the Assyrians from their independence from the Hittites, circa 1365 BCE, through to the deposition and death of King Ashur-nirari V at the hands of the usurper Tiglath-Pileser III in 745 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached, mounted general 2–4 2+ 5 Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Generals Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Upgrade a senior, mounted, heroic general to great Up to 1* – 11 leader* as Adad-nirari I Heroes 3–5 – 1 6–8**, Light chariots, bow 8+ 5 4–6*** Upgrade light chariots, bow to light chariots, bow, 4–6 7+ 6 Assyrian chariotry veteran Upgrade light chariot, bow, veteran to chariot, bow, Up to 7+ 11 veteran 1/2*** Assyrian pethalle cavalry Cavalry, javelin, extra bow 1–2*** 7+ 11 Scouts Light cavalry, bow, raw 0–1 9+ 4 Spearmen, veteran 2–3 6+ 9 Bowmen, veteran 1–2 9 7+ Upgrade bowmen, veteran with extra pavise Any 10 Asharittu Mount any Asharittu on kallipani carts as mounted 0–1 – +1 infantry Replace all spearmen, veteran and bowmen, veteran All or none 6+ 12 with spearmen, extra bow, veteran, pavise Javelinmen, raw 1–4 8+ 5 Light infantry, javelin, raw 0–2 8+ 3 Upgrade javelinmen, raw and light infantry other, Hupshu (levied conscripts) All or none 8+ 7 bow, raw to javelinmen, raw, extra bow Light infantry other, bow, raw 0–4 9+ 3 Light infantry other, sling, raw 0–2 9+ 3 Javelinmen 0–2 7+ 7 Arameans or other auxiliaries Light infantry other, bow 0–1 8+ 4 Light infantry other, sling 0–1 8+ 4 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Camp defences Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * From 911 to 811 only. Great Leaders are described in the Even Stronger supplement. Imperious and ruthless, Adad– nirari I is regarded as the true founder of the Neo-Assyrian Empire. ** Before 911.

*** From 911 onwards. Allies TBC. Notes The Assyrian standing royal army consisted of the chariotry, cavalry and the Asharittu infantry. Later, the Asharittu were renamed qurubuti sha shepe for the cavalry and chariots and sha shepe or kisir sharruti for the infantry.

Page 38 Return to Contents The chariotry became somewhat heavier in the 9th century. The new pethalle cavalry complemented the chariots, being more useful in broken ground. The king often made war with only those standing troops and the auxiliaries and led the army himself, sometimes aided by his turtanu. The hupshu, a conscripted levy, were only used in time of emergency. The Arameans and other auxiliaries were mercenaries drawn from vassal nations of the empire and could be quite numerous. Historical Background Kings of the Middle Assyrian Empire Ashur-uballit I 1365–1330 BCE Shalmaneser I 1274–1245 BCE Tukulti–Ninurta I 1244–1208 BCE Tiglath-Pileser 1115–1077 BCE Kings of the Early Neo-Assyrian Empire Adad-nirari I 911–891 BCE Tukulti–ninurta II 891–884 BCE Ashurnarsipal II 883–859 BCE Shalmaneser II 858–824 BCE Shamsi–Adad V 823–811 BCE Adad-nirari III 811–783 BCE Shalmaneser IV 783–773 BCE Ashur-dan III 772–755 BCE Ashur-nirari V 755–745 BCE Many thanks to Robert Tison who wrote the first draft of this list.

Page 39 Return to Contents Sea Peoples The Sea Peoples represent a coalition of tribes including the Sherden, the Sheklesh, Lukka, Tursha and Akawasha. Appearing in 1276 BCE, they overwhelmed the Hittite Empire and many of the smaller kingdoms in the area and they very nearly conquered Egypt but dispersed after a defeat in 1178 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted 0–1 – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 3–5 – 1 Light chariots, javelin 0–2 7+ 5 Sea Peoples chariots Upgrade light chariots, javelin to chariots, lance 0–2* 7+ 9 Warriors, deep 6–12 7+ 10 Sea Peoples warriors Upgrade warriors, deep to warriors, deep, veteran 0–3 6+ 13 Downgrade warriors, deep to javelinmen (as Tjekker) Up to 1/3 7+ 7 Sea Peoples camp followers Mobs, deep, raw 0–1 9+ 4 Light infantry, javelin, raw 0–1 7+ 3 Sea Peoples skirmishers Light infantry other, bow 0–3 4 8+ Upgrade light infantry other, bow to bowmen, raw 0–2 5 Sea Peoples chariot runners Light infantry, javelin 0–2* 7+ 5 Libyans Light infantry, javelin, raw 0–2 8+ 3 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Wagon laager for camp Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * If chariot runners are chosen, then light chariots may not be upgraded to chariots, lance. Allies Libyans. Notes Upgrading warriors represents the fact that some Sea Peoples had bronze helmets and were equipped with bronze, leather or linen armour. I have assumed that the tribes might use the large trains of ox-drawn carts in which their families travelled to form wagon laagers to defend their camps. The option for javelinmen is on the basis that the Tjekker, alone, are depicted with two javelins whereas the other tribes always have a single spear or sword. Moreover, grave goods from Cyprus, which is one of the areas the Tjekker may have come from, include javelins. The Medinet Habu temple reliefs, celebrating Ramesses’ victory over the great invasion of the Sea Peoples, show three-man chariots, hence the option for a 3–man chariot like the Hittite style chariot or a more Egyptian with runners. The chariot on the reliefs looks like the body of an Egyptian chariot but with Hittite-style heavier wheels. Historical Background “They came from the sea in their warships and none could stand against them." The Sea Peoples were a confederacy of tribes who harried the coastal towns and cities of the Eastern Mediterranean between ca. 1276 and 1178 BCE. The nationality of the Sea Peoples remains a mystery and can only be theorised. Ancient reports claim that these tribes came "from the sea" or from "the islands" but they never say which sea or which islands and so the Sea Peoples' origin remains unknown, although they probably originated from Anatolia and Southern Europe. The names of the tribes which comprised the Sea Peoples have been given in Egyptian records as the Sherden, the Sheklesh, Lukka, Tursha and Akawasha. Outside Egypt, they also assaulted the regions of the Hittite Empire and other areas around the Mediterranean coast. The three great pharaohs who record their conflicts and victories over the Sea Peoples were:

Page 40 Return to Contents • Ramesses II, the Great. During his reign, the Sea Peoples are mentioned as allies of the Hittites but also as serving in his own army as mercenaries. Ramesses also relates how, in the second year of his reign, he defeated these people in a naval battle off the coast of Egypt. This battle seems to have involved only the Sherdan Sea Peoples or at least they are the only ones mentioned because, after the battle, many were pressed into Ramesses’ army and some served as his elite bodyguard. • Pharaoh Merenptah continued to be troubled by the Sea Peoples, who allied themselves with the Libyans to invade the Nile Delta. Merenptah writes how, in the fifth year of his reign (1209 BCE) Mereye, the chief of the Libyans, allied with the Sea Peoples to invade Egypt. He refers to the Libyan allies as coming "from the seas to the north" and names the territories as Ekwesh, Teresh, Lukka, Sherden, and Shekelesh. At this point in their history, it seems the Sea Peoples were seeking to establish permanent settlements in Egypt as the invading force brought with them scores of household goods and building tools. Merenptah met the Sea Peoples on the field at Pi–yer where the combined Egyptian force of infantry, cavalry and archers slew over 6,000 of their opponents and took captive members of the Libyan Royal family. • Ramesses III. During his reign, the Sea Peoples attacked again. They began their activities with quick raids along the coast (as they had done in the time of Ramesses II) before driving for the Delta. Ramesses defeated them in 1180 BCE, but they later returned in force. Ramesses employed the same tactics as before and the Sea Peoples were finally defeated off near the city of Xois in 1178 BCE. Egyptian records, again, detail a glorious victory in which many of the Sea Peoples were slain and others taken captive and pressed into service within the Egyptian army and navy or sold as slaves. “They desolated its people and its land was like that which has never existed” wrote Ramesses, describing the Sea Peoples’ raid on Amurru. The Egyptian army drove the invaders back to the sea and destroyed their fleet from the banks of the Nile during the Battle of the Delta. Ramesses triumphantly recorded that “their hearts and their souls are finished unto all eternity” and, indeed, the Sea Peoples appear to have thereafter vanished from history. Many thanks to Sid Bennett who edited and subsequently enhanced this list with the history and notes!

Page 41 Return to Contents Tribal Hebrew This list covers the Tribal or Early Hebrew army from Joshua’s crossing of the Jordan (c. 1273 BCE) until became king in 1010 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Generals Upgrade an attached, senior, heroic general on foot 0-1 - +4 to great leader, as Joshua* Heroes Heroes 3-5 - 1 The Ark of the Covenant 3VP standard 0-1** - 4 Javelinmen, special****, small unit, veteran 6+ 4.5 Gibborim 0-1 Light infantry, javelin, special****, veteran 6+ 5 Ish bahur ("chosen men") Javelinmen, veteran 0-2*** 6+ 9 Tribe of Levi Javelinmen, fanatics, deep, veteran 0-1** 7+ 13 Tribe of Zebulun Javelinmen, deep, extra bow 0-2 7+ 12 Javelinmen, deep 4-12 7+ 10 Upgrade javelinmen, deep to javelinmen, deep, veteran as men from the tribes of Simeon or 0-4 6+ 13 Other tribes of Israel Ephraim Downgrade javelinmen, deep to javelinmen deep, raw as men from the tribe of Reuben or other reluctant 0-6 8+ 7 contingents Elderly, young or herdsmen Mobs, deep, raw 0-4 9+ 4 Light infantry, javelin, raw 3-6 8+ 3 Upgrade light infantry, javelin, raw to light infantry, 0-4 7+ 4 javelin as men from the tribes of Issachar or Naphtali Upgrade light infantry, javelin to light infantry, 0-2 6+ 5 Tribal skirmishers javelin, veteran as men from the tribe of Gad Light infantry other, bow or sling 2–4 8+ 4 Upgrade light infantry, other, sling to light infantry, other, sling, veteran as men from the tribe of 0-2 7+ 5 Benjamin Camp Camp 1–3 - 1 * Only Joshua 1273–1245. ** The tribe of Levi may only be fielded if the Ark is fielded, and if so, the Ark must be attached to them. *** Ish bahur may only be used with the Kings and Ish Bosheth 1037 –1010. **** Gibborim replace on of their javelins with a shock missile, representing the shock effect of the torches and jars described in the Bible. They can either be fielded as a small unit or as skirmishers. Allies Ammonites, Midianites, Philistines Notes The Gibborim were a small elite group used by many Hebrew leaders as shock troops; the most famous being Gideon’s 300 men with trumpets (shofar) and clay jars with torches hidden inside, who raided the Midianite camp (Judges 7:17–22). Tribal levy units have been classified as deep javelinmen to give them staying power and limited shooting ability. This does cause difficulties in rough terrain, but the accounts show most of the tribes launching direct attacks along passes. The flanking manoeuvres and complex actions were carried out by small elite forces so generals have the option of using massed light Infantry units of veterans from the tribe of Gad who “lives there like a Lion tearing at arm or head". The option to downgrade tribal units is to reflect mistrust between the tribes or in the case of Reuben being disaffected as they failed to receive a message to contest river crossings in time.

Page 42 Return to Contents The Ark of the Covenant was carried by priests into battle and would be escorted by the men of the tribe of Levi from which all priests were drawn. I have elected to make these veterans, since they would be somewhat enthusiastic in defending the Ark of the Lord. The Ark was captured by the Philistines at Eben-Ezer, but was returned, seven months later, after it had afflicted them with plagues of haemorrhoids and mice. Although Saul was appointed King to help co-ordinate the resistance to the Philistines, he was not fully supported by the tribes even having to threaten to kill all of the oxen of any tribe which failed to appear at the tribal levy. Therefore, only Joshua has the status of senior general. Historical Background This list covers the Tribes of Israel from their conquest (or infiltration) of the Cis-Jordan Uplands until the reign of David and the establishment of an effective monarchy. Historians differ from on the one hand a literal interpretation of the Bible to those who believe there was no Israelite conquest of the Judean Uplands but a Canaanite group who spread their religious beliefs to other Canaanite tribes. Either way, by the time of the chaos caused by the arrival of the Sea Peoples, the Hebrews were an established tribal society in the highlands of . Dating will be contentious until around 1209 BCE when the first non-Biblical reference to Israel is made on the Stele. Some commentators say the Hebrews crossed the Jordan in 1406 BCE, but to avoid controversy I have followed traditional Jewish views. Almost all modern scholars agree that the events of the book of Joshua hold little historical value and the events in that book most likely reference a later period. However, the Bible does help in giving a description of the tribal host of Israel. When there is a great deal of controversy, I have taken the Bible as my source document only because it gives a more characterful army. The first mention of Israel is on the Merneptah Stele and it refers to a people whom Merneptah had victoriously smitten. I.si.ri.ar the use of the word people meaning nomads rather than settled folk. Perhaps the Hebrews were taking over the Canaanite lands or alternatively the Yahweh-worshipping nomadic Canaanites were influencing the other Canaanites. As the villages on the Judean uplands increase in number, archaeologists notice that the proportion of those villages without pig bones also increases. The tribes were a confederation ruled over by ad hoc charismatic leaders called judges. The nature of this confederation hampered a unified response to external threats. They fought against the settled tribes and towns in the lowlands, the Midianite raiders to the south-east and the Amorite tribes to the east of the river Jordan. The withdrawal of Egyptian influence in the land bridge from Egypt to Syria gave the Hebrews freedom to raid the lowlands. There are even appeals from the towns of Canaan to help them from the raids of the Habiru. Habiru would appear to be a generic term for the bandits and raiders from the mountainous hinterland so although all Hebrews were Habiru maybe not all Habiru were Hebrews. The Hebrews specialised in raids and swift attacks using night to manoeuvre into position and use multiple approaches; being capable of coordinating three separate attack routes in difficult country such as at the conquest of Ai and the Michmash campaign. The Hebrews were still careful to avoid the plains as they had no chariots nor any answer to them in the open. After the Hebrews settled the Hills of Canaan and became fully established as the people of Israel, the Philistines had settled the five cities of Gaza, Ashkelon, Ashdod, Ekron and Gath. The Philistines were far more aggressive and co-ordinated than the Canaanites had been, defeating the Israelites in battle and pushing their own forts up into the hills. The Philistines also restricted the Hebrews’ access to metalworking thus maintaining their military supremacy. The Israelite response was to create a kingship to co-ordinate all the 12 tribes, with Saul being the first king. The tribes did not fully support Saul, and he killed himself rather than be captured by the Philistines, who had surrounded him with chariots which prevented his escape. His son Ish Bosheth lasted only a very brief time before being assassinated by two of his own captains when David took over the kingdom, completely transforming the army from a tribal levy to a standing army. Sources A good book to get a feel for this army is Chaim Herzog and Mordecai Gichons’ "Battles of the Bible", albeit with the caveat that both are ex-members of the Israeli military so understandably have a slight bias. Many thanks to Sid Bennett for writing this colourful list!

Page 43 Return to Contents Later Mycenaean and Trojan Wars This list covers Mycenaean armies after the adoption of lighter, more mobile "heroic" warfare sometime after 1250 BCE, following the late Bronze Age collapse. It includes the Trojan Wars and ends in 1100 BCE. Cos Unit Number Save Description t Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic Any 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 3–5 – 1 Chariots, javelin 2–6 7+ 9 Rail chariots with driver and Upgrade chariots, javelin to chariots, javelin, warrior Up to 1/2 6+ 11 veteran Mounted warriors Light cavalry, javelin 0–1 7+ 5 Skirmishing and quadrilateral Light chariots, javelin 7+ 5 0–3 chariots Light chariots, bow 8+ 5 Spearmen or javelinmen 5–10 7+ 7 Upgrade spearmen or javelinmen to spearmen, Up to 1/3 veteran or javelinmen, veteran Foot with inverted pelta or round Replace a javelinmen, veteran’s javelins with a 6+ 9 aspis shield and spears single shock missile, representing Achilles' 0–1 Myrmidons. Downgrade spearmen/javelinmen to Up to 1/2 8+ 5 spearmen/javelinmen, raw Light infantry, javelin 1–3 7+ 4 Light infantry other, bow or sling 1–3 8+ 4 Skirmishing infantry Downgrade light infantry, bow or sling to light 8+/9 Any 3 infantry, bow or sling, raw + Barbarians, Northerners, Lukka, Warriors, deep 0–2 7+ 10 etc. Downgrade warriors, deep to warriors, deep, raw Any 8+ 7 Camp 1–3 – 1 Other Fortifications 0–5 – 1 Allies Hittite Empire, Sea Peoples, Western Anatolian kingdoms. Notes This list may be used for both Achaean and Trojan sides of the Trojan War, which, at least according to the Iliad, saw both sides closely matched. Alternatively, the West Anatolian Confederacy list may be used for the Trojans. Historical Background By 1250 BCE, the Mycenaeans had established settlements across southern and central Greece, the Aegean, the coast of Anatolia and Crete. States were based on major cities, or palaces, the ruins of which were sufficiently impressive to convince later Greeks they were the work of the giant Cyclops! Warfare was mainly directed against other Mycenaean states and interference in the affairs of Anatolia, such as the famous Trojan War, and at different times as allies of and opponents to Hittite power. The Trojan War may have been a historic event (there is evidence for the destruction of Troy VII shortly after 1200, which closely aligns with Eratosthenes dating of the war as 1194–1184), but could also be a poetic fusion of different expeditions, sieges and warfare from the late bronze age, or completely fictitious! Periodic campaigns were required against the “barbarians” of Northern Greece, and there seems to have been increased pressure from invaders and seaborne raiders during this period. Archaeological evidence shows increasing fortification of Mycenaean cities from around 1250.

Page 44 Return to Contents Troy was not alone in its destruction. By 1100, all the Mycenaean centres had been destroyed or abandoned and Mycenaean civilization would fade into a memory as Greece, and much of the near east, entered the Dark Ages. Whether this catastrophe was caused by barbarian invasion, internal warfare or rebellion, famine, overpopulation, natural disaster, or a combination of many factors is unclear. However, it is likely that Mycenaeans contributed to the Sea People movement that spread chaos further east, south and west, destroying the Hittite Empire and attacking Egypt. Army Notes During the period covered by this list, Mycenaean armies began to shift to a more flexible, lighter style of fighting perhaps better able to respond to external threats, or equally to launch fast raids or seaborne attacks. The old phalanxes with tower shields were gradually replaced by warriors with shorter spears, improved personal protection, and smaller shields. It is unclear whether spears were primarily used as javelins or for thrusting, or both, and this army list allows for either interpretation. Personal protection includes bronze cuirasses, greaves, and various forms of studded and padded armour. Chariots switched to an open “rail” construction, which may imply they were used more for transport to battle than for fighting in. It is likely that these forces fought in a looser, more fluid manner than earlier armies, possibly with heroes and leaders forming the front ranks and is sometimes referred to as “heroic”. The mass of light infantry used in earlier times was already well-adapted for this new style of warfare, and likely continued to be employed. The Iliad contains several references to archers on both sides, both skirmishing and fighting from behind the spearmen formations. Cavalry may also have started to appear, most likely as scouts and skirmishers. Sources The main sources for this list are "Armies of the Ancient Near East" by Nigel Stillman and Nigel Tallis and "The Mycenaeans" by Nicolas Grguric. Many thanks to Nicholas Stock who wrote this list.

Page 45 Return to Contents Philistine This list covers the Philistines from their arrival in the south coast of Canaan c. 1278 BCE until their destruction by King Nebuchadnezzar II of in 604 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 +1 +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Light chariots, bow 3–6 8+ 5 Upgrade light chariots, bow to light chariots, bow, Any 7+ 6 Philistine chariots veteran Upgrade light chariots, bow to chariots, bow Any 8+ 7 Upgrade chariots, bow to chariots, bow, veteran Any 7+ 9 Spearmen 4–8 7+ 7 Philistine spearmen Downgrade spearmen to spearmen, raw 2 or more 8+ 5 Upgrade spearmen to spearmen, veteran 0–2 6+ 9 Philistine javelinmen Javelinmen, raw 4–8 8+ 5 Camp followers Mobs, deep, raw 0–1 9+ 4 Light infantry, javelin 0–2 7+ 4 Philistine skirmishers Light infantry other, bow or sling 0–2 8+ 4 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Allies Canaanite and Syrian City State, Phoenician, Libyan Egyptian, Kushite Notes The light chariots were perhaps used earlier in the period and the chariots later, but in the absence of firm evidence, I have left players the choice of whether to field them or their heavier equivalents. One hero should, of course, be Goliath of Gath. Historical Background The Philistines are likely to be the descendants of a branch of the Sea Peoples, the Peleset, who may have been migrants from the Aegean. After being defeated in Egypt, the Peleset either conquered Palestine, or were, perhaps, settled in the area by Ramesses III, and adopted elements of Canaanite culture. The five great cities of the Philistines were Ashdod, Ashkelon, Ekron, Gath and Gaza, each independent and ruled by its own prince but capable of acting in concert, militarily. In the Bible, the Philistines, prior to the rise of the Neo-Assyrian Empire, were the archenemies of the Israelites, who they defeated on several occasions, capturing the Ark of the Covenant in one battle. The Philistine cities were subjugated by Assyria, and eventually absorbed into the Neo-Babylonian Empire.

Page 46 Return to Contents Scythians, Cimmerians and Hu This list covers the Scythians and related Cimmerians from their eruption from the around 800 BCE until the absorption of the western branch by the and of the eastern Hu branch by the Hsiung-nu around 200 BCE.

Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached, mounted general 2–4 2+ 5 Generals Upgrade to heroic Any 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 1–3 – 1 Cavalry, bow, veteran 2–4 7+ 11 Scythian nobles Upgrade cavalry, bow, veteran to cavalry, lance, extra Any 6+ 13 bow, veteran Light cavalry, bow 9–18 8+ 5 Upgrade light cavalry, bow to light cavalry, javelin, Any 7+ 6 Scythian followers extra bow Upgrade light cavalry, javelin, extra bow to cavalry, Up to 1/3 7+ 11 lance, extra bow Scythian or subject tribal foot Javelinmen 1–3* 7+ 7 Old men, women and youths Mobs, deep, raw 0–1 9+ 4 Foot archers and slingers Light infantry other, bow or sling 2–6* 8+ 4 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Wagon laager Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * Minima apply only if any infantry other than "Old men and women and youths" mobs are taken. Allies TBC. Notes The nobles of this warrior aristocracy were richly equipped and well armoured and rode armoured horses. Their followers were amongst the first horse archers but also seem to have been equipped with spears. We have assumed that some of the followers may have fought in close formation. Historical Background The Scythians (including the Dahae, , Chorasmians and ) were a group of Iranian horse nomads. In the early c. 8th BCE, they displaced the Cimmerians from the Pontic Steppe and spread out across the entire steppe zone from the Carpathian Mountains in the west, to Manchuria in the east. In the c. 7th, they crossed the Caucasus and frequently raided the and briefly dominated the of the western Iranian Plateau, stretching their power to the borders of Egypt. They played a leading role in the destruction of the Assyrian Empire, participating in the sack of Nineveh in 612. They were defeated by at the Jaxartes in 329 BCE. After this, they were gradually conquered by the Sarmatians, a related Iranian people living to their east. In the late 2nd century BC, their capital at Scythian Neapolis in the Crimea was captured by Mithridates VI of , and their remaining territories were incorporated into the Bosporan Kingdom. The first of the great nomad races, the Scythians fought the Chinese, Medes, Achaemenid Persians, Macedonians and Successor states, Pontics, Bactrian Greeks and Indians, and often served as mercenaries. Because of this, they are a highly desirable army for a wargamer to collect! Thanks to Roger Calderbank for his input on this list.

Page 47 Return to Contents Later Elamite This list covers the armies of the Elamites between 800 to 639 BCE.

Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any 1 +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 +1 +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Elamite 4 mule or horse, 3–4 Heavy chariots, lance, extra bow 0–2 6+ 13 crew chariots Elamite kallipani carts Chariots, bow 2–5 8+ 9 Elamite cavalry Light cavalry, javelin with extra bow 1–3 7+ 6 Arab allies Light camelry, bow, raw 0–1 9+ 4 Bowmen 5–10 8+ 7 Upgrade bowmen to bowmen, mounted infantry in Up to 1/2 – 8 Elamite archers kallapani carts Upgrade bowmen to bowmen, veteran as heavily 0–3 7+ 9 armed archers Shieldwall, extra bow 0–1 7+ 9 Elamite "men of the bow and Upgrade shieldwall, extra bow to shieldwall, extra the shield" 0–1 – 10 bow, mounted infantry in kallapani carts Aramean or Babylonian allies Bowmen 0–1 8+ 7 Elamite camp followers Mobs, deep, raw 0–1 9+ 4 Skirmishing Elamite archers Light infantry other, bow, raw 0–2 8+ 3 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Canp defences Fortifications 0–5 – 1 Allies Arabs, Babylonians. Notes This list is based on the "Armies of the Ancient Near East” by Nigel Stillman and Nigel Tallis. Pretty much every man in an Elamite army can carry a bow, giving the army massive firepower. It can also have a surprisingly high scouting factor due to the large numbers of light horse, chariots and carts.

Page 48 Return to Contents Early Kushite This list covers the Kushite pharaohs of the XXV dynasty and their successors from 760–591 BCE, including the period from 727–671 BCE when they ruled Egypt from their capital, Napata. After 591 BCE the Kushite capital moved to Meroe and they are covered, thereafter, by a Meriotic Kushite list.

Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 +1 +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Light chariots, bow 1–3*, 2–3*** 8+ 5 Kushite chariots Upgrade to heavy chariots, lance, extra bow 0–2 6+ 13 Light chariots, bow 1–2* 8+ 5 Egyptian chariots Upgrade to heavy chariots, lance, extra bow Any 6+ 13 Cavalry, javelin, raw 1–4*, 2–4*** 8+ 7 Kushite cavalry Upgrade cavalry, javelin, raw to cavalry, javelin Up to 1/2** 7+ 9 Egyptian cavalry Cavalry, javelin, raw 1–2* 8+ 7 Warriors, deep 1–2 7+ 10 Kushite warriors Upgrade warriors, deep to warriors, fanatics, deep Any 8+ 10 Egyptian line infantry Javelinmen, raw 1–2* 8+ 5 Egyptian archers Bowmen, raw 1–3* 8+ 7 3–12*, Light infantry other, bow 8+ 4 6–12*** Upgrade light infantry other, bow to light infantry Up to 1/4 7+ 5 Kushite archers other, bow, veteran Upgrade light infantry other, bow to bowmen, raw Any 9+ 5 Upgrade bowmen, raw to bowmen Up to 1/2 8+ 7 Kushite skirmishers Light infantry, javelin, raw 0–2 7+ 4 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 * Only from 727 to 671. ** After 761. *** Only before 727 or after 671. Notes The option to upgrade warriors to fanatics reflects the ferocious reputation of the Nubian warrior. The option to upgrade Kushite cavalry from raw after 671 BCE represents the increase in importance (and presumably competence) of cavalry during the period. Egyptian troops are assumed to be of lower status and less well motivated.

Page 49 Return to Contents Later Neo-Assyrian This list covers the pre-Sargonid and Sargonid dynasties of Neo-Assyria, from the beginning of the reign of Tiglath-Pilesar III in 745 BCE through to final defeat at the hands of the Babylonians and Medes in 609 BCE.

Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached, mounted general 2–4 2+ 5 Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Generals Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Upgrade a mounted, senior, heroic general to great Up to 1* – +4 leader representing Heroes 3–5 – 1 Assyrian four-horse chariotry Heavy chariots, lance, extra bow, veteran 1–3 5+ 15 Cavalry, javelin 2–5 7+ 9 Upgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, veteran Up to 1/2 6+ 11 Assyrian sha pitalli cavalry Upgrade cavalry, javelin or cavalry, javelin, veteran Any – +2 with extra bow Late Egyptian subjects in 4– Heavy chariots, lance, extra bow, veteran 0–1 5+ 15 horse chariots Arab allies or subjects Light camelry, bow, raw 0–1 7+ 4 Mede allies or subjects Cavalry, javelin 0–1 7+ 9 Scythian allies or subjects Light cavalry, bow 0–1 8+ 5 Shieldwall, veteran 0–1 6+ 9 Upgrade shieldwall, veteran to shieldwall, veteran Assyrian qurubuti guards 0–1 6+ 11 extra bow Mount in kallapani carts as mounted infantry 0–1 – +1 Shieldwall, extra bow 2–4 7+ 9 Upgrade shieldwall, extra bow to shieldwall, extra 0–1 6+ 11 Assyrian kisir sharruti large bow, veteran shield line infantry Downgrade shieldwall, extra bow to shieldwall, extra At least 8+ 7 bow, raw as sab sharri 1/2** Mount in kallapani carts as mounted infantry 0–1 – +1 Javelinmen 1–4 7+ 7 Assyrian kisir sharruti small Upgrade javelinmen to javelinmen, veteran 0–1 6+ 9 shield line infantry Downgrade javelinmen to javelinmen, raw as sab At least 8+ 5 sharri 1/2** Assyrian dikut mati levies Mobs, deep 1–4** 8+ 7 Elamite or Egyptian allies or Bowmen 0–1 8+ 7 subjects Light infantry other, bow 1–2 8+ 4 Assyrian archers Downgrade light infantry other, bow to light infantry At least 9+ 3 other, bow, raw 1/2** Tribal levy archers or slingers Light infantry other, bow or sling, raw 0–4** 9+ 3 Tribal levy javelinmen Light infantry, javelin 0–1 7+ 4 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Canp defences Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * From 669 to 631. Great leaders are described in the Even Stronger supplement. ** After the death of Ashurbanipal in 631.

Page 50 Return to Contents Allies Arabs, Late Egyptians, Later Elamites, Medes, Scythians Historical Background Kings of the Later Neo-Assyrian Empire. Tiglath-Pileser III 745–727 BCE 726–722 BCE Sargon II 721–705 BCE Senacherib 704–681 BCE 680 to 669 BCE Ashurbanipal 669–631 BCE Ashur-etil-ilani 631–627 BCE Sinsharishkun 627–612 BCE Ashur-uballit II 612–609 BCE

Assyrian qurubuti guards from the author’s collection. Notes Around the time of this list, Assyrian chariots became heavier still, with four horses and four riders, and were used for shock action. Assyrian cavalry was armed with javelins and sometimes bows. Sha pitalli cavalrymen replaced most of the chariots and the earlier pethalle cavalrymen. The option to upgrade Assyrian cavalry to veteran takes account of their discipline and the felt trappings of their horses. Qurubuti are the King's personal bodyguard. Kisir Sharruti are the full-time troops of the King's standing army. Sab sharri were the equivalent of territorial army, and dikut-mati were a general levy, raised in emergencies. Troops carried in the small kallapani carts are treated as mounted infantry.

Page 51 Return to Contents Neo-Babylonian Empire This list covers the Babylonians from the accession of in 626 BCE until the fall of to the Persians in 539 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached, mounted general 2–4 2+ 5 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 +1 +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Babylonian qurbuti chariots Heavy chariots, lance, extra bow, veteran 0–2* 5+ 15 Cavalry, javelin 1–2 7+ 9 Upgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, veteran Any 6+ 11 Babylonian qurbuti cavalry Upgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, veteran Any – +2 with extra bow Aramaean, Chaldean or Cavalry, javelin 1–2 7+ 9 Babylonian line cavalry Upgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, veteran Any – +2 Mede allies Cavalry, javelin 0–1 7+ 9 Arab allies Camelry, bow 0–1 8+ 9 Scythian mercenaries Light cavalry, bow 0–1 8+ 5 Babylonian guard infantry Shieldwall, veteran 0–1 6+ 9 Bowmen 3–4 8+ 7 Babylonian archers Downgrade bowmen to bowmen, raw Any 9+ 5 Upgrade bowmen or bowmen, raw with pavise Any – +1 Aramaean or Chaldean archers Bowmen, raw 3–4 9+ 5 Upgrade bowmen, raw to spearmen, extra bow, raw Any 8+ 7 Downgrade bowmen to light infantry other, bow, raw Any 9+ 3 Greek mercenary hoplites Hoplites 0–1 6+ 8 Mobs, deep 0–4 8+ 7 Babylonian emergency levies Light infantry, javelin, raw 0–2 8+ 3 Light infantry other, bow, raw 0–2 9+ 3 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Allies Arabs, Later Elamites, Medes. Notes Babylonian cavalry was armed with javelins and sometimes bows. The option to upgrade Babylonian cavalry to veteran takes account of their discipline and the felt trappings of their horses.

Page 52 Return to Contents Later Kushite This list covers the African Kingdom of Kush from the relocation of its capital to Meroe in 591 BCE until its dissolution in the mid-4th century CE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to attached general to mounted 0–1 – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 +1 +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 3–6 – 1 Kushite cavalry Cavalry, javelin, raw 1–2 7+ 9 Warriors, deep, raw 5–10 8+ 7 Kushite warriors Upgrade warriors deep, raw to warriors, deep Up to 1/3 7+ 10 Upgrade warriors, deep to warriors, deep, fanatics Any 8+ 10 Light infantry other, bow 8+ 4 2–5 Kushite archers Bowmen, raw 9+ 5 Upgrade bowmen, raw to bowmen Up to 1/2 8+ 7 Kushite skirmishers Light infantry, javelin, raw 1–2 7+ 3 Elephants Elephants, African, raw 0–1 8+ 3 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Allies None Notes Kushite warriors were evidently poorly equipped; says of them that "they soon fled, being badly commanded, and badly armed; for they carried large shields made of raw hides, and hatchets for defensive weapons; some, however, had pikes, and others swords." I feel these are best represented by warriors. The option to upgrade warriors to fanatics reflects the ferocious reputation of the Nubian warrior. It is possible that they may have used war elephants in small numbers.

Page 53 Return to Contents III Frogs Around a Pond This booklet includes the various states, predominately Greek, that were clustered around the Mediterranean Sea ‘like frogs around a pond’ (Plato Phaedo 109b) during the first Peloponnesian War.

Early Carthaginian This list covers from the founding of the city in 813 BCE until the end of the campaign against Pyrrhus of in 275 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted 0–1 – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic Any 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Punic four-horse chariots Heavy chariots, lance 2–4*, 0–4** 6+ 11 Cavalry, javelin, raw 1–2 8+ 7 Punic or Greek cavalry Upgrade cavalry, javelin, raw to cavalry, javelin as 0–1 7+ 9 Campanian mercenaries Numidian cavalry Light cavalry, javelin 0–2 7+ 5 Hoplites deep, raw 3–8 7+ 9 Punic or Libyan spearmen Upgrade hoplites, deep, raw to hoplites, veteran, deep 0–1 5+ 15 as Sacred Band Greek or Campanian hoplitai Hoplites, deep 0–4*, 2–4** 6+ 12 Sicanian or Italian mercenaries Javelinmen 0–2 7+ 7 Spanish mercenaries Javelinmen, special 0–4*** 7+ 7 Gallic or Ligurian mercenaries Warriors, deep 0–4 7+ 10 Light infantry, javelin, raw 2–4 8+ 3 Spanish or African light Upgrade light infantry, javelin, raw to light infantry, infantry 0–4 7+ 4 javelin Sardinian or African archers Light infantry other, bow 0–2 8+ 4 Balaeric slingers Light infantry other, sling, veteran 1–2 7+ 5 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 * Only before 340. ** After 340. *** Spanish mercenaries replace one of their javelins with a shock missile. Allies Early Libyans, Numidians, Sicanians, Sicels, Syracusans, Other Greek city states. Notes There is, alas, little evidence regarding the equipment of the Punic and Libyan spearmen. The general scholastic view is that they were slightly less heavily equipped than hoplites, aside from the Sacred Band who wore iron armour. According to Diodorus, after Crimissus the Carthaginians accepted that Greek infantry were superior and always attempted to hire as many as possible. Historical Background The city of Carthage started as a colony settled by the Phoenicians on the North African coast in modern Tunisia. The city grew with an influx of Phoenician refugees, probably escaping Assyrian aggression. It came to dominate the other Phoenician cites of the western Mediterranean and conquered . From the late sixth century, their main enemies were the Greek cities of the region. In 480, the Carthaginians launched a major invasion of but were decisively defeated at the Battle

Page 54 Return to Contents of Himera. For the next seven decades, they appear to have devoted themselves to conquering the fertile areas surrounding Carthage, subjugating the Libyan tribes and Phoenician cities. In 410 they again invaded Sicily and began a vicious indecisive conflict with the Greeks cities led by Syracuse. The tactics of early Carthaginian armies relied mainly on their close order spearmen. Early armies appear to have largely been largely composed of citizens, but these were increasingly supplemented by large numbers of mercenaries. After their defeat at Crimissus in 341 BCE, the Carthaginians decided not to risk their citizens overseas, instead preferring to hire Greek mercenaries. Many thanks to Jeff Champion for writing this list!

Page 55 Return to Contents Early Thracian This list covers Thrace from c. 700 BCE until the beginning of the adoption of the rhomphaia around 300 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted 0–2 – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 3–5 – 1 Cavalry, javelin 0–2 7+ 9 Thracian cavalry Upgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, veteran 0–1 6+ 11 Light cavalry, javelin 3–6 7+ 5 Thracian light cavalry Replace light cavalry, javelin with light cavalry, bow Any 8+ 5 Spearmen, single extra javelin 6–12 7+ 8 Upgrade spearmen, single extra javelin to spearmen, 0–2 6+ 10 single extra javelin, veteran Thracian warriors Downgrade spearmen, single extra javelin to light Up to half 7+ 4 infantry, javelin Upgrade light infantry, javelin to light infantry, 0–2 6+ 5 javelin, veteran Mercenary Greek hoplitai Hoplites, deep 0–1 6+ 12 Thracian skirmishers Light infantry other, bow or sling 1–3 8+ 4 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Wagon laager Fortifications 0–5 – 1 Allies Athenian, Other Greek city states. Notes During the period covered by this list, the Thracians typically carried a long spear, javelins and a small crescent-shaped shield. Because of the Thracian reputation for fierceness I have permitted upgrades of multiple units to veteran and a generous allocation of heroes. The option for horse archers represents the Getae tribe.

Page 56 Return to Contents Illyrian This list covers the (and Pannonians) from c.700 BCE until their subjugation by the Roman in 148 BCE, and thereafter for revolts, including the Great Illyrian Uprising of 6–9 CE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted 0–1 – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Light cavalry, javelin 1–2 7+ 5 Illyrian light cavalry Upgrade light cavalry, javelin to light cavalry, javelin, 0–1 6+ 6 veteran Javelinmen 7–14 7+ 7 Upgrade javelinmen to spearmen, single extra javelin At least 1/2 7+ 8 Upgrade spearmen or javelinmen to spearmen, single Illyrian warriors 0–2 6+ +2 extra javelin, veteran or javelinmen, veteran Upgrade javelinmen to hoplites, raw, deep 0–1* 7+ 9 Upgrade javelinmen to auxilia 0–3** 6+ 8 Illyrian women and old men Mobs, deep, raw 0–1 9+ 4 Light infantry, javelin 1–3 7+ 4 Illyrian skirmishers Light infantry other, bow or sling 0–2 8+ 4 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 * Only in 385 BCE, when Dionysius sent reinforcements and 500 hoplite panoplies to the Illyrians. ** Only in 6–9 CE. The Great Uprising began with the mutiny of a number of Roman auxiliary cohorts. Allies Syracuse*. Notes Illyrian light cavalry was not particularly numerous but were valued as mercenaries and during the , so I have permitted a single upgrade. The poet Ennius described the Illyrians as using a long, heavy spear, similar to a boar spear, called a sibyna. also refers to long spears being used during the Great Uprising.

Page 57 Return to Contents Lydian This list covers the Lydian Kingdom in Asia Minor from the overthrow of the Phrygian Maeonian dynasty by the native Lydian Gyges in a palace coup in 688 BCE until the defeat and death of his descendant ("rich as") Croesus at the hands of the Persians and subsequent incorporation of into their empire in 547 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Chariots, javelin 0–2* Lydian chariots 7+ 9 Upgrade chariots, javelin to cavalry, lance All** Cavalry, lance 2–3 7+ 9 Lydian cavalry Upgrade cavalry, lance to cavalry, lance, veteran 0–3 6+ 11 Light cavalry, javelin 1–3 7+ 5 Phrygian or Paphlagonian light Replace light cavalry, javelin with light cavalry, bow cavalry 0–1 8+ 5 as Scythians Hoplites, raw 6 0–3 7+ Lydian, Ionian or Karian Hoplites, deep, raw 9 hoplitai Upgrade hoplites, raw to hoplites 8 0–1 6+ Upgrade hoplites, deep, raw to hoplites, deep 12 Spearmen or javelinmen 4–8 7+ 7 Other Lydian, Phrygian or Upgrade spearmen or javelinmen to spearmen, Thracian foot 1–3 6+ 9 veteran or javelinmen, veteran Light infantry, javelin, raw 2–4 8+ 3 Lydian, Phrygian, Thracian or Upgrade light infantry javelin, raw to light infantry, 0–2 7+ 4 Mysian skirmishers javelin Light infantry other, bow or sling 0–2 8+ 4 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 * Only before 600. ** After 600. Allies Early Asiatic Greek city states (to be written) Notes The were reputed to use war dogs. The best way of representing these is as heroes. Many thanks to Marco Cardano who wrote this list.

Page 58 Return to Contents Early Hoplite Greek This list covers the armies of various Greek City states from the introduction of the hoplite around 680 BCE until the increase in tensions between Spartan and from 462 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 +1 Sparta 3–6 – 1 Heroes All other Greek cities and situations 2–4 – 1 Theban cavalry Cavalry, javelin, raw 0–1* 8+ 7 Thessalian noble cavalry Cavalry, javelin 0–1** 7+ 9 Greek mercenary cavalry Cavalry, javelin, raw 0–1*** 8+ 7 Light cavalry, javelin, raw 1–3** 8+ 4 Upgrade light cavalry, javelin, raw to light cavalry, Thessalian light cavalry Up to 2** 7+ 5 javelin Light cavalry, javelin, raw 0–1**** 8+ 4 Hoplites 8 5–10***** 6+ Hoplites, deep 12 Upgrade hoplites to hoplites, veteran 10 0–1 or 1–2^ 5+ Upgrade hoplites, deep to hoplites, deep, veteran 15 Downgrade remaining hoplites, deep to hoplites, Hoplitai 6 deep, raw †, †† 7+ Downgrade remaining hoplites to hoplites, raw 9 Up to Upgrade any hoplites with a single javelin ammo 3/4†††, – +1 marker up to 1/3†††† The Hippeis Hoplites, veteran, small unit, mounted infantry 0–1^ 5+ 5.5 Dismounted hoplitai Hoplites, small unit, mounted infantry 0–1^^ 6+ 4.5 Thracian warriors Spearmen or javelinmen 0–1**** 7+ 7 Helots Light infantry, javelin, raw 0–2^ 8+ 3 Light infantry, javelin, raw 1–2, 4–8^^^ 8+ 3 Upgrade light infantry, javelin, raw to light infantry, Up to 1/2 7+ 4 javelin Psiloi Light infantry other, bow or sling 0–2 8+ 4 Upgrade light infantry other, bow to light infantry 0–1 7+ 5 other, bow, veteran as Cretans Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 * Thebes only. ** Thessaly only. Minima apply only if any such units are taken. *** With the exception of Sparta, which is not permitted any cavalry. **** Athens only. Thracian warriors after 541 only; Thessalian cavalry after 511 only. ***** The maximum number of hoplitai available for Thessaly is seven. The maximum number of hoplitai available for the Phokians, Aitolians or Akarnanians is three.

† Before 600, downgrade one hoplitai unit from the first five (except for Spartan, Phokian, Aitolian and Akamanian) units and at least half of any remaining units to raw. Downgrade all Phokian, Aitolian and Akarnanian hoplitai to raw.

Page 59 Return to Contents †† From 600 onwards, downgrade at least half of the hoplitai (except for Phokian, Aitolian and Akamanian) units, after the first five, to raw. ††† Between 680 and 550, a single ammo marker is given to each unit, regardless of whether it is raw or veteran. †††† After 550, a single ammo marker is given to each unit, regardless of whether it is raw or veteran. Spartans may not upgrade during this period.

^ Sparta only. The famous Spartiates were the professional warrior class of Sparta. Due to their exceptional drill, veteran Spartan hoplites, although deep units, do not count as deep units for manoeuvre purposes. The Hippeis was the Spartan royal bodyguard of 300 elite warriors, who we have assumed (from their name) were likely mounted infantry. They are a small unit and can consequently share a box as another unit of hoplitai.

^^ Within any phalanx there might be hoplites wealthy enough to afford horses. Those hoplites would ride to battle, and dismount to fight on foot. These use the mounted infantry rule, enabling them to deploy further in. ^^^ Additional peltastai and psiloi for the Spartans, Phokians, Aitolians or Akarnanians only. Allies An army is drawn from one state (e.g. Athens, Sparta, Thessaly or Aitolia) but an allied contingent may be drawn from any other state. Notes This list was based primarily upon “Hoplites at War, A Comprehensive Analysis of Heavy Infantry Combat in the Greek World, 750–100 BCE” by Paul M. Bardunias and Fred Eugene Ray, Jr.; “Greece and Rome at War” by Peter Connolly; and various internet resources, as well has many past and current army lists so as to keep uniformity with figure manufacturers and players' armies created under other miniatures rules. The use of javelins by hoplitai gradually decreased during the period covered by this list. A Proto-Corinthian olpe from Corinth, ca. 625–640 BCE, known as the Chigi vase, depicts hoplitai armed with a pair of spears, with one spear shorter than the other, and with a throwing loop or ankyle attached to the spears. In the mid-6th century Spartan poet Tyrtaeus described Spartan hoplites as lacking a javelin at a time when other nations' hoplites still used them. The proportion of raw hoplitai units decreases after 600 BCE, reflecting an increase in the availability of armour and unit cohesion. Historical Background Hoplite warfare developed in Greece during the late 8th century to early 7th century BCE. This type of warfare utilized compact formations of heavily armoured citizen soldiers armed with spears and carrying concave shields measuring roughly 1 metre in diameter. Initially, most hoplite soldiers were not professional fighters. Later, some city states employed trained, elite hoplite units, as well as professional standing armies. Hoplite warfare spread from localized border wars between city states to the world's stage when the Greek hoplites defeated the mighty of Persia after a series of notable conflicts. Many thanks to Ken Takacs Jr., who wrote this interesting and useful list!

Page 60 Return to Contents Cyrenean Greek The Cyreneans were the inhabitants of the oldest and largest colony of the five colonies, the Western Pentapolis, in present-day Libya. This list covers the armies of all the colonies from the point when they became militarily significant, around 575 BCE, through to the region's occupation by Rome in 96 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted 0–1 – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic Any 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Heavy chariots, lance 6+ 11 0–2* Cavalry, javelin, raw 8+ 7 Cyrenean four horse chariots Upgrade cavalry, javelin, raw to cavalry, lance 0–1** 7+ 9 and/or cavalry Replace cavalry, javelin, raw with Libyan light cavalry, Any**** 7+ 5 javelin Hoplites, deep 4–6 6+ 12 Upgrade hoplites, deep to hoplites, deep, veteran 0–1^^ 5+ 15 Better-quality Cyrenean hoplitai, Downgrade hoplites, deep to spearmen All**** 7+ 7 phalangitai, thureophoroi and Upgrade spearmen to spearmen, veteran 0–1 6+ 9 thorakitai Upgrade hoplites, deep to pike, deep Any*** 7+ 13 Upgrade pike, deep to pike, deep, veteran 0–1^^ 6+ 16 Mount hoplites in carts as mounted infantry Any – +1 Hoplites, deep, raw 2–4 7+ 9 Lesser Cyrenean hoplitai, Any**, Downgrade hoplites, deep, raw to spearmen, raw 8+ 5 phalangitai and thureophoroi all**** Upgrade hoplites, deep, raw to pike, deep, raw Any*** 8+ 10 Hoplites, deep 6+ 12 Spartans 0–1***** Hoplites, deep, raw 7+ 8 Macedonian phalangitai Pike, deep 0–1** 7+ 13 Athenian and Greek volunteers Spearmen 0–2^ 7+ 7 Light infantry, javelin, raw 2–5 8+ 3 Psiloi Upgrade light infantry, javelin, raw to light infantry, Up to 1/2, 7+ 4 javelin all**** Slingers or archers Light infantry other, sling or bow 0–1 8+ 4 Cretan archers Light infantry other, bow, veteran 0–1** 7+ 5 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Fortifications Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * Downgrade any chariots to cavalry before 308, and all chariots to cavalry, thereafter. ** After 321. *** After 284. **** After 200. ***** 414 to 413 only. ^ 312 to 308 only ^^ Only a single unit may be upgraded to veteran. Allies Libyan, Cyrenean, Early Carthaginian in 321 BCE, only. Notes Page 61 Return to Contents Cyrenean allies represent forces drawn from one of the other four cities of the Pentapolis. The Cyreneans used a four-horse chariot, which I have classed as heavy, since it appears it had three crewmen. The last record of chariots was in Ophelas' army of 308 BCE. The downgrading of hoplitai to thureophoroi represents the shrinking of the hoplite class, due to wealth inequalities, and shift towards lighter gear. However, some thureophoroi may be upgraded to thorakitai in metal cuirasses. The Spartans were a mixture of helots and ex-helots, so I have not graded them as veteran; indeed, raw might be a better grading. Macedonians represent a Ptolemaic Egyptian garrison. It is likely that the "Libyan" phalanx at Raphia in 217 BCE was, in fact, Cyrenean. The position of this phalanx at Raphia, immediately to the right of the Agema, suggests that it was particularly well trained, so I have included an opportunity to upgrade it to veteran. Historical Background Cyrene was the oldest and largest of the five ancient Greek colonies in present-day Libya, the other four being Ptolemais, Barca, Balagrae and Berenice. It became an important hub for trade between the many Greek cities around the Mediterranean. It reached the height of its prosperity under its own kings in the 5th century BCE, later becoming a Republic. After the death of Alexander, Cyrene was conquered by Ophelas, a veteran of Alexander's conquests, in the name of Ptolemy I. Ophelas ruled the city almost independently of Egypt until his death in 308 BCE, at the hands of his treacherous "ally", Agathocles of Syracuse. Following the death of Ophelas, Ptolemy's son-in-law Magas became Governor of Cyrenea. In 276 BCE he crowned himself king and declared independence, forming an alliance with the Seleucid king to invading Egypt. The invasion was unsuccessful, but Magas managed to maintain Cyrene's independence until his death in 250 BCE, when the kingdom was reabsorbed into Ptolemaic Egypt. In 96 BCE, Ptolemy Apion bequeathed Cyrenea to Rome, and later, in 74 BCE, it was formally transformed into a . I was inspired to write this list by an excellent list that I came across, written by Luke Ueda-Sarson: http://lukeuedasarson.com/CyreneanGreekDBM.html

Page 62 Return to Contents Syracusan This list covers Syracuse from the seizing of power by the tyrant Gelon in 485 BCE until Heiro II’s assumption of power in 275 BCE. Between 278 and 275 BCE, the Syracusans were subjects of Pyrrhus – during this period use the Pyrrhic list, selecting the Syracusans as allies. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted 0–1 – +1 Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Generals Upgrade to senior +1 Upgrade a senior, heroic general to great leader* as 0–1 – +4 Timoleon Heroes 2–4 – 1 Syracusan cavalry Cavalry, javelin, raw 0–2 8+ 7 Campanian or other mercenary Cavalry, javelin 0–1** 7+ 9 cavalry Hoplites, deep 4–9 6+ 12 Upgrade hoplites, deep to hoplites, deep, veteran as 0–1*** 5+ 15 Syracusan, mercenary or allied bodyguard hoplitai Downgrade hoplites, deep to hoplites, deep, raw as Any 7+ 9 inexperienced, disaffected or unpaid mercenaries Warriors, deep 0–2** 7+ 10 Gallic or Ligurian mercenaries Upgrade warriors, deep to warriors, deep, veteran Any***** 6+ 13 Javelinmen, special 0–2^^ 7+ 7 Spanish mercenaries Upgrade javelinmen, special to javelinmen, special, Any***** 6+ 9 veteran Samnites Javelinmen 0–1** 7+ 7 Light infantry, javelin, raw 1–4 8+ 3 Psiloi Light infantry, javelin, raw (Sicels) 0–4**** 8+ 3 Upgrade light infantry, javelin, raw to light infantry, Up to 1/2^ 7+ 4 javelin Light infantry other, bow or sling 0–2 8+ 4 Upgrade light infantry other, bow to light infantry 0–1** 7+ 5 other, bow, veteran as Cretans Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Fortifications Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * From 344 to 340 only. Great leaders are described in the Even Stronger supplement. ** Only if the army is commanded by a tyrant. *** Only if the army is commanded by a tyrant, Dion or Timoleon. **** Only if the army does not have a senior general. ***** For each mercenary unit so upgraded, a unit of hoplites must be downgraded to raw, representing the disaffection of the Syracusan populace. ^ May act as hamippoi to support Syracusan cavalry, as described in the Even Stronger supplement. ^^ Spanish mercenaries replace one of their javelins with a shock missile. Allies Early Carthaginian, Other Greek City States, Pyrrhic, Polybian Roman Notes

Page 63 Return to Contents This list includes the armies of Syracuse, both tyrannies and the democratic governments. The Syracusan democracy elected 15 generals annually who were generally political rivals and rarely co-operated, so cannot have a senior general. Although there were a couple of democratic leaders who might be argued to have qualified as a senior general, these were short-lived, and the armies were fractious. Democratic governments were extremely wary of employing mercenaries, especially non- Greeks, as they considered them to be politically unreliable and potential supporters of would-be tyrants. Timoleon and Dion both led expeditions to free Syracuse from tyrannies and, initially at least, introduced democracies. Both employed experienced mercenaries who appear to have been particularly hard cases. Otherwise, they cannot use mercenaries. Sicels were a pre-Greek population subjugated by the Syracusans who occasionally fought for the democracies as allies or subjects. Many thanks to Jeff Champion for his helpful revisions to this list.

Page 64 Return to Contents Athenian This list covers Athens from the increase in tensions with Sparta from 462 BCE until hoplites were replaced by thureophoroi and pikemen ca. 275 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Athenian cavalry Cavalry, javelin, raw 0–2 8+ 7 Scythian horse archers Light cavalry, bow 0–1 8+ 5 Hoplites, deep 3–5 6+ 12 Athenian hoplitai Upgrade hoplites, deep to hoplites, deep, veteran as 0–1 5+ 15 epilektoi ("distinguished") Hoplites, deep 2–6 6+ 12 Allied and reserve hoplitai Downgrade hoplites, deep to hoplites, deep, raw 1/2 or more 7+ 9 Javelinmen 0–2 7+ 7 Downgrade javelinmen to light infantry, javelin Any 7+ 4 Mercenary peltastai Upgrade javelinmen to spearmen with a single extra Any* 7+ 8 javelin Light infantry, javelin, raw 1–4 8+ 3 Psiloi Upgrade light infantry, javelin, raw to light infantry, Up to 1/2** 7+ 4 javelin Light infantry other, bow or sling 0–3 8+ 4 Upgrade light infantry other, bow to light infantry 0–1 7+ 5 other, bow, veteran as Cretans Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Fortifications Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * After 379, as Iphicratean peltasts. ** After 360, one may be used as hamippoi to support Athenian cavalry, as described in the Even Stronger supplement. Allies Sparta, Thebes, Other Greek City States.

Hoplitai

Page 65 Return to Contents Spartan This list covers Sparta from the increase in tensions between Sparta and Athens from 462 BCE until hoplites were replaced by thureophoroi and pikemen ca. 275 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to heroic All 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Generals Upgrade a senior, heroic general to great leader* as 0–1* – +4 Leonidas I Upgrade a senior, heroic general to great leader* as 0–1** – +4 Agesilaus II Heroes 3–6 – 1 Spartan cavalry Cavalry, javelin, raw 0–1 8+ 7 Greek mercenary cavalry Cavalry, javelin 0–1, 1–2*** 7+ 9 The Hippeis Hoplites, veteran, small unit 0–1 5+ 5 Spartiates Hoplites, deep, veteran 1–2 5+ 15 Hoplites, deep 1–3 6+ 12 Perioikoi or Neodamodeis Upgrade hoplites, deep to hoplites, deep, veteran 0–1 5+ 15 Hoplites, deep 2–5 6+ 12 Allied hoplitai Downgrade hoplites, deep to hoplites, deep, raw At least 1/2 7+ 9 Javelinmen 0–2 7+ 7 Downgrade javelinmen to light infantry, javelin Any 7+ 4 Mercenary peltastai Upgrade javelinmen to spearmen with a single extra 0–1**** 7+ 8 javelin Light infantry, javelin, raw 3–4 8+ 3 Upgrade light infantry, javelin, raw to light infantry, Up to 1/2 7+ 4 javelin Psiloi Light infantry other, bow or sling 0–2 8+ 4 Upgrade light infantry other, bow to light infantry 0–1 7+ 5 other, bow, veteran as Cretans Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Fortifications Fortifications 0–5 – 1 Special: Due to their exceptional drill, Spartiates, although a deep unit, do not count as a deep unit for manoeuvre purposes. * Only between 494 and 480. Great leaders are a sort of special senior attached general described in Even Stronger. ** Only between 398 and 360. Great leaders are a sort of special senior attached general described in Even Stronger. *** In 395/4 only, representing cavalry raised by Agesilaus in Asia Minor. In this case no Spartan cavalry or Hippeis are permitted, and only a single unit of Spartiates. **** After 379 BC, as Iphicratean peltasts. Allies Athens, Other Greek City States, Mercenary Greek, Thracian (Brasidas’ campaign). Notes The Hippeis was the Spartan royal bodyguard of 300 elite warriors. They are a small unit and can consequently be in the same box as another unit of hoplites. Spartiates were the professional warrior class of Sparta. Perioikoi were free but non- citizen Spartans from nearby towns. Neodamodeis were helots (slaves) granted non-citizen status after a period of military service. The option to upgrade one unit of Perioikoi or Neodamodeis to veteran represents units such as the Brasidioi (a unit of Neodamodeis) or Sciritai who often held the place of honour on the left of the line. Page 66 Return to Contents

Spartan hoplitai from the author’s collection.

Page 67 Return to Contents Theban This list covers the Theban state from the rise in tensions between Sparta and Athens from 462 BCE until the city was razed to the ground by Alexander in 355 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Upgrade a senior, heroic general to great leader* 0–1** – +4 representing Epaminondas Heroes 2–4 – 1 Theban cavalry Cavalry, javelin 1–3 7+ 9 Thracian cavalry Light cavalry, javelin 0–1 7+ 5 The Sacred band Hoplites, small unit, veteran 0–1*** 5+ 5 Hoplites, deep 2–5 6+ 12 Upgrade hoplites, deep to hoplites, deep, veteran as 0–1 5+ 15 epilektoi Upgrade hoplites, deep to hoplites, extra deep 16 Theban and Boeotian hoplitai Upgrade hoplites, extra deep to hoplites extra, extra 0–1**** 6+ 20 deep Upgrade hoplites, deep or hoplites, extra deep or 0–1*** 5+ +3 hoplites, extra, extra deep to veteran Hoplites, deep 2–5 6+ 12 Allied hoplitai Downgrade hoplites, deep to hoplites, deep, raw At least 1/2 7+ 9 Javelinmen 0–2 7+ 7 Downgrade javelinmen to light infantry, javelin Any 7+ 4 Mercenary peltastai Upgrade javelinmen to spearmen with a single extra 0–1*** 7+ 9 javelin Thracian peltastai Javelinmen 0–1 7+ 7 Light infantry, javelin, raw 1–3 8+ 3 Upgrade light infantry, javelin, raw to light infantry, 0–2***** 7+ 4 javelin Psiloi Light infantry other, bow or sling 0–2 8+ 4 Upgrade light infantry other, bow to light infantry 0–1 7+ 5 other, bow, veteran as Cretans Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Fortifications Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * Great leaders are a sort of special senior attached general described in the Even Stronger supplement. ** Only between 371 and 362, representing Epaminondas. *** Only after 379. The Theban Sacred Band can either be fielded as a small unit or alternatively used to provide a front rank for a unit of hoplitai, enabling it to be upgraded to veteran. Also, peltastai can become Iphicratean, armed with a long spear in addition to their javelins. **** On occasion, the Thebans used massively deep units, on one occasion 50 ranks deep with the Sacred Band in the front rank. They can make a single deep unit extra, extra deep which gives it five hits. ***** May act as hamippoi to support Theban cavalry, as described in the Even Stronger supplement. Allies Thessaly, Early Achaemenid Persian, Other Greek City States, Athens.

Page 68 Return to Contents Notes The Theban Sacred Band famously consisted of 150 pairs of companions who spent their days drilling for war. Epilektai were full-time warriors maintained by the state. A Theban player should try to maximise scouting points if he wants to be able to deliver his massively deep phalanx at a crucial point. The Thebans were early and enthusiastic adopters of hamippoi, light infantry who supported their cavalry.

Page 69 Return to Contents Thessalian This list covers the Thessalian cities from the rise in tensions between Sparta and Athens after 462 BCE until the Macedonians under Phillip II conquered Thessaly and made himself Archon. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted 0–2 – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–5 – 1 Cavalry, javelin 1–3 7+ 9 Thessalian cavalry Upgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, veteran 0–1 6+ 11 Thessalian light cavalry Light cavalry, javelin 1–2 7+ 5 Thessalian epilektoi Hoplites, veteran, small unit 0–1 5+ 5 ("distinguished") hoplitai Thessalian hoplitai Hoplites, deep 1–3* 6+ 12 Hoplites, deep 1–3 6+ 12 Mercenary hoplitai Upgrade hoplites, deep to hoplites, deep, veteran All** 5+ 15 Hoplites, deep 1–3* 6+ 12 Allied hoplitai Downgrade hoplites, deep to hoplites, deep, raw 1/2 or more 7+ 9 Javelinmen 0–3 7+ 7 Downgrade javelinmen to light infantry, javelin Any 7+ 4 Mercenary peltastai Upgrade javelinmen to javelinmen, veteran All** 6+ 9 Upgrade javelinmen to spearmen with a single extra 0–1*** 7+ 8 javelin Light infantry, javelin, raw 2–3 8+ 3 Upgrade light infantry, javelin, raw to light infantry, Up to 7+ 4 javelin 1/2**** Psiloi Light infantry other, bow or sling 1–2 8+ 4 Upgrade light infantry other, bow to veteran as 0–1 7+ 5 Cretans Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Fortifications Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * The minima can be disregarded between 375 and 370. ** Only under Jason of Pherae, between 375 and 370. *** After 379 BC, as Iphicratean peltasts. **** After 360. One such may be used as hamippoi to support Thessalian cavalry, as described in the Even Stronger supplement. Allies Athenians, Thebans, Spartans, Thracians, Macedonians. Only one ally at a time is permitted. Historical Background Located in east-central Greece between the Pindos Mountains and the Aegean Sea, Thessaly is one of the few regions in Greece bestowed with broad and fertile plains. Regular summer rains and Greece’s broadest stream –, the Pineiós River – and its tributaries made Thessaly’s landscape ideal for the cultivation of surplus grain and the breeding of cows and horses on a grand scale. Therefore, ever since early antiquity, Thessaly was dominated by landowning aristocrats who also controlled the few small cities that developed relatively late in the fifth century. Horses gradually became a status symbol and it did not take long before Thessaly came to produce the finest horses and horsemen in Greece. Thessaly was rarely unified, as it was led by Page 70 Return to Contents groups of nobles rather than democratic cities. However, when unified by a (military leader of the Thessalian League) such as Jason of Pherae, or Alexander ("The Tyrant") of Pherae, Thessaly could be a very strong state. In fact, under Alexander the Tyrant in 368 BCE the Thessalians, with Athenian allies, were able to repel an attack by the Thebans which included Epaminondas and Pelopidas. The following year Alexander again drove a Theban army under Epaminondas away. In 364 BCE, Pelopidas was killed in battle against Alexander. Jason of Pherae managed to unite the squabbling Thessalian cities and aristocratic lords. He took the title of Tagus. His contemporary, Xenophon, had a very high regard of him, writing that "his generalship is of the highest quality – he is one who whether his methods are those of plain force, or working in the dark, or of seizing an unexpected advantage, very seldom fails to achieve his objects. He can use the night-time as well as the daytime, and when he wants to move fast, he will put breakfast and dinner into one meal, so as not to interrupt his work. He will not think it right to rest until he has reached the point for which he set out and done all that had to be done". Jason gathered a force of 6000 mercenaries, driving and training them extremely hard. He accepted only the best and would reject any or failed to meet his high standards. He used this group, together with his personal elite cavalry, to conduct forced marches on campaigns so that his enemies could either not muster troops in time to block him, as with the Phokians, or that he could attack defensive positions or towns and seize them before his opponents knew he was coming, as at Heraclea. After the battle of Leuctra, Jason's reputation was so well regarded that he was able to dictate terms for the post-battle truce to both Sparta and Thebes, even though he did not fight on either side, and managed to maintain his alliance with both warring city states. Notes Epilektoi hoplitai represents a small elite unit of 3–400 men permanently maintained in arms by a state or tyrant. Thessalian cavalry and horses were considered the finest in all Greece. ’s famous steed Bucephalus was a Thessalian. The typical formation used by Thessalian cavalry in battle was the rhomboid, a lozenge-shaped wedge formation, which is thought to have been developed in the seventh century BCE. Asklepiodotos (Tactics 7.2) states that “the Thessalians were the first to use the rhomboid for their ilai in cavalry encounters, and that they did so with great success both in retreat as in attack”, being able to rapidly change its direction by alternating leaders posted at its four points. Thessalian cavalry can fight in rhomboid. Many thanks to Sid Bennett who edited this list and added the interesting notes and historical background!

Page 71 Return to Contents Other Greek City States This list covers the remaining Greek city states (aside from Athens, Sparta, Thebes, Thessaly and Syracuse) from the rise in tensions between Athens and Sparta from 462 BCE until hoplites were replaced by thureophoroi and pikemen around 275 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted 0–2** – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Cavalry, javelin, raw 0–1 8+ 7 Cavalry Cavalry, javelin 0–1* 7+ 9 Light cavalry, javelin 1–2* 7+ 5 Tarantine light cavalry Light cavalry, javelin 0–1** 7+ 5 Epilektoi ("distinguished") Hoplites, veteran, small unit 0–1 5+ 5 hoplitai Hoplites, deep 2–5†, 1–5*** 6+ 12 Hoplitai Upgrade hoplites, deep to hoplites, deep, veteran 0–1 5+ 15 1/2 or Downgrade hoplites, deep to raw 7+ 9 more* Hoplites, deep 1–2 6+ 12 Mercenary hoplitai Hoplites, deep 1–2**** 6+ 12 Allied hoplitai Hoplites, deep 1–5 6+ 12 Downgrade hoplites, deep to hoplites, deep, raw 1/2 or more 7+ 9 Italian allies Javelinmen 1–2* 7+ 7 Javelinmen 0–2 7+ 7 Downgrade javelinmen to light infantry, javelin Any 7+ 4 Mercenary peltastai Upgrade javelinmen to spearmen with a single extra 0–1***** 7+ 8 javelin 2–3††/†††, Light infantry, javelin, raw 1–3****, 8+ 3 6–8*** Upgrade light infantry, javelin, raw to light infantry, Up to 1/2 7+ 4 Psiloi javelin Light infantry other, bow or sling 0–2 8+ 4 Upgrade light infantry other, bow to light infantry 0–1 7+ 5 other, bow, veteran as Cretans Artillery (catapult) Artillery (catapult) 0–2**** 7+ 7 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Fortifications Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * After 360, Magna Grecia (the Greek states of Southern ) only. ** Any state after 317. *** Aitolia or Akarnania only. **** Phokia. ***** After 379, as Iphicratean peltasts. † Excluding Aitolia and Akarnania. †† Excluding Phokia. ††† After 360, one such may act as hamippoi to support the state's cavalry.

Page 72 Return to Contents Allies Athens, Sparta, Thebes, Thessaly Early Carthaginian. Notes Epilektoi hoplitai represent a small elite unit of 3–400 men permanently maintained in arms by a state or tyrant.

Page 73 Return to Contents Mercenary Greek This list covers the large mercenary Greek armies that did not serve a state between 401 and 298 BCE. They include the Ten Thousand, of Xenophon fame, revolting Bactrian Greeks and mercenary forces raised by various Spartan and other generals. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted 0–1 – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 3–6 – 1 Xenophon's improvised cavalry Cavalry, javelin, small unit 0–1* 7+ 4.5 Greek cavalry Cavalry, javelin 0–1 7+ 9 Cavalry, javelin or lance, extra bow 0–1***** 7+ 11 Bactrian cavalry Light cavalry, javelin 0–1***** 7+ 5 Light cavalry, bow 0–1***** 8+ 5 Hoplites, deep 3–9 6+ 12 Mercenary hoplitai Upgrade hoplites, deep to hoplites, deep, veteran 1–3 5+ 15 Downgrade hoplites, deep to hoplites, deep, raw 0–2 7+ 9 Rebel Mossynoeki infantry Javelinmen 0–1* 7+ 7 Bactrian infantry Javelinmen 1–2***** 7+ 7 Italian infantry Javelinmen 1–3††† 7+ 7 Thracian peltastai Spearmen or javelinmen 0–1 7+ 7 Javelinmen 7+ 7 2–4 Light infantry, javelin 7+ 4 Mercenary peltastai Upgrade javelinmen to spearmen with a single extra Any***, **** 7+ 8 javelin Psiloi Light infantry, javelin, raw 2–4 8+ 3 Cretan archers Light infantry other, bow, veteran 0–1, 1–2† 7+ 5 Slingers Light infantry other, sling 0–1 8+ 4 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Fortifications Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * The Ten Thousand only (401–399). This army may not include Greek cavalry. ** From 401 to 373. *** From 373 to 338. **** After 338. ***** The Bactrian Revolt (325–323) only. † Only Thimbron (322–321). †† Only Aristodemos (315–314). ††† Only Kleonymos (303–298). Allies Spartan, Egyptian (30th dynasty), Late Achaemenid Persian, Cyreneans†, Later Hellenistic Greek (Aetolians)†† Notes Mercenary forces were maintained in the field for long periods so there are more veteran upgrades than in most of the Greek lists. I have tried to bring a local flavour to specific armies.

Page 74 Return to Contents Historical Background Large armies of Greek mercenaries were funded by Greek states, by Persia and by Successor generals, throughout the period covered by this list. It strikes me that most of the ventures for which such armies were employed were largely unsuccessful of failed completely; one can draw ones’ own conclusions. The Ten Thousand were Greek mercenaries, recruited by Cyrus the Younger, in an attempt to gain the Persian throne. After his death they famously conducted an epic retreat to the Black Sea. Thalassa! The Bactrian Revolt occurred after the death of Alexander when 23,000 Greeks settled in decided to march home. This large army is likely to have included Bactrian locals, particularly cavalry. They were defeated by a Macedonian force led by Pithon and subsequently massacred. Thimbron was a Spartan general and adventurer who attempted to conquer Cyrenaica with the assistance of Cyrenean exiles. It didn't end well. Aristodemus of was a friend of Antigonus who raised a large army of Peloponnesian mercenaries for him to fight . In 315/4, Aristodemus hired a great many Aetolian mercenaries. He can recruit Hellenistic allies. Kleonymos was a Spartan mercenary leader who travelled to southern Italy to raise mercenaries to help Taranto against the Lucani. These are likely to have included Italians. Sources This list is inspired by a list written by Luke Ueda Sarson at: http://lukeuedasarson.com/GreekMercDBM.html

Page 75 Return to Contents IV Kingdoms of the East Here are the army lists of the Persians, Alexander and his Successors and of various other eastern despots.

Early Achaemenid Persian This list represents the Persian army from 's defeat of the Medes in 500 BCE until the commencement of Cyrus the Younger's Cunaxa campaign in 401 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted 2–4 – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 3–5 – 1 Royal standard 1VP standard 0–1 – 2 Persian guard cavalry Cavalry, javelin, veteran, extra bow 1* 6+ 13 Persian or Median cavalry Cavalry, javelin, extra bow 2–4 7+ 11 Thessalian cavalry Light cavalry, javelin 0–2 7+ 5 Ionian or medizing Greek Cavalry, javelin, raw 0–1 8+ 7 cavalry Bactrian light cavalry Light cavalry, javelin, extra bow 0–1 7+ 6 Scythian or similar horse Light cavalry, bow 0–3 8+ 5 archers Bedouin camelry Light camelry bow, raw 0–1 9+ 4 Scythed chariots Scythed chariot 0–1 7+ 5 Bowmen, veteran 1–2*/** 7+ 9 Persian Immortals Upgrade bowmen, veteran with pavise Any – 10 Bowmen 4–8** 8+ 7 Persian sparabara foot Upgrade bowmen with pavise Any – 8 Parthian, Bactrian or similar Bowmen 1–2 8+ 7 Assyrian or Chaldean archers Bowmen, raw 0–2 9+ 5 Indians Longbow 0–1 8+ 9 Lydian, Ionian or medizing Hoplites, deep, raw 0–2 7+ 9 Greek hoplites Upgrade hoplites, deep, raw to hoplites, deep 0–1 6+ 12 Thracian, Armenian, Paphlagonian or similar Javelinmen 0–3 7+ 7 infantry Persian levies Mob, deep, raw 0–4 9+ 4 Egyptian, Phoenician or Lykian Javelinmen 0–1 7+ 7 marines Scythian or Caspian archers Light infantry, other, bow 0–2 8+ 4 Syrian or Persian slingers Light infantry, other, sling 0–2 8+ 4 Lykian or Pisidian javelinmen Light infantry, javelin 0–2 7+ 4 Libyan or similar javelimen Light infantry, javelin, raw 0–2 8+ 3 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Fortifications Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * Minima only applies if any Immortals are taken, in which case the senior general and any standard must be attached to one of these units or to the guard cavalry.

Page 76 Return to Contents ** The best way to represent sparabara is as bowmen with extra pavise. The front-rank Persians armed with spears and holding the pavises may be represented but have no combat effect. Many gamers will want to use two sparabara units, one behind the other, in order to maximise the rate of fire, but note that the rearmost unit may only conduct overhead fire at close range.

Allies Thebans.

Page 77 Return to Contents Bithynian This list represents the army of the small state of from when it gained independence from the Persian Empire, around 400 BCE, until the kingdom was bequeathed to the by its last king, in 74 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted 0–2 – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Cavalry, javelin 7+ 9 Bithynian cavalry 0–1 Upgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, veteran 6+ 11 Mercenary Greek cavalry Cavalry, lance or javelin 0–1* 7+ 9 Bithynian light cavalry Light cavalry, javelin 1–2 7+ 5 Javelinmen 7–14 7+ 7 Downgrade javelinmen to javelinmen, raw 2 or more 8+ 5 Bithynian infantry Upgrade javelinmen to javelinmen, veteran 0–1 6+ 9 Replace javelinmen with spearmen, single extra 0–2* 7+ 8 javelin Replace javelinmen with pike, raw 0–2* 8+ 10 Warriors, deep, veteran 6+ 13 Galatian mercenaries 0–1* Warriors, deep 7+ 10 Spearmen, single extra javelin 7+ 8 Greek mercenaries 0–2* Light infantry, javelin 7+ 4 Thracian mercenaries Javelinmen, extra 2HCCW, veteran 0–1** 6+ 10 Light infantry, javelin 2–6*** 7+ 4 Bithynian skirmishers Light infantry other, bow or sling 0–2 8+ 4 Cretan archers Light infantry other, bow, veteran 0–1* 6+ 5 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Fortifications Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * From 278 onwards. ** From 219 onwards. Thracian mercenaries may not be picked if veteran are chosen. *** Light infantry, javelin may support Bithynian cavalry. Allies Persians only in 399, Galatians after 278, Paphlagonians after 179. Historical Background The Bithynians were a people of Thracian extraction who lived in the northwest of Asia Minor, adjoining the Sea of Marmara, the Bosporus and the Black Sea. Bithynia bordered to the southwest, to the northeast, and to the southeast. The Bithyni tribe, from which the kingdom took its name, were of Thracian extraction, and lived in in the forests and mountains of the interior, whilst the Greeks established several cities along the coastal plain. Bithynia was part of King Croesus’ Lydian monarchy, and later became part of the Persian satrapy of Phrygia. However, the Bithynians appear to have maintained a substantial degree of independence under the rule of native princes. In 400, when the 10,000 marched through Bithynia, the Persian Pharnabazus sent cavalry to assist the locals. King Nicomedes I (ruled c. 278 – c. 255 BCE), established his capital at capital, Nicomedia, which grew to become one of the most important cities in north-eastern Asia Minor. For the next two centuries the kingdom of Bithynia had a considerable standing and influence among the minor monarchies of Anatolia. However, the last king, Nicomedes IV Philopator* (“Benefactor”), was unable to cope with his irrepressible neighbour, Mithridates VI of Pontus. In 89, the Pontics routed the Bithynian army at the battle of the River Amnias and subsequently defeated their Roman allies at Protopachium and conquered the kingdom. Although restored to his throne by the Romans, Nicomedes bequeathed his kingdom through his will to the Roman republic in 74 BCE.

Page 78 Return to Contents *Caesar’s legionaries sang, scurrilously, during his Gallic triumph: "Gallias Caesar subegit, Caesarem Nicomedes," (Caesar laid the low, Nicomedes laid Caesar low), suggesting that Caesar was the junior partner in a somewhat intimate relationship. Notes The original Bithynians must have fought in a similar manner to their Thracian peers. It is highly likely that they were later influenced by Greek military practices, through the Greek cities along their coast. I have included optional to upgrade some units to thureophoroi or even pike. Moreover, because of its wealth and location, it is highly likely that Bithynia might have recruited Greek mercenaries. I have, therefore, included a selection, even though they are not specifically mentioned in the all-to-brief descriptions of the battles. The Galatians were invited into Asia Minor by Nicomedes I, who used them to reconquer a splinter kingdom ruled by his brother, and thus reunite Bithynia. The veteran Thracian mercenaries represent Prusias II’s bodyguard of 500 Thracians circa 150 BCE.

Page 79 Return to Contents Later Achaemenid Persian This list represents the Persian army from the battle of Cunaxa in 401 BCE through to the fall of the Empire in 330 BCE, after Darius' final defeat at Gaugamela. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted 2–4 – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Royal standard 1VP standard 0–1 – 2 Cavalry, javelin, veteran 1* Persian Royal Guard cavalry Upgrade cavalry, javelin, veteran to cavalry, lance, 6+ 11 1*/** veteran Cavalry, javelin 2–4 7+ 9 Persian or Median cavalry Upgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, veteran as 0–1 6+ 11 satrapal guard. Bactrian or Saka cavalry on Cavalry, javelin, veteran 0–1 6+ 11 armoured horses Upgrade cavalry, javelin, veteran with extra bow Any – +2 Armenian or Cappadocian Cavalry, javelin, veteran 0–1 6+ 11 cavalry on armoured horses Colonist or Indian cavalry Cavalry, javelin, raw 2–4 8+ 7 Bactrian light cavalry Light cavalry, javelin, extra bow 0–2 7+ 6 Archosians, Paphlagonians etc. Light cavalry, javelin 1–2 7+ 5 Parthians or Sakai Light cavalry, bow 0–2 8+ 5 Scythed chariots Scythed chariots 0–2 7+ 5 Bowmen, veteran 1* 7+ 9 Persian "Apple-Bearer" Guards Upgrade bowmen, veteran with pavise 0–1 – 10 Hoplites, deep 1–3 6+ 12 Greek or Lykian hoplites Upgrade Theban, Spartan or mercenary hoplites, 0–1 5+ 15 deep to hoplites, deep, veteran Carian or Ionian hoplites Hoplites, deep, raw 0–2 7+ 9 Egyptian hoplites Hoplites, deep, raw 0–2 7+ 9 Javelinmen 0–3 7+ 7 Persian kardakes Upgrade kardakes javelinmen with extra bow 0–1 7+ 9 Hoplites, deep, raw 0–2 7+ 9 Persian takabara or Greek Javelinmen 0–2 7+ 7 peltastai Upgrade takabara javelinmen with extra bow 0–1 – 9 Mardian archers Bowmen 0–2 8+ 7 Hill peoples or Thracians Javelinmen 0–2 7+ 7 Persian levies Mob, deep, raw 2–4** 9+ 4 Persian archers or slingers Light infantry other, bow or sling, raw 2–3 9+ 3 Elephants Indian elephants, deep, escorted by longbows, raw 0–1** 7+ 9 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 * Minima apply only if any such units are selected, in which case the senior general must then be the King of Kings mounted on a horse or in a chariot and attached to the guard cavalry. The apple-bearer guard were possibly a mix of archers and spearmen with hoplite shields.

Page 80 Return to Contents ** This represents the army at Gaugamela. Minima apply only if any units marked ** are selected, in which case the units marked * must also be selected. Only one unit of Greek hoplites may be chosen and no Kardakes, Thracians, , Egyptians, Lykians or Ionians.

Allies Lykians, Mercenary Greek (401 BCE only). Notes The Persian Royal Standard is likely to have featured a golden eagle (or falcon) on a red ground, as depicted on the Alexander mosaic. In the foreword to the latest edition of Armies of the Macedonian and , Duncan Head says that his earlier observations that the Apple Bearers carried hoplons was incorrect and that the shield depicted was, instead, that of a fallen Greek mercenary. He now believes they were a pure bow unit. I have edited the list to reflect this. Kardakes may have been Persian youths, mercenaries or Kurds – we are not certain. According to Duncan Head, some were likely equipped as peltasts and others as hoplites. Although it seems somewhat doubtful, I have included the option for some of the peltasts to be armed with extra bow. Takabara were garrison troops from modern day Iraq and Iran, equipped as peltasts (but again, possibly, with extra bow). At Gaugamela, the elephants may have been left in camp, perhaps because they were poorly trained or purely ceremonial. For this reason, I have made them both optional and raw. The Mercenary Greek ally option is for Cyrus the Younger.

Page 81 Return to Contents Alexandrian Macedonian This list covers the Macedonian army of II from his military reforms (ca. 359 BCE) down to his assassination (336 BCE), Alexander the Great from his accession (336 BCE) down to his dismissal of the Greek allied forces at Ecbatana (330 BCE) and from his appointment as regent of Macedon (334 BCE) down to his death (319 BCE). Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached foot general 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Generals Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Upgrade a senior, mounted, heroic general to great leader†, representing Alexander the Great, between 0–1 – +4 336 and 330. Heroes 3–6 – 1 Hetairoi (“companions”) Cavalry, lance, veteran 1–2^ 6+ 11 Thessalian cavalry Cavalry, javelin, veteran 0–2^/^^ 6+ 11 Greek allied cavalry Cavalry, javelin, raw 0–1^^^ 8+ 7 Greek mercenary cavalry Cavalry, javelin 0–1 7+ 9 Light cavalry, lance 5 Prodromoi (“scouts”) 0–1^ 7+ Cavalry, lance, small unit 4.5 Thracian or Paeonian cavalry Light cavalry, javelin 1–2^ 7+ 5 Hoplites, deep, veteran 5+ 15 Hypaspistai (“shield-bearers”) Pike, deep, veteran 1* 6+ 16 Javelinmen, veteran 6+ 9 Pike, deep 7+ 13 Upgrade pike, deep to pike, deep, veteran 6+ 16 Pezhetairoi (“foot companions”) 3–6** Javelinmen 7+ 7 Upgrade javelinmen to javelinmen, veteran 6+ 9 Greek allied infantry Hoplites, deep, raw 0–4*** 7+ 9 Hoplites, deep 6+ 12 Greek mercenary infantry 0–4**** Light infantry, javelin 7+ 4 Thracian or Illyrian infantry Light infantry javelin 0–4***** 7+ 4 Agrianians Light infantry, javelin, veteran 1–2 6+ 5 Cretan archers Light infantry other, bow, veteran 1–2 7+ 5 Macedonian archers Light infantry other, bow 0–2 8+ 4 Macedonian slingers Light infantry other, sling 0–1 8+ 4 Catapults Artillery (catapult) 0–1 7+ 7 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Camp defences Fortifications 0–5 – 1 † Great leaders are described in the "Even Stronger" supplement. ^ Hetairoi, Prodromoi, Thracian cavalry, and Paeonian cavalry may form wedge; Thessalian cavalry may form rhomboid. ^^ Thessalian cavalry may be taken from 352, but only if Thessalian allies are not used. ^^^ Greek allied cavalry may be taken only between 334 and 330. * Hypaspistai may be fielded as hoplites, pikemen or javelinmen. They are compulsory only if Philip or Alexander is commanding the army; otherwise, treat the minimum as zero. ** Pezhetairoi may be fielded as pikemen or javelinmen, but not a mix of the two. Before Granicus (334), up to half may be upgraded to veteran; after Granicus, all may be upgraded.

Page 82 Return to Contents *** Greek allied infantry may be taken only between 334 and 330. **** Greek mercenary infantry may be fielded as hoplites, light infantry, or a mix of the two. ***** Thracian and Illyrian infantry are best represented as massed lights as described in the Even Stronger supplement. ‡ Thessalian allies may be taken only if Philip commands the army between 358 and 352, or Antipater between 334 and 323. Allies Thessalian (may be taken only if Philip commands the army between 358 and 352 BCE, or Antipater between 334 and 323 BCE). Historical Background In 359 BCE, Philip II, the third son of Amyntas III, came to the Macedonian throne. At Philip's accession, Macedon stood on the brink of ruin. With his brother and predecessor Perdiccas III having lost his life and army in battle against the Illyrians earlier that year, Philip found himself confronted by a series of crises, including foreign invasions and domestic struggles for the throne. Yet, within a few short years, Philip had not only secured his position as king of Macedon but had begun to expand into parts of Greece and the . Key to this expansion was Philip's reformed Macedonian army, a professional fighting force that combined Macedonia's famous , the Hetairoi (“companions”), a new-style phalanx armed with sarissai (pikes), light troops, and even a sophisticated siege corps. With this army, Philip eventually became master of the Greek world, decisively defeating the Greek city states at the battle of Chaeronea (338 BCE) and subsequently establishing the League of Corinth, a Macedonian-led federation of Greek city states in whose name Philip hoped to carry out an invasion of Persia, Greece's age-old enemy. Ultimately, however, Philip's hope came to naught. In 336 BCE, while celebrating his daughter's wedding, the Macedonian king was assassinated by Pausanias, a disgruntled bodyguard. Following Philip's assassination, his son Alexander III (the Great) was proclaimed king of Macedon. Facing dissension at home and revolts abroad, Alexander moved swiftly to solidify his position, executing those deemed responsible for his father's murder and campaigning in Greece and the Balkans to guarantee both the Greek city states' and the Balkan tribes' continued loyalty to Macedon. With his home base thus secured, Alexander launched his famous invasion of the Persian Empire, leaving Antipater, a veteran Macedonian general, as regent of Macedon in his absence. At the battle of the Granicus (334 BCE), Alexander defeated a Persian army led by Memnon, a Greek mercenary general, and a group of Persian , subsequently capturing the major cities of Asia Minor. The next year, having made his way through Asia Minor, Alexander met Darius III, the Persian King of Kings, at the battle of Issus (333 BCE), where the Macedonians prevailed against the Persians for a second time. Following this victory, Alexander marched south into , capturing Tyre after a gruelling seven-month siege, and then on into Egypt, where he founded Alexandria and consulted the oracle of at Siwah. From Egypt, Alexander continued his march into Mesopotamia, seeking out Darius for a final confrontation. At the battle of Gaugamela (331 BCE), the Macedonian king defeated his Persian counterpart for the second time, thereby opening the way to the Persian Empire's capital cities, Babylon, Susa, and Persepolis. At Persepolis, Alexander set fire to the royal palace – an act that, symbolically, marked the end of the Macedonian king's Panhellenic crusade against Persia – and shortly thereafter dismissed the Greek allied forces at Ecbatana. The Structure of the Army Hetairoi (Companions): The Macedonian army’s famed heavy cavalry. Recruited from the Macedonian aristocracy, the Hetairoi, armed with xysta (lances) and kopides (sabres), played the decisive role in all of the major battles of the period, typically breaking through on the right wing and then turning to take the enemy centre in flank. Within Alexander's army, the Hetairoi numbered 1,800 at the start of the Persian campaign and were divided into eight ilai (squadrons), including the royal ila (ilē basilikē), which Alexander invariably led in person. Thessalian cavalry: The Thessalian cavalry, which became available to Macedon following Philip’s election as archōn (leader) of the Thessalian League (352 BCE), was the most valuable of the Macedonian army’s allied contingents. In Alexander’s three major battles against the Persians, the Thessalians, probably armed with javelins or spears, served as the defensive counterpart to the Hetairoi, consistently holding the left wing while the Hetairoi broke through on the right. Within Alexander's army, the Thessalians, like the Hetairoi, numbered 1,800 at the outset of the Persian campaign and were divided into eight squadrons (ilai), with the Pharsalian squadron, the best and most distinguished of the eight, serving as Parmenion’s bodyguard. Greek allied cavalry: Greek cavalry provided to Alexander by the League of Corinth for the campaign against Persia, but of negligible worth and uncertain reliability. There were 600 Greek allied cavalry within Alexander's army at the start of the Persian campaign. Greek mercenary cavalry: The Macedonian army's Greek mercenary cavalry played a relatively minor role in Alexander's pitched battles but an important role as garrison troops throughout the empire. The historical sources are silent about the number of Greek mercenary cavalry present at the outset of the Persian campaign, but we can safely assume that they numbered at least several hundred.

Page 83 Return to Contents Prodromoi (Scouts): A Macedonian (or possibly Thracian) light cavalry unit armed with sarissa (pike) – hence its other name, Sarissophoroi (Pike-Bearers) – that played a key scouting role within the army. Within Alexander's army, the Prodromoi, together with the Thracian and Paeonian light cavalry, numbered 900 at the start of the Persian campaign. Thracian or Paeonian cavalry: Light cavalry recruited from the Thracian and Paeonian territories subject to Macedon. Within Alexander's army, the Thracian and Paeonian light cavalry, together with the Prodromoi, numbered 900 at the outset of the Persian campaign. Hypaspistai (Shield Bearers): The Macedonian army’s elite heavy infantry. Throughout the period covered by this list, the armament of the Hypaspistai is uncertain. According to one theory, the Hypaspistai were armed identically to the Pezhetairoi, namely with sarissai (pikes) and small circular shields; according to another, however, they were armed more like hoplites, with spears and large circular shields. Whatever their armament, the Hypaspistai consistently fought on the extreme right of the phalanx in pitched battles, and frequently took part in minor actions and forced marches, possibly replacing their pikes or spears with javelins on such occasions. Within Alexander's army, the Hypaspistai numbered 3,000 at the start of the Persian campaign and were divided into 3 chiliarchies (units of 1,000). Pezhetairoi (Foot Companions): The Macedonian army’s heavy infantry core. Following Philip II’s military reforms, the Pezhetairoi were equipped with sarissai (pikes) and small circular shields and drilled into a professional fighting force. In pitched battle, the Pezhetairoi made up the centre of the Macedonian line, playing the anvil to the Hetairoi's hammer; in other circumstances, however, they may have discarded their pikes in favour of javelins. Within Alexander's army, the Pezhetairoi numbered 9,000 at the outset of the Persian campaign and were divided into six territorially based battalions (taxeis). Greek allied infantry: Greek hoplites provided to Alexander by the League of Corinth for the campaign against Persia, but, like the Greek allied cavalry, of greater political than military value. Within Alexander's army, the Greek allied infantry numbered 7,000 at the start of the Persian campaign. Greek mercenary infantry: Like its Greek mercenary cavalry, the Macedonian army’s Greek mercenary infantry, probably a mix of hoplites and peltasts, served primarily as garrison troops throughout Alexander's empire. The Greek mercenary infantry numbered at least 5,000 at the outset of the Persian campaign. Thracian and Illyrian infantry: Peltasts recruited from the Thracian and Illyrian territories subject to Macedon. Within Alexander's army, the Thracian and Illyrian infantry numbered 7,000 at the start of the Persian campaign. Agrianians: The Agrianians, a Paeonian tribe living to the north of Macedonia, provided the crack light infantry unit of Alexander’s army. The Agrianians, together with the archers, numbered 1,000 at the outset of the Persian campaign. Cretan archers: The Cretans, famed for their archery skills in antiquity, provided Alexander with another elite light infantry unit. Within Alexander's army, the archers, together with the Agrianians, numbered 1,000, at the start of the Persian campaign. Macedonian archers: The Macedonian archers are a poorly documented unit of the Macedonian army, being mentioned explicitly only at the battle of Gaugamela. Macedonian slingers: Slingers are another poorly documented unit of the Macedonian army, being mentioned occasionally in the context of pre-battle skirmishing and siege operations. Catapults: Following in the footsteps of Dionysius I of Syracuse, Philip II developed a first-rate Macedonian siege corps, including catapults, over the course of his reign. While Macedonian catapults were used primarily in sieges, Alexander twice employed them in the field as a way of covering river crossings, the first time at Pelion (335 BCE) and the second at the Jaxartes (329 BCE). Many thanks to Justin Vorhis for his substantial revisions and provision of excellent notes and background to this list!

Page 84 Return to Contents Bosporan This list covers armies of the Bosporan Kingdom and related city-states from the accession of Parysadas I in 348 BCE until the kingdom was overrun by the Huns in 375 CE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted 2–4 – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Cavalry, lance, extra bow 1–2 7+ 11 Bosporan nobles Upgrade cavalry, lance, extra bow to cavalry, lance, Any 6+ 13 extra bow, veteran Light cavalry, bow 4–8 8+ 5 Other Bosporan cavalry Upgrade light cavalry, bow to cavalry, lance, extra 1/2 or 7+ 11 bow more**** Javelinmen, raw 1–2* 8+ 5 City militia Upgrade javelinmen, raw to javelinmen Any 7+ 7 Replace javelinmen with legionaries, raw Any** 7+ 8 Javelinmen 2–4*, 7+ 7 Maeotian or similar javelinmen Light infantry, javelin 1–2*/** 7+ 4 Spearmen, single extra javelin 7+ 8 Greek mercenaries 0–2 Light infantry, javelin 7+ 4 Javelinmen, extra 2HCCW 0–1 7+ 8 Thracian or similar mercenaries Upgrade javelinmen, to warriors, deep as 0–1*** 7+ 10 Bowmen, raw 2–4*, 9+ 5 Light infantry other, bow, raw 1–2*/** 9+ 3 Maeotian or similar archers Upgrade bowmen, raw to bowmen or light infantry Up to 1/2 8+ 7/4 other, bow, raw to light infantry other, bow 1–2*, Slingers Light infantry other, sling 8+ 4 0–1*/** Wagon defenders Mobs, deep, raw 0–1 9+ 4 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Wagon laager Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * Minima apply if any such troops are taken. ** After 109 BCE. *** Between 180 BCE and 10 CE **** After 41 CE Allies Scythians, Cimmerians and Hu (before 11 CE), Sarmatians**, Early Imperial Roman (41–193 CE), Middle Imperial Roman (193–312 CE) Historical Background The Bosporan Kingdom was a Greco-Scythian state located in eastern Crimea and the Taman Peninsula on the shores of the Cimmerian Bosporus, the present-day Strait of Kerch, between the Euxine Sea (Black Sea) and Lake Maeotis (the Sea of Azov). Bosporus was a Hellenistic state, with a Greek elite ruling over a largely Scythian population. The competent tyrants of the Spartocid dynasty ruled Bosporus for almost three centuries, from 438–110 BCE, gradually expanding the kingdom westward into the Crimea and north and eastwards along the coast of Lake Maeotis to Tanais at the mouth of the Don, a

Page 85 Return to Contents great market for trade with the interior. The state thereafter controlled the export of wheat, and slaves from southern Russia –Athens, in particular, depended upon Bosporus for its grain supply. In 107 BCE, beset by encroaching Scythian tribes, Bosporus was absorbed into the Pontic Kingdom. King Mithridates the Great of Pontus fled to Bosporus after his defeat by the Romans in 63 BCE. He planned to raise a new army in the kingdom but, instead, was forced to commit suicide by his youngest son Pharnaces. This latter was crowned Pharnaces II of Pontus and, during the Roman Civil War, attempted to restore his father’s kingdom but was killed following his defeat by Caesar at Zela in 47 BCE. Thereafter, Bosporus became a Roman , protected by Roman garrisons and briefly, between 63 to 68 CE, a Roman province. Throughout the Roman period there was perpetual war with the native tribes of Scythians and Sarmatians, and later, during the migrations of the 3rd and 4th centuries, the and Borani. The Huns defeated the nearby Alans in 375/376 and overran the Bosporan kingdom as they moved westwards towards the Roman Empire. Notes The Bosporan Kingdom was a relatively small one, and sometimes relied upon mercenaries, alliances or subjects to increase the size of its armies. Bosporan cavalry consisted of a core of well-equipped nobles supported by Scythian-style horse archers and, later, Sarmatian- style lancers, with bows. Before the start of the period covered by this list, the Bosporan cities supplied hoplite infantry, but by the time of this list these had been replaced by a javelin-equipped city militia. Later, Tacitus describes Bosporan infantry as being equipped in the Roman manner. The city militia infantry can be supplemented by numerous Maeotian subjects, including bowmen, and Greek or Thracian mercenaries. Acknowledgements This list is informed by some excellent notes by Luke Ueda-Sarson at http://lukeuedasarson.com/Bosporan.html

Page 86 Return to Contents Alexandrian Imperial This list covers the Macedonian army of Alexander the Great from his dismissal of the Greek allied forces at Ecbatana (330 BCE) down to his death in Babylon (323 BCE), and Perdiccas from his assumption of the regency (323 BCE) down to his murder in Egypt (320 BCE). Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Generals Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Upgrade a senior, mounted, heroic general to great leader†, representing Alexander the Great, between 0–1 – +4 330 and 323 BCE Heroes 3–6 – 1 Hetairoi ("companions") Cavalry, lance, veteran 1–3^ 6+ 11 Greek mercenary cavalry Cavalry, javelin 0–1 7+ 9 Prodromoi ("scouts") Light cavalry, lance 0–1^/^^ 7+ 5 Thracian or Paeonian cavalry Light cavalry, javelin 0–1^ 7+ 5 Arachosian or Paropamisian Light cavalry, javelin 1–2 7+ 5 cavalry Bactrian cavalry Light cavalry, javelin, extra bow 0–1^^^ 7+ 6 Scythian or Sogdian cavalry Light cavalry, bow 1–2^^^ 8+ 5 Hoplites, deep, veteran 5+ 15 Hypaspistai ("shield-bearers") Pike, deep, veteran 1* 6+ 16 Javelinmen, veteran 6+ 9 Pike, deep, veteran 6+ 16 Pezhetairoi ("foot companions") Javelinmen, veteran 2–4** 6+ 9 Pike (special), deep, extra bow 7+ 13 Epigonoi ("successors") Pike, deep 0–2*** 7+ 13 Pantodapoi ("multinationals") Pike, deep, raw 1–2**** 8+ 10 Hoplites, deep 6+ 12 Greek mercenary infantry 0–4***** Light infantry, javelin 7+ 4 Thracian or Illyrian infantry Light infantry, javelin 0–4****** 7+ 4 Agrianians Light infantry, javelin, veteran 1–2 6+ 5 Cretan archers Light infantry other, bow, veteran 1–2 7+ 5 Macedonian archers Light infantry other, bow 0–2 8+ 4 Macedonian slingers Light infantry other, sling 0–1 8+ 4 Persian archers or slingers Light infantry other, bow or sling, raw 0–2**** 9+ 3 Elephants screen† 0–2******* 6+ 6 Catapults Artillery (catapult) 0–1 7+ 7 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Camp defences Fortifications 0–5 – 1 † Described in the Even Stronger supplement. ^ Hetairoi, Prodromoi, Thracian cavalry, and Paeonian cavalry may form wedge. ^^ Prodromoi may be taken only between 330 and 329 BCE. ^^^ Bactrian cavalry, Sogdian cavalry, and Scythian cavalry may be taken from 328 onwards.

Page 87 Return to Contents * Hypaspistai may be fielded as hoplites (only between 330 and 326), pike, or javelinmen, but not a mix of the three. They are compulsory only if Alexander commands the army between 330 and 323 or Perdiccas between 321 and 320; otherwise, treat the minimum as zero.

** Pezhetairoi may be fielded as pike or javelinmen, but not a mix of the two. They may also be fielded as pike (special) to represent Alexander's experimental phalanx between 324 and 323. Pikemen (special) behave like normal pike in all respects, except that they lose the usual pike ability that prevents an enemy unit from striking back under certain circumstances, but instead receive free extra bow. After 323, reduce the minima-maxima to 1–2. *** Epigonoi may be taken only between 324 and 323. **** Pantodapoi and Persian archers and slingers may be taken only after 323. ***** Greek mercenary infantry may be fielded as hoplites, light infantry, or a mix of the two. ****** Thracian and Illyrian infantry are best represented as massed lights as described in the Even Stronger supplement. ******* Elephants may be taken from 326 onwards. ‡ Classical Indian allies may be taken only if Alexander commands the army between 326 and 325. Allies Classical Indian allies may be taken between 326 and 325 BCE but only if Alexander himself commands the army Historical Background Following the destruction of Persepolis and the subsequent dismissal of the Greek allied forces at Ecbatana (330 BCE), Alexander set off in pursuit of Darius, the Persian king whom he had twice defeated in battle. When, in short order, Darius was betrayed and murdered by his own generals, Alexander, in his newfound capacity as Persian king, resolved not only to bring his predecessor’s murderers to justice, but to secure his rule over the eastern provinces of the Persian Empire. In 329 BCE, Alexander invaded Bactria and Sogdiana by crossing the Hindu Kush. Whilst Alexander quickly captured and executed Bessus, the satrap of Bactria and a chief conspirator against Darius, the Bactrian and Sogdian people waged an effective, guerrilla-style resistance against the Macedonian invaders for nearly two years. By 327 BCE, however, Alexander had subjugated Bactria and Sogdiana, marrying Roxane, the daughter of a local chieftain, as a means of further securing his hold on the region. From Bactria and Sogdiana, Alexander pressed on to India – an exotic, almost mythical, land so far as the king and his army were concerned. In 326 BCE, at the Hydaspes river, Alexander defeated the Indian rajah , who commanded an army comprised, in part, of fearsome war elephants, in his fourth and final set-piece battle. Shortly thereafter, the Macedonian army, exhausted by more than eight years of foreign campaigning, mutinied, thereby forcing the king to turn back at long last. Yet rather than returning by the route he had come, Alexander led his army down the Indus river, subduing the various Indian tribes encountered along the way. Upon reaching the Indian Ocean, Alexander marched west through the Gedrosian desert, suffering heavy casualties in the process. Once back in the Persian heartland, the king carried out a series of administrative and military reforms, including a satrapal purge, a mass-marriage ceremony of Macedonians and Persians, and the discharge of large numbers of Macedonian veterans and their replacement by even larger numbers of Persian recruits. Finally, in 323 BCE, while preparing for an Arabian campaign, Alexander fell ill and died in Babylon, aged only 32. After Alexander’s death, Perdiccas, the leading Macedonian marshal present in Babylon, took command of the royal army. Following the Babylonian Settlement, the preliminary partitioning of Alexander’s empire, Perdiccas led the royal army first into , which he annexed after twice defeating the Cappadocian king Ariarathes in battle, and then into , where he re-established Macedonian control in the wake of a local revolt. By 321 BCE, however, Perdiccas’ fortunes were in decline, as a coalition of prominent Macedonian marshals, including Antipater, Craterus, and Ptolemy, made common cause against him in light of his formidable power and plainly royal ambitions. Leaving his subordinate to deal with Antipater and Craterus in Asia Minor, Perdiccas himself marched against Ptolemy in Egypt. Although Eumenes unexpectedly prevailed against Craterus, Perdiccas suffered a humiliating defeat at Ptolemy’s hands while trying to cross the Nile, prompting Perdiccas’ leading subordinates, Seleucus, , and , to murder him shortly thereafter. With Perdiccas’ death, Alexander’s army ceased, once and for all, to be a unified fighting force. The Structure of the Army Hetairoi: The Macedonian army’s famed heavy cavalry. Recruited from the Macedonian aristocracy, the Hetairoi, armed with xysta (lances) and kopides (sabres), played the decisive role in all of the major battles of the period, typically breaking through on the right wing and then turning to take the enemy centre in flank. During the period covered by this list, Alexander reorganized the Hetairoi, making the hipparchia (cavalry command), rather than the ilē (squadron), the primary organizational unit. These hipparchia, which now comprised at least two ilai, may have numbered eight in total, with the specific strength of a hipparchia being a matter of debate. Complementing the eight regular hipparchia was Alexander’s

Page 88 Return to Contents Agema (guard) unit, the old Royal ilē by a new name. In 324 BCE, Alexander began incorporating Persians into the Hetairoi and even formed a new hipparchia composed entirely of Persians. Greek mercenary cavalry: The Macedonian army’s Greek mercenary cavalry played a relatively minor role in Alexander's pitched battles, but an important role as garrison troops throughout the empire. Prodromoi (“scouts”): A Macedonian (or possibly Thracian) light cavalry unit armed with sarissa (pike) – hence its other name, Sarissophoroi (“pike-bearers”) – that played a key scouting role within the army. In 329 BCE, the Prodromoi disappear from the historical record, a fact that has led some scholars to suggest that the unit may have been incorporated into the Hetairoi around this time. Thracian or Paeonian cavalry: Light cavalry recruited from the Thracian and Paeonian territories subject to Macedon. Arachosian, Paropamisian, Bactrian, Sogdian, and Scythian cavalry: Asiatic light cavalry that came to replace Alexander’s European light cavalry during his campaigns in the eastern provinces of the Persian Empire and beyond. Hypaspistai: The Macedonian army’s elite heavy infantry. At some point during the period covered by this list, the Hypaspistai became, if they had not already been, primarily pike-armed troops. The Hypaspistai consistently fought on the extreme right of the phalanx in pitched battles, and frequently took part in minor actions and forced marches, possibly replacing their pikes or spears with javelins on such occasions. At the start of the Indian campaign, the Hypaspistai were given new silver equipment, thereby earning the title of Argyraspides (Silver Shields). In 324 BCE, having raised a new unit of Persian Hypaspistai, Alexander dismissed their more famous Macedonian counterparts along with other Macedonian veterans at Opis. After Alexander’s death, the Hypaspistai, following a period of mysterious inactivity in , took part in Perdiccas’ ill-fated Egyptian campaign, with their commander, Antigenes, ultimately playing a key role in the regent's assassination. Pezhetairoi: The Macedonian army’s heavy infantry core. Following Philip II’s military reforms, the Pezhetairoi were equipped with sarissai (pikes) and small circular shields and drilled into a professional fighting force. In pitched battle, the Pezhetairoi made up the centre of the Macedonian line, playing the anvil to the Hetairoi's hammer; in other circumstances, however, they may have discarded their pikes in favour of javelins. In 324 BCE, Alexander, with copious Asiatic infantry at his disposal, dismissed a considerable number of the Pezhetairoi at Opis, intending to replace them with an experimental phalanx comprised of both Macedonian pikemen and Persian archers and javelinmen. Epigonoi: The 30,000 Persian youths whom Alexander ordered to be trained in the Macedonian art of war as he departed from Bactria in 327 BCE and who were presented to the king upon his return to Susa in 324 BCE. Pantodapoi: Asiatic pikemen recruited to make up for the lack of Macedonian pikemen after Alexander’s death. Greek mercenary infantry: The Macedonian army's Greek mercenary infantry, probably a mix of hoplites and peltasts, served primarily as garrison troops throughout Alexander's empire. Thracian or Illyrian infantry: Peltasts recruited from the Thracian and Illyrian territories subject to Macedon. Agrianians: The Agrianians, a Paeonian tribe living to the north of Macedonia, provided the crack light infantry unit of Alexander’s army. Cretan archers: The Cretans, famed in antiquity for their archery skills, provided Alexander with a second elite light infantry unit. Macedonian archers: The Macedonian archers are a poorly documented unit of the Macedonian army, being mentioned explicitly only at the battle of Gaugamela. Macedonian slingers: Slingers are another poorly documented unit of the Macedonian army, being mentioned occasionally in the context of pre-battle skirmishing and siege operations. Persian archers or slingers: Persian light infantry probably recruited to supplement the Royal Army's European light infantry after Alexander’s death. Elephants: During the Indian campaign, Alexander began to assemble an elephant corps of his own. While Alexander himself never employed elephants in battle, his successors did so with such frequency that the beasts became a mainstay of Hellenistic warfare. Catapults: Following in the footsteps of Dionysius I of Syracuse, Philip II developed a first-rate Macedonian siege corps, including catapults, over the course of his reign. While Macedonian catapults were used primarily in sieges, Alexander twice employed them in the field as a way of covering river crossings, the first time at Pelion (335 BCE) and the second at the Jaxartes (329 BCE). With huge thanks to Justin Vorhis for his substantial rewrites of this list!

Page 89 Return to Contents Later Thracian This list covers Thrace from 300 BCE until it became a Roman province in 46 CE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 3–5 – 1 Cavalry, javelin 0–2 7+ 9 Thracian cavalry Upgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, veteran 0–1 6+ 11 Light cavalry, javelin 3–6 7+ 5 Thracian light cavalry Replace light cavalry, javelin with light cavalry, bow Any 8+ 5 Javelinmen 6–12 7+ 7 Upgrade javelinmen to javelinmen, veteran 0–2 6+ 9 Upgrade javelinmen with extra 2HCCW (rhomphaia) Any* 7+ +1 Thracian warriors Downgrade javelinmen to light infantry, javelin Up to 1/2 7+ 4 Upgrade light infantry, javelin to light infantry, 0–2 6+ 5 javelin, veteran Thracian skirmishers Light infantry other, bow or sling 1–3 8+ 4 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Wagon laager Fortifications 0–5 – 1 Allies Lysimachid Successor. Notes Thracians had an unusually fierce reputation. By 300 BCE, Thracian warriors had moved away from using longer spears to javelins, in conjunction with the thureos shield and, later, the rhomphaia. This latter was a long-bladed iron cutting weapon, wielded two handed. In his book 'The Gods of Battle – The Thracians at War 1500 BC to AD 150', Chris Webber writes that the earliest dated rhomphaia is from a grave that is no later than 350 BCE. There are also rhomphaia depicted in the paintings in the Kazanlak Tomb which must be before 275 BCE since the nearby city of Seuthopolis was destroyed in 279 BCE and is probably the end of the 4th Century BCE. I’ve elected to go with 300 BCE as the date from which they become common. Formed Thracian cavalry were fierce but not particularly numerous. The Getae tribe used horse archers instead of javelin- armed lights. Thracian light infantry, javelin may support cavalry, javelin or cavalry, javelin, veteran. Thracian cavalry, javelin or cavalry, javelin, veteran may fight in wedge – they may have introduced this practise to the Macedonians.

Page 90 Return to Contents Lysimachid Successor This list covers the armies of Alexander's governors of Thrace and those of the Successor general from his appointment as regent of Thrace in 334 BCE until his death at the battle of Corupedium in 281 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Cavalry, lance 1–2 7+ 9 Xystophoroi Upgrade cavalry, lance to cavalry, lance, veteran Any 6+ 11 Cavalry, javelin or lance 0–2 7+ 9 Greek cavalry Upgrade cavalry, javelin or lance to cavalry, javelin or 0–1 6+ 11 lance, veteran Thracian, Greek or Paeonian Light cavalry, javelin 1–4 7+ 5 cavalry Pike, deep 1–2*, 2–6** 7+ 13 Phalangitai Upgrade pike, deep to pike, deep, veteran Up to 1/2 6+ 16 1–4***, Hoplites, deep, raw 9 Greek mercenary foot 0–4**** 7+ Replace hoplites, deep, raw with spearmen, deep At least 1/2 10 2–12*, Javelinmen 7+ 7 0–12** Upgrade javelinmen to javelinmen, veteran 0–1 6+ 9 Thracian peltastai Upgrade javelinmen or javelinmen, veteran with extra Any 7+ +1 2HCCW (rhomphaia) Downgrade javelinmen to light infantry, javelin Any 7+ 4 Illyrians Spearmen, single extra javelin 0–2 7+ 8 Spearmen or javelinmen 1–3**** 7+ 7 Upgrade spearmen to spearmen, deep 0–2 7+ 10 Ex-Antigonid elephants Elephant screen (described in "Even Stronger") 0–1**** 6+ 6 Ex-Macedonian elephants Elephant screen (described in "Even Stronger") 0–1** 6+ 6 Paeonian javelinmen Light infantry, javelin 1–2 7+ 4 Mercenary archers or slingers Light infantry other, bow or sling 1–2 8+ 4 Artillery Artillery 0–1 7+ 7 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Camp defences Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * Up to 288. ** From 288. *** Up to 301. **** After 301. Allies Later Thracians, Macedonian Successors, Eastern Asiatic Successors. Historical Background Lysimachus was born a Thessalian but due to his father's connections with Philip II of Macedon grew up with the status of a Macedonian to become one of Alexander's bodyguards. After Alexander's death, he was appointed governor of

Page 91 Return to Contents where he governed (and fought) the Thracians. In 306/305 BCE, he had himself crowned King of Thrace. He gradually extended his area of control over Macedonia and parts of Asian Minor before being defeated and killed by Seleucus at the battle of Corupedium in 281 BCE. Lysimachus' army combines a core of Macedonians with almost unlimited numbers of savage Thracians. Xystophoroi may form wedge. Many thanks to Roger Calderbank who collaborated on these lists, which are loosely based upon Luke Ueda-Sarson's excellent lists at http://lukeuedasarson.com/AlternativeDBMLists.html. The Notes on his site are fascinating and informative.

Page 92 Return to Contents Seleucid Successor This list covers Seleukos, founder of the eponymous Empire, in 323 BCE and sundry other Eastern Successors satrapal generals, including and Peithon, up to the battle of Ipsos in 301 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Generals Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Upgrade a general to attached foot/mounted, senior, 0–1* – +6/ heroic, great leader* representing Seleukos +7 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Xystophoroi Cavalry, lance, veteran 0–1 6+ 11 Cavalry, javelin 1–3 7+ 9 Satrapal or colonist heavy Upgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, veteran or cavalry 0–1 6+ 11 to cavalry, lance, veteran, as xystophoroi. Median lonchophoroi and other 2–5***/††, Light cavalry, javelin 7+ 5 satrapal light cavalry 1–5**** Satrapal or other horse archers Light cavalry, bow 0–3 8+ 5 Scythed chariots Scythed chariots 0–1**** 7+ 5 Pike, deep 1–2** 7+ 13 Macedonian phalangitai Upgrade pike, deep to pike, deep, veteran as 0–1 6+ 16 hypaspistai Thracian peltastai Javelinmen, extra 2HCCW 0–1** 7+ 8 Pantodapoi phalangitai Pike, deep, raw 1–2 8+ 10 Hoplites, deep, raw 1–2 9 Greek mercenary foot 7+ Replace hoplites, deep, raw with spearmen, deep 1–2 10 Other satrapal foot Spearmen or javelinmen, raw 0–2 8+ 5 Satrapal levy archers Bowmen, raw 0–1 9+ 5 Babylonian levies Mobs, deep 0–2 8+ 7 Javelinmen 1–2***** 7+ 7 Cossaean allies Bowmen, raw 1–2***** 8+ 5 Eudamos' elephants Elephant screen (described in "Even Stronger") 0–4*** 6+ 6 Seleukos' elephants Elephant screen (described in "Even Stronger") 2–8****** 6+ 6 Elephants Upgrade elephant screen to elephant screen, veteran 0–1/3 5+ 7 Light infantry, javelin 0–2 7+ 4 Psiloi Light infantry other, bow or sling 0–2 8+ 4 7–18***, 2–18††, Persian archers and slingers Light infantry other, bow or sling, raw 0–18 9+ 3 ****/*****, 4–18† Greek akontistai Light infantry, javelin, raw 0–4****** 8+ 3 Cretan archers Light infantry other, bow, veteran 0–1 7+ 5 Stone throwers or bolt Artillery (catapult) 0–2 7+ 7 shooters Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Camp defences Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * Great leaders are a sort of special senior attached general described in the Even Stronger supplement.

Page 93 Return to Contents ** Only Peithon or Seleukos. *** Only Peukestas before 316. **** Only Seleukos from 312. ***** Only between 312 and 308; the minima apply only during this period. Cossaeans must be led by a Cossaean general who cannot lead other troops. ****** Only Seleukos from 303. † Only Seleukos between 308 and 303. †† Only Peithon. Allies Ptolemaic, Lysimachus, Macedonian Successors Notes Seleukos and the other Eastern Successors had but limited access to Macedonian manpower but were able draw upon the manpower reserves of the former Persian Empire and occasionally access vast numbers of Indian elephants. Xystophoroi may fight in wedge. Historical Background Soon after Alexander's death, Seleukos was appointed Satrap of Babylon. Unfortunately for him, this territory was quickly seized by Antigonus. In 312 BCE Seleukos, with Ptolemaic backing, launched a Blitzkrieg-like campaign which not only recovered Babylon but laid the foundation for the eponymous Empire, which, at its height, stretched from Syria to the borders of India. Many thanks to Roger Calderbank who collaborated on these lists, which are loosely based upon Luke Ueda-Sarson's excellent lists at http://lukeuedasarson.com/AlternativeDBMLists.html. The notes on Luke's site are fascinating and informative.

Page 94 Return to Contents Ptolemaic Successor This list takes the army of Ptolemaic Egypt from the foundation of the kingdom by Ptolemy I in 323 BCE until the introduction of African elephants in 250 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Cavalry, lance 2–3 7+ 9 Kleruch (military settler) Upgrade cavalry, lance to cavalry, lance, veteran as xystophoroi (lancers) 0–1 6+ 11 agema (guards) Greek or Thessalian mercenary Cavalry, javelin 0–1 7+ 9 cavalry Upgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, veteran 0–1 6+ 11 Light cavalry, javelin 0–2 7+ 5 Tarentines Upgrade light cavalry, javelin to light cavalry, javelin, 0–1 6+ 6 veteran Bedouin Light camelry, javelin 0–1 7+ 5 Agema Pike, deep, veteran 0–1 6+ 16 Pike, deep 1–3** 7+ 13 Macedonian pezhetairoi Upgrade pike, deep to pike, deep, veteran Up to 2 6+ 16 Kleruchoi (military settlers) and Pike, deep 2–6*** 7+ 13 mercenary phalangites Downgrade pike, deep to pike, deep, raw At least 1/3 8+ 10 Hoplites, deep, raw 2–4** 9 Mercenary hoplitai 7+ Replace hoplites, deep, raw with spearmen, deep At least 1/2 10 Spearmen, deep 1–2*** 10 Mercenary thureophoroi 7+ Upgrade spearmen, deep with a single extra javelin Any +1 Egyptian or Jewish border Spearmen, deep, raw 0–1 8+ 7 guards Elephants Elephant screen (described in "Even Stronger") 0–1* 6+ 6 Cilician, Egyptian, Bedouin, Jewish, Thracian or similar Light infantry, javelin 1–2 7+ 4 javelinmen Egyptian archers Light infantry other, bow, raw 0–4 9+ 3 Cretan archers Light infantry other, bow, veteran 1–2 7+ 5 Rhodian slingers Light infantry other, sling, veteran 0–1 7+ 5 Stone throwers Artillery (catapult) 0–1 7+ 7 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Camp defences Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * Only after 312; representing elephants possibly captured in that year at the battle of Gaza. ** Before 275. *** From 275. Allies Seleucid, Lysimachus, Macedonian Successors Notes With only limited access to Macedonian manpower, Ptolemy recruited the best mercenaries that his substantial treasury could buy. The number of available phalangites increased after the military settler system was introduced, but I have assumed Page 95 Return to Contents that the overall quality deteriorated, particularly over time. The optional upgrade to pike represents the better of the Macedonian, settler and mercenary pikemen. Thessalian cavalry can fight in rhomboid. Historical Background Ptolemy Lagides was appointed satrap of Egypt after Alexander's death and founded a dynasty that survived for the next three centuries. Many thanks to Roger Calderbank who collaborated on these lists, which are loosely based upon Luke Ueda-Sarson's excellent lists at http://lukeuedasarson.com/AlternativeDBMLists.html. The notes on his site are fascinating and informative.

Page 96 Return to Contents Eumenid Successor This list covers the army of Eumenes, Alexander's Greek military secretary, from his appointment by Perdikkas to hold the Hellespont in 322 BCE though to his execution after the battle of Gabiene in 316 BCE. It also covers all other Successor generals in Western Asia during the same period, including Craterus. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Generals Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Upgrade an attached mounted, senior, heroic general 0–1 – +4 to great leader* representing Eumenes Heroes 3–6 – 1 Cavalry, lance 1, 0–1*** 7+ 9 Xystophoroi Upgrade cavalry, lance to cavalry, lance, veteran 0–1 6+ 11 Grooms Cavalry, lance, small unit 0–1 7+ 4.5 Cappadocian, satrapal or other Cavalry, javelin 1–3 7+ 9 Persian-style cavalry. Upgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, veteran 0–1 6+ 11 Pisidian, or Light cavalry, javelin 1–2 7+ 5 other light cavalry Hippotoxotai Light cavalry, bow 0–1*** 8+ 5 Hypaspistai Pike, deep, veteran 0–1*** 6+ 16 Argyraspides "Silver Shields" Pike, deep, veteran 0–1***** 6+ 16 Pike, deep 1–2** 7+ 13 Macedonian phalangitai Upgrade pikemen, deep to pikemen, deep, veteran 0–1 6+ 16 Pantodapoi phalangitai Pike, deep, raw 1–2 8+ 10 Hoplites, deep, raw 0–1 9 Greek mercenary foot 7+ Spearmen, deep 1–2 10 Elephants Elephant screen (described in "Even Stronger") 1–3**** 6+ 6 Pisidian, Kilikian or other 1–4**, Light infantry, javelin 7+ 4 javelinmen 0–4*** Psiloi Light infantry other, bow or sling 0–2 8+ 4 Persian archers and slingers Light infantry other, bow or sling, raw 4–10*** 9+ 3 Cretan archers Light infantry other, bow, veteran 0–1 7+ 5 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Camp defences Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * Great leaders are described in the Even Stronger supplement. ** Only before 319. *** Only after 319. **** Only after 318. ***** The Argyraspidai must led by Antigenes, an attached, heroic foot general. Antigenes may only command this single unit and will be lost if it is lost. Allies Macedonian Successors. Notes

Page 97 Return to Contents Much of Eumenes' army was drawn from the Eastern satrapies and so includes numerous Persian-style cavalry and missile men. The small unit of "grooms" represents the forlorn hope of lancers (possibly retainers, scouts or volunteers) that was positioned in advance of the wings at Paraitakene. They may fight in wedge, as may the xystophoroi. Historical Background Eumenes of Cardia was Alexander's military secretary. After Alexander's death he was appointed satrap of Cappadocia and Paphlagonia. Although incredibly talented, his Greek birth diminished the loyalty of his Macedonian subordinates. He was eventually betrayed and handed over to Antigonus by the famous Argyraspides (Silver Shields). Many thanks to Roger Calderbank who collaborated on these lists, which are loosely based upon Luke Ueda-Sarson's excellent lists at http://lukeuedasarson.com/AlternativeDBMLists.html. The notes on his site are fascinating and informative.

Page 98 Return to Contents Antigonid Successor This list covers the armies of Antigonos and his son Demetrios from the former's appointment as the Asiatic royal commander in 320 BCE until his death at the battle of Ipsos in 301 BCE and Demetrios, thereafter, until his capture by Seleukos in 285 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Generals Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Upgrade an attached foot or mounted, senior, heroic 0–1** – +4 general to great leader* representing Antigonos. Heroes 3–6 – 1 Cavalry, lance 1–2 7+ 9 Xystophoroi Upgrade cavalry, lance to cavalry, lance, veteran 0–1 6+ 11 Grooms Cavalry, lance, small unit 0–1 7+ 4.5 Satrapal heavy cavalry Cavalry, javelin 1–3 7+ 9 Satrapal light cavalry Light cavalry, javelin 1–2 7+ 5 Tarentines Light cavalry, javelin, veteran 0–1 6+ 6 Hippotoxotai Light cavalry, bow 0–1 8+ 5 Pike, deep 1–4 7+ 13 Macedonian phalangitai Upgrade pike, deep to pike, deep, veteran 0–2 6+ 16 Pike, deep, raw 8+ 10 Local levies 0–4*** Hoplites, deep, raw 7+ 9 Pike, raw, deep 0–3*** 8+ 10 Pantodapoi phalangitai Upgrade pike raw, deep to pike, deep as hypaspistai 0–1 7+ 13 Hoplites, deep, raw 2–6 9 Greek mercenary foot 7+ Replace hoplites, deep, raw with spearmen, deep At least 1/2 10 Lykians, Pamphylians or similar Spearmen or javelinmen 0–2 7+ 7 Elephants Elephant screen (described in "Even Stronger") 0–2 6+ 6 Javelinmen Light infantry, javelin 1–2 7+ 4 Psiloi Light infantry other, bow or sling 0–2 8+ 4 Persian archers and slingers Light infantry other, bow or sling, raw 0–4**** 9+ 3 Greek akontistai Light infantry, javelin, raw 0–4***** 8+ 3 Cretan archers Light infantry other, bow, veteran 0–1 7+ 5 Stone throwers and bolt Artillery (catapult) 0–2 7+ 7 shooters Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Camp defences Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * Great leaders are described in the Even Stronger supplement. ** From 320 to 301. In 301 he was injured and must fight on foot. *** Only Antigonus before or during 301. **** Only after 316. ***** Only Demetrios after 307, after which time his army may not include any Persian archers or slingers. Allies Thracians, Macedonian Successors, Eastern Asiatic Successors. Notes

Page 99 Return to Contents The small unit of "grooms" represents the forlorn hope of lancers (possibly retainers, scouts or volunteers) that was positioned in advance of the wings at Paraitakene. They may fight in wedge, as may the xystophoroi. Historical Background Antigonos Monopthalmos (the one-eyed) was a leading general of Alexander and Satrap of Phrygia. Supported by his son Demetrious, he rose to become the most powerful of the Successors, but his successes led the other dynasts to unite against him and he was eventually defeated and killed at the battle of Ipsos in 301 BCE. Many thanks to Roger Calderbank who collaborated on these lists, which are loosely based upon Luke Ueda-Sarson's excellent lists at http://lukeuedasarson.com/AlternativeDBMLists.html. The notes on his site are fascinating and informative.

Page 100 Return to Contents Macedonian Successor This list covers all the armies of Macedon from the death of Alexander's regent Antipatros in 319 BCE until the beginning of the reign of Antigonus II in 277 BCE. These include the armies of Polyperchon, Kassandros, Queen Olympias and Eurydike and any subordinates. Demetrios is covered in the Antigonid list. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 3–6 – 1 Cavalry, lance 1–2 7+ 9 Xystophoroi Upgrade cavalry, lance to cavalry, lance, veteran Any 6+ 11 Thessalians, etc Cavalry, javelin, veteran or cavalry lance, veteran 0–1 6+ 11 Light cavalry, javelin 7+ 5 Greek cavalry 0–1 Cavalry, javelin 7+ 9 Pike, deep 2–8 7+ 13 Phalangitai Upgrade pike, deep to pike, deep, veteran as Up to 1/3 6+ 16 agema/peltastai/argyraspides Greek hoplites and mercenary Hoplites, deep, raw 2–5 9 7+ foot Replace hoplites, deep, raw with spearmen, deep At least 1/2 10 Spearmen or javelinmen 0–2 7+ 7 Thracian or Illyrian peltastai Upgrade javelinmen with extra 2HCCW 0–1 7+ 8 Elephant screen (described in "Even Stronger") 0–2 6+ 6 Elephants Upgrade elephant screen to elephant screen, veteran 0–1 5+ 7 Light infantry, javelin 1–6 7+ 4 Peltastoi Upgrade light infantry, javelin to light infantry, javelin Up to 1/2 6+ 5 veteran Light infantry other, bow or sling 1–3 8+ 4 Archers and slingers Upgrade light infantry other, bow to light infantry Up to 1/2 7+ 5 other, bow, veteran as Cretans Artillery Artillery (catapult) 0–1 7+ 7 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Camp defences Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * Before 260, when the last of the elephants would have reached old age. Allies Epeirots, Athenians, Eretrians or Thebans. Notes This list is for the diadochos who loves the pike! The support options are limited but there are more pike than in any of the other Successor armies. Xystophoroi may fight in wedge. Thessalian cavalry can fight in rhomboid. Many thanks to Roger Calderbank who collaborated on these lists, which are loosely based upon Luke Ueda-Sarson's excellent lists at http://lukeuedasarson.com/AlternativeDBMLists.html. The notes on his site are fascinating and informative.

Page 101 Return to Contents Early Armenian This list covers from its foundation as an independent kingdom in 310 BCE until it fell under the control of the Byzantines in 627 CE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached, mounted general 2–4 2+ 5 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Upgrade a mounted, attached, heroic, senior general 0–1* 3+ 11 to great leader as Heroes 2–4 – 1 , lance 1–4 6+ Upgrade cataphracts, lance to cavalry, lance, extra 11 All** 7+ Armenian cataphracts bow Upgrade cavalry, lance, extra bow to cavalry, lance, Up to 1/2 6+ 13 extra bow, veteran Armenian horse archers Light cavalry, bow 3–8 8+ 5 Iberian cavalry Cavalry, lance, veteran 0–1 6+ 11 Armenian or Iberian infantry Javelinmen or spearmen 2–8*** 7+ 7 Imitation legionaries Legionaries, raw 0–2* 7+ 8 Ex-Seleucid phalangites Pike, deep, raw 0–1* 8+ 10 Camp servants Mobs, deep, raw 0–1 9+ 4 Armenian or Iberian Light infantry, javelin 0–2 7+ 4 skirmishers Light infantry other, bow or sling 1–6 4 Armenian archers or slingers 8+ Upgrade light infantry other, bow to bowmen Up to 1/2 7 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 * 83–69 BCE only Great leaders are described in the Even Stronger supplement. ** After 244 CE, when Armenia fell under Sasanian influence. *** After 275 BCE, at least half must be spearmen. Allies Marian Roman, Commagene, Parthian, Sasanian Notes Caucasian Iberia, in modern Georgia, sometimes supplied troops to the Armenian army. Historical Background Armenia was a province of the Late Achaemenid Persian Empire which passed, as spoils of war, to Alexander's Successors. Through much of its history Armenia was generally a client state to one or other of its powerful Seleucid, Roman, Parthian or Sasanian neighbours. There were, however, intervals of independence, the longest being from 190 to 65 BCE. Towards the end of this period, during the reign of Tigranes the Great, Armenia controlled an empire stretching from the Pontic (in modern north-eastern Turkey) to Mesopotamia, and from the Caspian Sea to the Mediterranean.

Page 102 Return to Contents Imperial Seleucid This list covers the Seleucid armies from after the battle of Ipsos in 301 BCE until the Roman-ordered slaughter of their elephant herd in 162 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Generals Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Upgrade an attached mounted, senior, heroic general to great leader, representing Antiochus 0–1***** 3+ +4 Megas Heroes 2–4 – 1 Royal standard 1 VP standard 0–1 – 2 Cavalry, lance 2–6 7+ 9 Upgrade cavalry, lance to cavalry, lance, veteran as 1 6+ 11 hetairoi (companions) Upgrade cavalry, lance to cataphracts, lance Any*** 6+ 11 Xystophoroi (lancers) Upgrade cavalry, lance or cataphracts, lance to 6+/5 11/1 cavalry lance, veteran or cataphracts, lance, veteran 0–1*** + 3 as agema (guards) Downgrade cavalry, lance to cavalry, javelin, raw as Any**** 8+ 7 politikoi Median longchophoroi (spear- Cavalry, javelin 0–1* 7+ 9 bearers) Galatian cavalry Cavalry, javelin 0–2** 7+ 9 Tarentines Light cavalry, javelin 0–1 7+ 5 Politikoi (civic militia) cavalry Light cavalry, javelin, raw 0–1**** 8+ 4 Hippotoxotai (horse archers) Light cavalry, bow 0–2 8+ 5 Bedouin Light camelry, bow, raw 0–1 9+ 4 Scythed chariots Scythed chariots 0–2 7+ 5 Pike, deep, veteran 1–2 6+ 16 Replace pike, deep, veteran with spearmen, deep, Argyraspides (Silver Shields) 0–1 6+ 13 veteran as thorakitai Replace pike, deep, veteran with legionaries 0–1**** 6+ 10 Pike, deep 1–4 7+ 13 Phalangitai (phalangites) Downgrade pike, deep to pike, deep, raw Up to 1/2 8+ 10 Spearmen 7 0–2 7+ Spearmen, deep 10 Greek or other mercenaries Upgrade spearmen to spearmen, veteran as 9 equipped as thureophoroi or thorakitai thorakitae (long-shielded 0–1 6+ Upgrade spearmen, deep to spearmen, deep, spearmen) 13 veteran as thorakitai Upgrade any spearmen with a single extra javelin Any – +1 Hillmen Javelinmen, raw 0–3 8+ 5 Thracians Javelinmen, extra 2HCCW (rhomphaia) 0–1 7+ 8 Galatian or Cappadocian Warriors, deep 0–2** 7+ 10 mercenaries Replace warriors, deep with auxilia All*** 6+ 8

Page 103 Return to Contents Levies Spearmen, deep, raw 0–1 8+ 7 Elephant screen (as described in "Even Stronger") 1–2 6+ 6 Elephants Elephant screen (as described in "Even Stronger") 0–2* 6+ 6 Upgrade elephant screen to elephant, escorted, All/none**** 5+ 15 veteran * Light infantry, javelin, raw 1–4 8+ 3 Skirmishing javelinmen Upgrade light infantry, javelin, raw to light infantry, 0–1 7+ 4 javelin as skirmishing thureophoroi Light infantry other, bow or sling, raw 1–8 3 Upgrade light infantry other, bow or sling, raw to 9+ 0–3 5 Archers and slingers bowmen, raw

Upgrade light infantry other, bow or sling, raw to 0–2 7+ 5 light infantry other, bow, veteran as Cretans Artillery Artillery (catapult) 0–1 7+ 7 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Camp defences Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * Only before 275. ** Only after 228. *** Only after 206. **** After 167. ***** Only between 227 and 187. Allies Galatians (245 BCE to 228 BCE only), Aitolian Allies (192 BCE to 190 BCE only), Early Bedouin.

Seleucid elephants from the author’s collection, painted by Shaun McTague and the author. Notes I have included an option for the Argyraspides to be equipped as thorakitai as an alternative to them being imitation legionaries. The Greek mercenaries at Raphia are likely to have been equipped as thorakitai or thureophoroi which are best

Page 104 Return to Contents represented as spearmen or spearmen, veteran respectively. I have included an option to deploy them as skirmishers with javelin. Xystophoroi cavalry (but not cataphracts) may fight in wedge. The option to upgrade elephant screen to escorted is to permit an Antiochus Megas to use elephants in his phalanx; it won't end well! ;–) With thanks to Luke Ueda-Sarson whose excellent list at http://lukeuedasarson.com/ImpSelDBM.html provided much inspiration for this list, and to Steve Metheringham for edits.

Page 105 Return to Contents Later Arab This list covers the Arabs of the Arabian Peninsula and the Levant from 312 BCE until the widespread introduction of the horse and the spread of Islam around 633 CE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached, mounted general 2–4 2+ 5 Generals Upgrade to heroic 0–2 +1 +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 1–3 – 1 Cavalry, javelin 1–2* 7+ 9 Downgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, raw Any 8+ 7 Settled cavalry Upgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, veteran 0–1*** 6+ 11 Upgrade any cavalry with extra bow Any*** – +2 Light cavalry, javelin 2–6** 7+ 5 Nomad cavalry Downgrade light cavalry, javelin to light cavalry, At least 1/2 8+ 4 javelin, raw Nomad camelry Light camelry, bow, raw 0–2 9+ 4 Spearmen 2–10* 7+ 7 Settled infantry Downgrade spearmen to spearmen, raw Up to 1/2 8+ 5 Upgrade spearmen or spearmen, raw with extra bow Up to 5**** – +2 Warriors, deep 3–8** 7+ 10 Downgrade warriors, deep to warriors, deep, raw At least 1/2 8+ 7 Nomad infantry Equip warriors or warriors, raw with extra bow Up to 5**** – +2 Mount any warriors on camels as mounted infantry Any – +1 Old men, women and youths Mobs, deep, raw 0–1 9+ 4 Light infantry, javelin 0–2 7+ 4 Light infantry other, bow or sling 0–5**** 8+ 4 Skirmishers Downgrade light infantry other, bow or sling to light At least 1/2 9+ 3 infantry other, bow or sling, raw Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 * Minima apply only if any city-dwellers are taken. ** Minima apply only if any nomads other that up to two light cavalry or camelry are taken. *** Only if Lakhmids (240–602 CE), or Yemen (575–602 CE), or Oman (530–633 CE). **** Total number of upgrades and light infantry other may not exceed five. Allies Sasanian after 224 CE, Early Byzantine after 577 CE. Notes Settled troops are those drawn from the Arabs living in or farming around cities; nomads represent Bedouin and the tribal dynasties from the heart of the Arabian Peninsula. Settled infantry is assumed to be equipped as thureophoroi, whilst nomad infantry fighting in a more individualistic style. I have given the option (and in some cases obligation) to downgrade many units to raw to reflect the unreliable reputation of Arab armies. The list overlaps slightly with the Arab Conquest list. Historical Background This list covers the Arabs of both the cities and their nomadic peers. Recent satellite imagery has suggested that populations of the cities and surrounding areas may have been larger than previously thought, with much agricultural land subsequently lost to climate change.

Page 106 Return to Contents Later Ptolemaic This list takes the army of Ptolemaic Egypt from the Great Elephant Hunt of 250 BCE until the intervention of the Romans in 55 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 1–3 – 1 Cavalry, lance 2–3 7+ 9 Agema and Kleruchs Upgrade cavalry, lance to cavalry, lance, veteran 0–1 6+ 11 Cavalry, javelin or lance 1–2 7+ 9 Greek, Galatian or Thessalian Upgrade cavalry, javelin or lance to cavalry, javelin or mercenary cavalry lance, veteran 0–1 6+ 11 Light cavalry, javelin 0–1 7+ 5 or Tarantines Upgrade light cavalry, javelin to light cavalry, javelin, veteran 0–1 6+ 6

Bedouin Light camelry, javelin 0–1 7+ 5 Kleruchoi (military settlers), Pike, deep 2–4*, 0–2** 7+ 13 mercenary and Libyan Upgrade pike, deep to pike, veteran as agema (guards) 0–1 6+ 16 phalangites Machimoi (native Egyptian Pike, raw 0–2*, 0–1** 8+ 10 soldiers) Upgrade pike, deep, raw to pike, extra deep, raw Any 8+ 14 Warriors, deep 0–1*/** 7+ 10 Galatian mercenaries Replace warriors, deep with auxilia Any**** 6+ 8 Thracian mercenaries Javelinmen, extra 2HCCW (rhomphaia) 0–1 7+ 8 Spearmen, raw 5 1–4*, 6–8*** 8+ Egyptian and mercenary Spearmen, deep, raw 7 thureophoroi (long shielded Upgrade spearmen, deep, raw to spearmen, deep Up to 1/2 7+ 10 javelinmen) including Lykians, Upgrade spearmen, deep to spearmen, deep, veteran Syrians, Pisidians, Cilicians and 0–1 6+ 13 Judaeans as thorakitai Upgrade any spearmen with a single extra javelin Any – +1 African elephants Elephant screen (described in "Even Stronger"), raw 0–2 7+ 5 Cilician, Egyptian, Bedouin, Light infantry, javelin, raw 0–4 8+ 3 Jewish or Nubian javelinmen Upgrade light infantry, javelin, raw to light infantry, or thureophoroi fighting as euzanoi javelin Up to 1/2 7+ 4 Egyptian or Syrian archers Light infantry other, bow, raw 1–4 9+ 3 Cretan, Egyptian or Syrians Light infantry other, bow, veteran 0–2 7+ 5 Rhodian slingers Light infantry other, sling, veteran 0–1 7+ 5 Stone throwers Artillery (catapult) 0–1 7+ 7 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Camp defences Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * Only up to 190. ** Only after 190. *** Only after 217. **** Only after 206. Allies

Page 107 Return to Contents Aitolians. Notes This list represents the army present at Raphia, Panion and other battles. It seems probable that the Ptolemies would at least have reduced the size of the phalanx after the Roman defeat of the Seleucids at Magnesia in 190 BCE reduced the credibility of pike tactics. It can, therefore, be replaced with the numerous thureophoroi/thorakitai types. Lance-armed cavalry may fight in wedge. Up to one unit of javelin-armed cavalry (representing Thessalians) may fight in rhomboid.

Page 108 Return to Contents Galatian This list covers the Galatians from their invasion of Macedonian in 280 BCE until the kingdom they established in Phrygia was assimilated into the Roman Empire in 25 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 3–5**/2–4^ – 1 Cavalry or chariots, javelin 1–4* 7+ 9 Galatian chariots and cavalry Upgrade cavalry or chariot, javelin to cavalry or 0–1 6+ 11 chariot, javelin, veteran Scythed chariots Scythed chariots 0–2^^ 7+ 5 Warriors, deep 6–16** 7+ 1/2 or more, 10 Galatian warriors Upgrade warriors, deep to warriors, fanatics, deep 8+ 0–2*** Replace warriors, deep with warriors, veteran, deep 1–2**** 6+ 13 Legionaries, raw 7–16^ 7+ 8 Galatian imitation legionaries Upgrade legionaries, raw to legionaries Up to 1/2 6+ 10 Cappadocians or Spearmen 0–1 7+ 7 Paphlagonians Galatian skirmishers Light infantry, javelin 0–1 7+ 4 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 * Cavalry throughout and chariots only up to 275. ** Before 73. *** Half or more between 279 and 275. No more than two after 275. **** Between 275 and 73. ^ From 73 onwards. ^^ Between 277 and 275. Allies Hellenistic Greeks, Marian Roman^

Notes I have assumed that the Galatians lost some of their fanaticism after their defeat in the Elephant Victory of 275 BCE but that, thereafter, a proportion were sufficiently disciplined and well armoured through mercenary service to warrant veteran status.

Page 109 Return to Contents Galatian cavalry practised a tactic called trimarcisia ("the feat of the three horsemen"). "When the Gallic horsemen were engaged, the slaves remained behind the ranks and proved useful in the following way. Should a horseman or his horse fall, the slave brought him a horse to mount; if the rider was killed, the slave mounted the horse in his master's place; if both rider and horse were killed, there was a mounted man ready. When a rider was wounded, one slave brought back to camp the wounded man, while the other took his vacant place in the ranks." I have not represented this except for the inclusion of a possible veteran upgrade. Historical Background The Galatians were a warlike horde of Gauls who invaded Greece and Asia Minor in the early third century BCE. They were composed of three tribes: the Trocmi, Tolistobogii and Tectosages. Invading Macedonia from , they split in three divisions, one of which, under Brennus, raided deep into central Greece and attempted to seize the sacred treasure at Delphi before being driven off and eventually slaughtered. The survivors and other divisions settled around Byzantium, where they founded the Kingdom of and around Ancyra (present day ) where they founded the Kingdom of . Many Galatians served (sometimes naked!) as mercenaries in the Ptolemaic and other Successor armies. The option to upgrade some warriors to veteran reflects the heavily armoured swordsmen that served as mercenaries in the Seleucid and other armies. Later, Galatia fell into the Roman sphere of influence and produced competent legionaries, some of whom were subsequently incorporated into the Roman army as Legion XXII Deiotariana. The Galatian's lack of effective skirmishers was exposed by the Romans at Mount Olympus in 129 BCE. Thanks to Sid Bennett and Tim Thompson for their suggestions regarding this list.

Page 110 Return to Contents Parthian This list covers the Parthians from the start of the reign of Arsaces (who expelled the Seleucids from ) in 238 BCE to their final defeat by the Sassanids at the battle of Hormozdgān in 224 CE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached, mounted general 2–4 2+ 5 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 +1 +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Upgrade a senior attached heroic mounted general to 0–1 3+ 11 great leader as the Surena in 54–53 BCE only. Heroes 2–4 – 1 Royal standard 1 VP standard 0–1 – 2 Cataphracts, lance 2–5 6+ 11 Parthian cataphracts Upgrade cataphracts, lance to cataphracts, lance, 0–1 5+ 13 veteran Parthian horse archers Light cavalry, bow 7–14 8+ 5 Parthian camelry Camelry, lance, veteran 0–1 6+ 11 Light cavalry, javelin 7+ 5 Arabs Downgrade light cavalry, javelin to light cavalry, 0–1 8+ 4 javelin, raw Spearmen 0–4 7+ 7 Downgrade spearmen to spearmen, raw At least 1/2 8+ 5 Greek city militia or hillmen Upgrade spearmen or spearmen, raw with a single Any – +1 extra javelin Light infantry, javelin 0–2 7+ 4 Light infantry javelin Downgrade light infantry, javelin to light infantry, Any 8+ 3 javelin, raw Light infantry other, bow or sling 0–4 8+ 4 Light infantry skirmishers Downgrade light infantry other, bow or sling to light At least 1/2 9+ 3 infantry other, bow or sling, raw Seleucid prisoners-of-war Pike, deep, raw 0–1 8+ 10 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Allies Later Arab, Early Armenian, Commagene, Sarmatian, Seleucid. Historical Background Surena was the Parthian noble and general who crushed Crassus' Romans at Carrhae in 53 BCE. King Orontes II of Parthia, feeling that this success made him too great a threat, had him killed shortly afterwards.

Page 111 Return to Contents Maccabean Judaean This list represents the Kingdom of Judea from the original revolt against the Seleucids in 167 BCE until the death of Simon Maccabeus in 135 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted 1–2* – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Grand army standard 2VP standard 1*/*** – 3 Cavalry, lance 1–2* 7+ 9 “Heavy cavalry of the rule” Upgrade cavalry, lance to cavalry, lance, veteran 0–1 6+ 11 Light cavalry, javelin 1–2* 7+ 5 “Light cavalry of the rule” Light cavalry, bow 1–2* 8+ 5 1–2****, Irregular light cavalry Light cavalry, javelin, raw 8+ 4 0–2* “Men of the rule” Spearmen, veteran 1–3* 6+ 9 2–12*, Irregular foot Spearmen, raw 8+ 5 8–12**** “Javelinmen of the rule” Light infantry, javelin 3–6* 7+ 4 0–6*, Irregular javelinmen Light infantry, javelin, raw 8+ 3 2–6**** “Archers and slingers of the Light infantry other, bow or sling 1–2* 8+ 4 rule” Irregular archers and slingers Light infantry other, bow or sling, raw 1–6*, 3–6*** 9+ 3 Artillery Artillery (catapult) 0–1* 7+ 7 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Camp defences Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * Only from 164 to 135. ** Minima apply if any such units are taken. *** With the "men of the rule". Inscribed with "people of God," the names "Israel", "Aaron" and of the twelve tribes. **** Only before 164. Allies None. Notes The revolt must have begun with a largely irregular force. Luke Ueda-Sarson suggests that this was later supplemented by a more regular force as described in the "War of the Sons of Light Against the Sons of Darkness" Dead Sea scroll, which is likely to have reflected Jewish military practice during the Maccabean revolt. Jewish infantry "of the rule" fought in three lines, with slingers to the fore, supported by skirmishing javelinmen and, in reserve, armoured infantry with swords and spears. On the flanks, heavy cavalry lancers were supported by lighter, skirmishing horse. The scroll emphasises the importance of blowing trumpets and religious leadership. I have chosen not to include the towers described in the scrolls because I cannot see them being effective on the battlefield and because they are not mentioned in the accounts of battles. This would be a visually stunning army, and I would love to see one of the better figure manufacturers produce it! Historical Background In 167 BCE, many of the Jews in Seleucid-controlled Judea revolted in response to the imposition of Greek religious practices. A guerrilla war against the Seleucids and Hellenized urban Jews expanded into a full-scale conflict. In 164 BCE, the revolutionaries were able to seize Jerusalem. Although the Maccabees suffered some defeats, they were able to become effectively independent and, later, the descendants of Simon Maccabeus established the . This list draws upon Luke Ueda-Sarson's excellent DBM list at http://lukeuedasarson.com/MaccabeanDBMlist.html

Page 112 Return to Contents Commagene This list covers Commagenian armies from the foundation of the kingdom in 163 BCE until its final annexation by the Roman Empire in 72 CE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted 0-1 – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 0-1 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Cavalry, lance or javelin 1–3 7+ 9 Upgrade cavalry, lance or javelin to cataphracts, lance All or none 6+ 11 Commagene cavalry Upgrade cavalry, lance or javelin to cavalry, lance or 0–1 6+ 11 javelin, veteran Commagene horse archers Light cavalry, bow 2–4 8+ 5 Mercenary Tarentines Light cavalry, javelin 0–1 7+ 5 Commagene "Macedonian" Pike, deep 7+ 13 1 bodyguard Spearmen, veteran, single extra javelin 6+ 10 Spearmen, raw 2–4 8+ 5 Upgrade spearmen, raw to spearmen Up to half 7+ 7 Commagene militia Upgrade any spearmen with a single extra javelin Any – +1 Upgrade spearmen to pike, deep, raw Up to half* 7+ 10 Mercenary thureophoroi Spearmen, single extra javelin 0–1 7+ 8 Thracian or Galatian Auxilia 0–1 6+ 8 mercenaries Bowmen, raw 3–6 9+ 5 Commagene archers Upgrade bowmen, raw to bowmen Up to half 8+ 7 Light infantry javelin Light infantry, javelin 0–1 7+ 4 Light infantry other, sling Light infantry other, sling 0–1 8+ 4 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 * Before 80 BCE Allies None Historical Background In 163 BCE, following the death of the Seleucid king, Antiochus IV Epiphanes, the local Seleucid satrap, Ptolemaeus, established the independent . This was a Graeco-Iranian kingdom, bounded by Cilicia on the west and Cappadocia on the north. In the ancient era it was one of several such buffer states in the area between Roman-occupied Syria, Armenia and Parthia. Ptolemaeus’ dynasty was Parthian but his descendant Mithridates I Callinicus (109–70 BCE) married the Syrian Greek Princess Laodice VII Thea, a descendant of both Alexander the Great and the Persian kings, and, thereafter, the kingdom embraced Hellenistic culture. Often a Roman but occasionally an Armenian client kingdom, Commagene maintained its independence until 17 CE, when it was made a Roman province by Emperor . In 38 CE Antiochus IV of Commagene was reinstated to the throne by , and it remained a Roman client kingdom until 72 CE, when the Emperor annexed it for good. Notes Relatively little is known about the army of the Kingdom of Commagene. In the earlier period the Commagenian “hoplitai” might have been hoplites or thureophoroi types common in the late Successor period, or pike. The Commagene detachment who supported the Romans in 70 CE included “2,000 horse and 3,000 foot, all bowmen.” It’s not clear whether the horse were bowmen, as well as the foot, but clearly the bow was an important Commagenian weapon. Page 113 Return to Contents The horse might have been xystophoroi lancers, or, by this time, shielded with javelins, more along Roman lines. Alternatively, the cavalry might have been cataphracts in the Parthian mould, supported by horse archers. Certainly, the dismounted cavalry at the siege of Jotapa in 67 CE, were described by Josephus as “armoured on all sides” and carrying “poles”; they might well have been cataphracts, and Commagene was close enough to Parthia to be militarily influenced by them. I’ve provided for both options. Famously, during the siege of Jerusalem in 70 CE, Antiochus Epiphanes led a “large force of heavy infantry and a bodyguard of so-called Macedonians, all just out of their teens, tall and trained and equipped in the Macedonian manner” against the walls. These are usually reconstructed as pike. I am somewhat sceptical about this, since it was almost 120 years since pike was previously seen on a battlefield (at Zela in 47 BCE), and because Antiochus is described as shooting arrows (or darts) during the attack. Personally, I suspect that, despite their name, they might have been thorakitai. But I have included the option for them to be pike. Although a small state with little reported history, the Commagenians bravely resisted the final Roman invasion by the VI legion, with supporting auxiliary cohorts and cavalry, in a battle that lasted a full day. Their forces were intact at dusk, before their King fled and their morale broke. They were clearly no pushover!

Page 114 Return to Contents Later Seleucid This list covers the Seleucid armies from the start of the period of instability and civil wars in 161 BCE until turned the last remnant of the kingdom into a Roman province in 63 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Royal standard 1 VP standard 0–1 – 2 Cavalry, lance 1–2 7+ 9 Xystophoroi (lancers) Upgrade cavalry, lance to cavalry, lance, veteran 0–1 6+ 11 Median kataphraktoi Cataphracts, lance 0–1** 6+ 11 Thracian or Galatian cavalry Cavalry, javelin 0–1 7+ 9 Cavalry, javelin, raw 7 Politikoi (civic militia cavalry) 1–2 8+ Light cavalry, javelin, raw 4 Cavalry, javelin, extra bow 11 Bactrian cavalry 0–1*** 7+ Light cavalry, javelin, extra bow 6 Hippotoxotai (horse archers) Light cavalry, bow 0–1 8+ 5 Bedouin Light camelry, bow, raw 0–1 9+ 4 Scythed chariots Scythed chariots 0–1 7+ 5 Pike, deep, veteran 16 Argyraspides 0–1** 6+ Legionaries 10 Pike, deep, veteran 3–8 7+ 13 Downgrade pike, deep to pike, deep, raw At least 1/2 8+ 10 Phalangitai Downgrade pike, deep to javelinmen, raw Any 8+ 5 Downgrade pike, deep to legionaries, raw Any 7+ 8 Spearmen 7+ 7 Greek or other mercenaries 1–2 equipped as thureophoroi or Spearmen, deep 7+ 10 thorakitai (long–shielded Upgrade spearmen, deep to spearmen, deep, veteran 0–1 6+ 13 spearmen) Upgrade any spearmen with a single extra javelin Any – +1 Thracian mercenaries Javelinmen with extra 2HCCW (rhomphaia) 0–1 7+ 8 Galatian mercenaries Auxilia 0–1 6+ 8 African elephant screen (described in "Even 0–1* 7+ 5 Stronger") Indian elephant screen (described in "Even Elephants 0–1** 6+ 6 Stronger") Upgrade elephant screen to elephant screen, veteran 0–1 –1 +1 Asiatic levy archers Bowmen, raw 0–1 9+ 5 Asiatic light infantry Light infantry other, bow or sling, raw 1–2 9+ 3 Light infantry other, bow or sling 1–2 8+ 4 Light infantry, javelin 0–1 7+ 4 Psiloi Upgrade light infantry other, bow to light infantry 0–1 7+ 5 other, bow, veteran Artillery Artillery (catapult) 0–1 7+ 7 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Camp defences Fortifications 0–5 – 1

Page 115 Return to Contents * Only from 145 to 125. ** Only before 140. *** Only after 141. Allies Parthians***, Later Ptolemaic (124–102 BCE only), Later Arab, Jewish. Influenced by Luke Ueda-Sarson’s excellent list at http://lukeuedasarson.com/LateSeleucidDBM.html.

Page 116 Return to Contents V Rise of Rome This chapter addresses the rise of the Roman Republic including the early wars in Italy, the epic struggle with Carthage, the destruction of the kingdoms founded by Alexander's successors, Caesar's conquest of and the great Roman Civil War.

Tullian Roman This list covers the armies of Rome from the reforms of Servius Tullius from shortly after his accession in around 578 BCE until the later reforms of Camillus around 387 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Equites ("knights") Cavalry, javelin 1–2* 7+ 9 allied cavalry Cavalry, javelin 1–4** 7+ 9 Hoplites, deep 2–6*** 6+ 12 Replace hoplites, deep with spearmen, deep All*** 7+ 10 Class I hoplites/spearmen Upgrade hoplites, deep or spearmen, deep to 0–1*** 5+/6+ 13/15 hoplites, deep, veteran or spearmen, deep, veteran Spearmen or spearmen, deep 2–6*** 7+ 7/10 Class II or III spearmen Downgrade spearmen or spearmen, deep to 0–2*** 8+ 5/7 spearmen, raw or spearmen deep, raw Light infantry, javelin, raw 2–6 8+ 3 Light infantry other, bow or sling, raw 0–2 9+ 3 Class IV or V skirmishers Upgrade light infantry, javelin, raw to light infantry, 0–2 7+ 4 javelin Hoplites, small unit, mounted infantry or spearmen, Dismounted cavalry 0–2* 6+/7+ 4.5/4 small unit, mounted infantry. Spearmen, raw or spearmen, deep, raw 4–10** 8+ 5/7 Latin allied infantry Upgrade spearmen, raw or spearmen, deep, raw to Up to 1/2 7+ 7/10 spearmen or spearmen, deep Javelinmen 0–2 7+ 7 Allied hill tribe infantry Upgrade javelinmen to javelinmen, veteran as 0–1**** 6+ 9 Hernnici picked infantry Light infantry, javelin, raw 0–2 8+ 3 Allied hill tribe skirmishers Upgrade light infantry, javelin, raw to light infantry, Any or all 7+ 4 javelin Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Fortifications Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * Equites cavalry sometimes dismounted to fight on foot. They dismount as hoplites, small unit, mounted infantry (which may ignore the hoplite drift rule). The total number of equites cavalry units and dismounted cavalry units cannot exceed two. Dismounted cavalry use the mounted infantry rule, enabling them to deploy further in.

Page 117 Return to Contents ** Only in 493 and thereafter. In 493, after the conclusion of the war between Rome and the Latin League, Rome and the Latin tribes entered into the foedus Cassianum (“Treaty of Cassius”). Minimum applies only if any Latin allies are used. The total number of Equites and Latin allied cavalry units combined cannot exceed one–third of the total Class I, II, III, IV, V and Latin allied infantry units combined. Since the Latin allies may not have been entirely enthusiastic fighting for Rome, their infantry has been somewhat downgraded.

*** Class I hoplites ignore the hoplite drift rule. Around 509, the Romans drove the Etruscans out of Rome. This resulted in the departure of the Etruscan ruling class, and with it, most assuredly, some of the better–equipped and more capable troops. In order to reflect this, for the period of time after 509 and until 405: (1) replace all Class I hoplites with spearmen; (2) Class I units cannot be upgraded to veteran; and (3) there must be one raw Class II/III unit for every three Class II/III units. Around 405, the Roman infantry began receiving regular pay. Therefore, after 405, the post–509 prohibitions against upgrading one Class I unit to veteran, and the requirement to reduce some of the Class II/III units to raw, no longer apply. However, the reduction of Class I units to spearmen still applies after 405.

Livy provides an account of the organization of an Etruscan/Roman army during the mid–sixth century. It is unknown how closely the armies followed that organization, particularly many decades later. To replicate such an organization, the Roman army should have one Class I deep unit for each Class II/III regular unit and each Class IV/V unit (a 1–1–1 ratio). Alternatively, some army lists written for other miniatures rules specify that the Class II/III units should be deep and should outnumber the Class I units by at least 2–1, and sometimes as much as 6–1. The choice is yours! **** Only during and after 486. Rome and the Hernnici entered into an alliance in 486. Allies and Italian hill tribes as designated above. Notes This list was based primarily upon Livy; “Greece and Rome at War” by Peter Connolly; “Early Roman Warrior 753–321 BC” by Nic Fields; and various internet resources, as well has many past and current army lists so as to maintain uniformity with figure manufacturers and players' armies created under other miniatures rules. Many thanks to Ken Takacs Jr., who wrote this interesting list.

Page 118 Return to Contents Etruscan League This list covers the Etruscan League from Rome's expulsion of the Etruscan King Lucius Tarquinius Superbus and the war with Clusium, around 500 BCE, until Rome conquered Tarquinia, Volsinii, and Vulci around 280 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Fanatic priests waving snakes 1VP standard 0–1 – 2 and burning torches Etruscan cavalry Cavalry, javelin 1–3*** 7+ 9 Raiding cavalry Light cavalry, javelin, raw 0–1 8+ 4 Hoplites, deep 2–6* 6+ 12 Replace hoplites, deep with legionaries Up to 1/2* 6+ 10 Class I hoplites/spearmen Replace hoplites, deep with spearmen, deep All* 7+ 10 Upgrade hoplites, deep or spearmen, deep to 0–1 5+/6+ 13/15 hoplites, deep or spearmen, deep, veteran Spearmen or spearmen, deep 3–6** 7+ 7/10 Class II or III spearmen Downgrade spearmen or spearmen, deep to 0–2** 8+ 5/7 spearmen or spearmen, deep, raw Light infantry, javelin, raw 2–6, 1** 8+ 3 Light infantry other, bow or sling, raw 0–2 9+ 3 Class IV or V skirmishers Upgrade light infantry, javelin, raw to light infantry, 0–2 7+ 4 javelin Axemen Javelinmen, replacing javelins with 2HCCW, veteran 0–2**** 6+ 9 Devoted Hoplites, veteran 0 to 1***** 5+ 10 Peasant militia Mobs, deep, raw 0–2 9+ 4 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Fortifications Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * After 387 only, up to one–half of the Class I hoplites can be re–armed with pila at the option of the player. After 330, all Class I hoplite, deep units must be replaced with Class I spearmen, deep units as a reflection of the decrease in troop quality, or perhaps, for fighting in a looser formation. Class I hoplites ignore the hoplite drift rule. ** After 330, in order to reflect the decrease in Etruscan troop quality, there must be one raw Class II/III unit for every three Class II/III units and there is an extra Class IV or V skirmisher.

Livy provides an account of the organization of an Etruscan/Roman army during the mid–sixth century. It is unknown how closely the armies followed that organization, particularly many decades later. To replicate such an organization, the Etruscan army should have one Class I deep unit for each Class II/III regular unit and each Class IV/V unit (a 1–1–1 ratio). Alternatively, some army lists written for other miniatures rules specify that the Class II/III units should be deep and should outnumber the Class I units by at least 2–1, and sometimes as much as 6–1. The choice is yours!

*** Etruscan cavalry often dismounted to fight on foot. Up until 330, they dismount as hoplites (which may ignore the hoplite drift rule); after that date, they dismount as spearmen. **** Before 405 only. Axemen were armoured warriors who used their axes as a means to disorganize or break up enemy spearmen. ***** After 405 only. These units swore an oath to die rather than retreat, and often served as bodyguards to a general. I have assumed that they were not numerous enough to constitute a deep unit. They ignore the hoplite drift rule. Allies Page 119 Return to Contents Samnites from 396 BCE; Gallic from 396 BCE; Campanians; Italian hill tribes; Umbrians. Notes This list was based primarily upon Livy; “Armies of the Macedonian and Punic Wars” by Duncan Head; “Greece and Rome at War” by Peter Connolly; “Etruscan Warfare: Army Organization, Tactics and other Military Features” by Periklis Deligiannis; and various internet resources, as well has many past and current army lists so as to maintain uniformity with figure manufacturers and players' armies created under other miniatures rules. Many thanks to Kenneth Takacs Jr., who wrote this interesting list.

Page 120 Return to Contents Gallic This list covers the Gauls from the spread of the La Tène culture from 450 BCE through Caesar's conquest until the defeat of Vindex' revolt in 69 CE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Corionos and uellauni (senior Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 general and sub-generals) Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Cauari (heroes) 2–4 – 1 Chariots, javelin 1–2* 7+ 9 Eporeti (chariots) Upgrade chariots, javelin to chariots, javelin, veteran 0–1 6+ 11 Cavalry, javelin 1–6*, 2–4** 7+ 9 Eporedia (cavalry) Upgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, veteran Up to 1/2 6+ 11 Downgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, raw All*** 8+ 7 Solduri or Gaisati (warriors) Warriors, fanatics, deep 0–2* 8+ 10 Warriors, deep 4–10 7+ 10 Cingetes (warriors) Upgrade warriors, deep to warriors, deep, veteran 0–2 6+ 13 Downgrade warriors, deep to warriors, deep, raw All*** 8+ 7 Auxilia 2–4*** 6+ 8 Slougos (tribal militia) Downgrade auxilia to auxilia, raw At least half 7+ 6 Senoi, iouantoues, benas (the Mobs, raw, deep 0–3 9+ 4 elderly, youths and women) Iouantoues (youths) Light infantry, javelin 1–2 7+ 4 Tougauiri (bowmen) Light infantry, other, bow 0–1 8+ 4 Campa Camp 1–3 – 1 Carrcagion (wagon laager) or Fortifications 0–5 – 1 (fortified settlement) * Up to and including 192 BCE. The number of mounted units must not exceed that of foot units. ** From 191 BCE onwards. *** After 40 CE. Allies Principate Romans (69 CE only). Historical Background The Gauls were part of part of the Celtic La Tène culture which flourished during the late across vast areas of . Gaul (Latin: Gallia) covered an area that included present day France, Belgium, Luxembourg, most of Switzerland and northern Italy, along with portions of the Netherlands and . The Gauls lived in an agricultural society comprised of several tribes, each ruled by an elite landowning class. The Romans referred to the Gallic territory in Italy as Gallia Cisalpina (“Gaul this side of the Alps”), and the rest of Gaul as Gallia Transalpina (“Gaul on the other side of the Alps”). The southward migrations of the Gauls, over the Alps, eventually brought them into conflict with the rapidly expanding Roman republic. Around 400 BCE, migrating Gallic tribes invaded northern Italy, settling along the Adriatic coast near what is now the city of . They subsequently threatened the Etruscan city of Clusium, whose leaders appealed to the Romans for assistance. Following a series of diplomatic incidents, in either 390 or 387 BCE (depending on the ancient dating system being used), a large Gallic army led by Brennos (Latin: Brennus) of the Senones tribe moved to attack Rome. In response, the Romans sent a small force of legionaries, which was defeated and fled, some to the neighbouring Etruscan city of Veii and the rest back to Rome. The Gauls sacked Rome and besieged the Capitoline Hill, leaving only after being paid a hefty ransom. A little over 100 years later, a coalition of Gallic tribes besieged the northern Italian city of Arretium (modern Arezzo) in 284 BCE. A Roman army marched to relieve the city and were defeated by the Gallic forces. The Romans then sent a second

Page 121 Return to Contents army, which defeated the Senones and drove them out of the territory they had occupied 100 years earlier. Following that, in 283 BCE, the Gallic and their Etruscan allies marched on Rome but were defeated by the Romans at the Battle of Lake Vadimo. In 225 BCE, the Boii, and Taurisci tribes hired the Gaisati (Latin: ), a band of mercenary Gauls from the Alps, to join them in a march against Rome. Led by Aneroestos (Latin: Aneroestus) and Concolitanos (Latin: Concolitanus), the Gallic force defeated a Roman army at the Battle of Faesulae, only to be beaten in turn by a much larger Roman force at the Battle of Telamon. This led to a concerted Roman policy to conquer Gallia Cisalpina. A Roman army defeated the Insubres and killed their leader Viridomanos (Latin: Viridomanus) at the Battle of Clastidium in 222 BCE. Around 200 BCE, western Germanic tribes invaded the lands east of the River Rhine, defeating and driving out the Gallic peoples who had been living there and establishing the Rhine as the border between the Gallic and Germanic territories. Following the , the Romans invaded the territory of the Boii, defeating the tribe and their leader Boiorix at the battles of Placentia in 194 BCE and Mutina in 193 BCE. The last remaining independent Gallic kingdom in Italy was conquered by the Romans in 192 BCE. According to the Roman Gaius , unconquered Gaul was divided into three regions, inhabited respectively by the , the and the Celtae, whom the Romans called the Galli. At the Battle of Magetobriga in 63 BCE., the Gallic were overcome by a coalition comprised of the Gallic Arverni and , along with the Germanic Sweboz (Suebi). As a result, the Aedui appealed to the Roman senate for aid, which ultimately provided the pretext for Caesar to lead an army into Gaul in 58 BCE. Caesar’s legions spent the next four years subduing the Alpine in 58 BCE, the Belgae in 57 BCE, and the Veneti and Aquitani in 56 BCE. After major uprisings by the Belgae under Ambiorix of the Eburones in 54 BCE and the Celtic tribes under Vercingetorix of the Arverni in 52 BCE had been put down, all of Gaul had finally been conquered by the Romans. In 68 CE, Gaius Julius Vindex, a Roman senator and governor of the Roman imperial province of Gallia Lugdunensis and descendent of the former king of the Aquitani, led a revolt of Gallic tribes in his province to replace the emperor Nero with Galba, the governor of Tarraconensis. In response, Lucius Verginius Rufus, the governor of , led four legions against Vindex. The two armies met in battle near the city of Vesontio (modern Besançon), with Vindex losing the battle and then taking his own life. Other Celtic peoples and related cultures include the Galatians, Celtiberian Spanish, Ancient British, Caledonians, , Scots-Irish and Early Welsh, who each have their own army lists. The structure of the Gallic army Generals: The commander-in-chief of a Gallic corios (army) was known as a corionos and was either the elected vergobretos (“magistrate”) or hereditary rix (“king”) of the largest and most powerful tribe. Subordinate chieftains were called uellauni, with each uellaunos leading his own band or tribe of cingetes (warriors). Heroes: Gallic cauari (heroes) were the bravest and fiercest warriors of their tribes, fighting in the front line. Other warriors would cluster around these champions, drawing strength and courage from their example. Ensedi were the Gallic two-horse chariots that were ridden into battle by the kings, nobles and elite warriors of the early to middle La Tène period. Fast and highly manoeuvrable, they were crewed by an unarmed driver and a warrior armed with a spear, a long sword, javelins and a large shield. Over time, chariots were at first supplemented then replaced by cavalry. The last recorded use of chariots in Gaul is at the Battle of Telamon in 225 BCE. Eporedia were Gallic cavalry typically armed with a spear, a long sword, javelins and a shield. A small number of nobles and wealthier horsemen might also possess a helmet and/or mail body armour. These cavalrymen typically served to scout, to screen the main body of warriors during deployment, to protect the army’s flanks and threaten the flanks of the enemy battle line. Solduri formed the elite bodyguard of a Gallic king or noble sworn to defend their lord to the death. Armed with a spear, a long sword, javelins and a large shield, many of them also may have had helmets and/or mail body armour. Gaisati were mercenary warriors from the Alps who fought in the front lines at the Battle of Telamon in 225 BCE. These fanatic warriors reportedly fought naked, trusting to nature and the gods for protection. Cingetes were the Gallic infantry warriors armed with a spear, often a long sword, several javelins, and a large shield. They usually formed the main body of a Gallic army. A slougos was a tribal militia raised in times of crisis to defend the home territory or supplement the main body of warriors. Not nearly as well trained as the cingetes, the farmers, craftsmen and fishermen of the militia would carry whatever weapons they could find. Tribal militia were recruited by Vindex during his brief revolt and fought in the 69–70 CE Civil War. Senoi, iouantoues, benas were the elderly, youths, and women, who accompanied the warriors during their migrations. In battle, these civilians would provide moral support by cheering the warriors on and guarding the camp.

Page 122 Return to Contents Skirmishers: Gallic armies typically included several iouantoues (youths) serving as light infantry javelinmen, who would harass the enemy and serve as a screen for their own warbands. Larger armies might also include some tougauiri (“bowmen") performing a similar skirmishing role. Huge thanks to Scott Karakas who wrote the excellent background and notes for this list.

Page 123 Return to Contents Southern Italian Tribes This list covers the Apulians, Lucanians, Bruttians and Campanians from the conquest of Greek Italy by the Oscans around 420 BCE until returned to Africa in 203 BCE, towards the end of the second Punic War. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Eagle or other standards 1VP army standard 1–2 – 2 1–2 Lc or Cavalry, javelin Br, 2–3 Cm, 7+ 9 Lucanian, Bruttian, Campanian 2–4 Ap and Apulian cavalry Upgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, veteran 0–2 Cm, Ap 6+ 11 Downgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, raw 1–2 Ap 8+ 7 8–16 Lc or Javelinmen 7+ 7 Br or Ap Up to 1/4 Replace javelinmen with light infantry, javelin Lc or Br or 7+ 4 Lucanian, Bruttian and Apulian Ap javelinmen At least 1/4 Downgrade javelinmen to javelinmen, raw Lc or Br, at 8+ 5 least 1/2 Ap Up to 1/8 Upgrade javelinmen to javelinmen, veteran 6+ 9 Lc Bruttian Peasants Mobs, deep 0–2 Br 8+ 7 Hoplites, deep 2–6 Cm* 6+ 12 1–2**, at Campanian hoplites Downgrade hoplites, deep to hoplites, deep, raw 7+ 9 least 1/2*** Upgrade hoplites, deep to hoplites, deep, veteran 0–1** 5+ 15 Javelinmen 4–8 Cm* 7+ 7 Replace javelinmen with light infantry, javelin 0–2 7+ 4 Campanian javelinmen At least Downgrade javelinmen to javelinmen, raw 1/4**, at 8+ 5 least 1/2*** Upgrade javelinmen to javelinmen, veteran 0–2** 6+ 9 Quincunx, deep 3–8 Cm*** 7+/6+ 15 Campanian quincunx^ Downgrade quincunx, deep of an entire legio to At least 1/2 8+/7+ 12 quincunx, deep, raw Light infantry, javelin, raw 3–8 Cm*** 8+ 3 Campanian skirmishers Upgrade light infantry, javelin, raw to light infantry, Any 7+ 4 javelin Light infantry, javelin 7+ 4 Italian allied skirmishers 0–2 Light infantry, javelin, raw 8+ 3 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Fortifications Fortifications 0–5 – 1 Key: "Ap" means available in Apulian armies; "Br" means available in Bruttian armies; "Cm" means available in Campanian armies; “Lc" means available in Lucanian armies. * Before 275 only. Minima only apply prior to 340.

Page 124 Return to Contents ** From 420 to 341 only. *** From 340 to 276 only. ****After 341 only. Triarii ignore the hoplite drift rule. ***** After 276 only. ^ The quincunx is similar to that described in the Camillan Roman list. Allies Apulians [Ap]: Romans; Samnites; Pyrrhic from 281–272 BCE (Messapii only). Bruttians [Br]: Lucanians from 334–326 BCE; Pyrrhic from 281–272 BCE; Carthaginians from 215 BCE. Campanians [Cm]: Romans in 343 BCE, and from 337– 216 BCE; Latin Allies from 342–338 BCE; Samnites; Carthaginians from 215 BCE. Lucanians [Lc]: Bruttians from 334–326 BCE; Romans from 298–290 BCE; Pyrrhic from 281–272 BCE; Carthaginians from 215 BCE. Notes Livy noted that in 345 BCE, the Campanian army was not as good as it had been in the past and the Campanian army list attempts to reflect this declining troop quality. In addition, the Campanian army transitioned from one based on hoplites and javelinmen to one modelled on the Roman army. The year when this change took place is unknown and it was probably an evolutionary change. Although there is some overlap with the older hoplite army, the Campanian army from 340 to 276 BCE essentially reflects the Camillan Roman army and the Campanian army from 275 BCE essentially reflects the Polybian Roman army. The main differences between the Campanian infantry and the Roman infantry are that the Campanian troop quality is generally not as good and the Campanians not use the Legionaries special rule in the Polybian Roman list. The thinking is that the Campanians, as a separate force, did not quite reach the typical level of a full-fledged Roman army. This list was based primarily upon Livy; “Armies of the Macedonian and Punic Wars” by Duncan Head; “Early Roman Warrior 753–321 BC” by Nic Fields; and various internet resources, as well as many past and current army lists so as to keep uniformity with figure manufacturers and players' armies created under other miniatures rules. Historical Background The Lucanians were an Oscan-speaking people that emerged in the late 5th century BCE. They were probably a southern offshoot of the Samnites. The Lucanians gradually conquered territory that extended from Samnium and Campania in the north to the southern extremity of Italy (except for the Greek towns on the coast). The location of this territory coincided with much of the modern-day regions of Basilicata and Calabria. The Lucanians allied with Rome briefly between 298 BCE and 290 BCE. The Bruttians were another Oscan-speaking people who, in the middle of the 4th century BCE, broke away from the Lucanians. They took over land in the toe of Italy, modern day Calabria. In 331 BCE, the Lucanians and Bruttians defeated Alexander I of Epirus (an uncle of both Alexander the Great and ) at the Battle of Pandosia. This battle marked the end of Greek colonization in Italy and showed the vulnerability of the Greco-Macedonian phalanx. The Lucanians and Bruttians chose to ally with Pyrrhus of Epirus in 281 BCE and this led to their subjugation by the Romans around 272 BCE. After Rome’s disastrous defeat at the in 216 BCE, both the Lucanians and Bruttians joined Hannibal against Rome. The Second Punic War, and its aftermath, devastated the lands of the Lucanians and Bruttians. Rome’s retribution for their insolence was severe, and they never recovered. The Apulians were Italic tribes that inhabited the south-eastern extremity of the Italian peninsula (the heel of Italy). They were known as the Iapygians and were comprised of the following three tribes: the Peucetia, the Messapii and the Dauni. The Iapygians may have originated from the Balkans and they spoke an Indo-European language that was distinct from Latin or Oscan and which had Balkan and central European analogies. They established several cities which preserved their independence from the Greeks. Most of the Apulian cities sided with the Samnites during the Second Samnite War (327– 304 BCE). During the Pyrrhic Wars (280–75 BCE), the Messapii sided with Tarentum and Pyrrhus the king of Epirus, in Greece. The Apulian region was conquered by the Romans around 266 BCE. When Hannibal invaded Italy during the Second Punic War (218–201 BCE), the Apulians remained loyal to the Romans and provided Socii troops for Rome's armies in the wars against Carthage. The Campanians were an Italic tribe that spoke an Oscan language. They settled in present-day Campania. From the 7th to the 5th century BCE, the Campanians were either conquered or expelled by Greek and Etruscan colonists. However, starting from the middle of the 5th century BCE, they reconquered many cities on the coasts and inland. Around that time, the Samnites began major incursions into Campania and they captured the important Campanian city of Capua. In 343 BCE, Capua promised to surrender its independence to the Romans if they would help expel the Samnites and Rome obliged. The Second Samnite War broke out in 326 BCE when the Samnites occupied another Campanian city Neapolis and its citizens appealed to Rome for help. With Rome’s victory, Campania fell under Roman rule. When Hannibal invaded Italy, the cities of Campania stayed loyal to Rome until Rome’s defeat at the Battle of Cannae. Capua opened its gates to Hannibal and Hannibal used the city as a base of operations. After the war, much of Campania was confiscated as Roman state land and then bought up by wealthy Roman aristocrats who established large plantations. With many thanks to Ken Takacs Jr. who wrote this list!

Page 125 Return to Contents Camillan Roman This list commences with the supposed reforms after the defeat of the Roman army by the Senones at the Allia c. 387 BCE and ends with the departure of Pyrrhus from Italy in 275 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted 0–2 – +1 Generals Upgrade to detached 0–3 – +1 Upgrade to heroic 0–2 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Eagle or other standards 1VP army standard 0–1 – 2 Equites Romani Cavalry, javelin 1–2 7+ 9 Cavalry, javelin 1–4 7+ 9 Equites Latini Upgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, veteran, as 0–1** 6+ 11 equites extraordinarii (chosen cavalry) Leves Light infantry, javelin, raw 3–8 8+ 3 Quincunx, deep 3–8 7+/6+ 15 Downgrade quincunx, deep of an entire legio to 0–4 8+/7+ 12 Roman or Latin quincunx*** quincunx, deep, raw Upgrade quincunx, deep of an entire legio to quincunx, 0–4 6+/5+ 18 deep, veteran Light infantry, javelin, raw 8+ 3 Rorarii or accensi 0–4 Light infantry other, sling, raw 9+ 3 Javelinmen 0–2 7+ 7 Italian allied infantrymen Upgrade javelinmen to javelinmen, veteran as 0–1 6+ 9 extraordinarii Light infantry other, bow or sling 8+ 4 Allied skirmishers 0–2 Light infantry, javelin 8+ 3 Anti–elephant wagons War wagon special*, raw 0–2 8+ 10 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Castrum Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * Anti–elephant wagons shoot as if armed with javelin. They start the battle with six ammunition. ** From 278 BCE onwards. It is possible that the Romans may have reformed their forces after the defeat at Asculum, re-arming the principes with pila to improve their performance against the enemy phalangites. Moreover, the quality of the light troops and cavalry may have improved during the long war.

*** The Polybian quincunx (“chequer”) is a new unit that models the famous formation that the Romans used in the fighting against Pyrrhus, the Punic Wars and the destruction of the Successors. Small, flexible maniples (“handfuls”) facilitated the replacement of exhausted soldiery by fresh reserves. Its small maniples were able to move around, or through rough terrain with relative ease.

In TtS! the quincunx is represented on the table by a base of hastati, placed in front of a base of principes which is, itself, in front of a base of triarii. In a large battle, a single quincunx unit and associated leves might represent a legio; in a smaller battle two quincunx and two leves might represent a legio.

The TtS! quincunx incorporates the hastati, principes and triarii into a single deep unit of foot, with special rallying properties, described below. It is treated as a standard unit, rather than a deep unit, for move/charge purposes. It has an initial save of 7+ (and always saves at 7+ if charged in the flank or rear), three hits and a shock missile, and costs 15 points.

Page 126 Return to Contents In any friendly activation phase, the Roman player may conduct a first special rally activation to replace the unit’s hastati with its principes, or, later, a second to replace its principes with its triarii. Unlike all other rallies, this special rally activation may take place within an enemy zone of control, and the usual penalties for enemy units capable of charging the unit do not apply, except when the enemy units would be charging from the unit’s flank or rear. If the first special rally activation, and the subsequent rally save, are successful, then the principes replace the hastati (whose base is moved to the rear), the unit’s save increases to 6+, a single disorder is removed and the unit is, thereafter, considered to be armed with spears. A second special rally activation may, later, be used to replace the principes with the triarii. If the activation and rally save are successful, the principes are moved to the rear, behind the hastati. The unit’s save remains at 6+, a single disorder is removed, and the unit is considered to be armed with spears.

Should the special rally activation be unsuccessful, the unit may attempt it again, later, as many times as desired; however, each of the two special rally activations may only succeed once. As well as the special rallies, a quincunx may rally in the usual manner, but not within an enemy zone of control.

In later Polybian Roman battles, the triarii were detached from the quincunx and used to extend the front line or perform a separate mission, and I've decided to permit this in the Camillan period, too. So long as the quincunx is not disordered, and the hastati are still in front, the triarii may detach by making a difficult move activation. If the quincunx has already moved in that turn, then, to detach, the triarii must exceed the value of the quincunx’s activation card. The triarii must move to either side, or to the rear, by playing an activation card, as described in the movement rules. The triarii become a single hit, spear-armed small, formed unit with a save of 6+. The remainder of the quincunx becomes a two hit standard unit of hastati and principes. The triarii may not, later, re-join the quincunx.

Allies Samnites. Notes Flaming pigs are best represented using the "Cry havoc and release the pigs of war!" stratagem.

Page 127 Return to Contents Samnite This list covers the Samnites during their three wars with Rome. These were the First Samnite War (343–341 BCE), the Second Samnite War (326–304 BCE) and the Third Samnite War (298–290 BCE). Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 3–5 – 1 Standard 1VP army standard 0–1 – 2 Cavalry, javelin 0–2 7+ 9 Samnite cavalry Upgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, veteran 0–1 6+ 11 Javelinmen 8–16 7+ 7 Replace javelinmen with light infantry, javelin Up to 1/4** 7+ 4 Samnite javelinmen Downgrade javelinmen to javelinmen, raw At least 1/4 8+ 5 Upgrade javelinmen to javelinmen, veteran Up to 1/8 6+ 9 Javelinmen 2–4* 7+ 7 Legio Linteata ("Linen legion") Upgrade javelinmen to javelinmen, veteran Up to 1/2* 6+ 9 Replace one javelin with a shock missile Up to 2* – – Italian allied infantry, e.g., Javelinmen 0–2 7+ 7 Marsi, Paeligni, Hernici Upgrade javelinmen to javelinmen, veteran 0–1 6+ 9 Light infantry, javelin, raw 0–2 8+ 3 Italian allied skirmishers, e.g., Upgrade light infantry, javelin, raw to light infantry, Marsi, Paeligni, Hernici Any or all 7+ 4 javelin Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Fortifications Fortifications 0–5 – 1

* The Legio Linteata (“linen legion”) is mentioned in Livy, Book X, 38–39 as having fought at the battle of Aquilonia in 293. Those soldiers were allegedly hand-picked for their skill and swore an oath to follow their commanders wherever they led them, and to kill any fellow soldiers who took flight. Although Livy's account appears suspect, these troops are nevertheless included in this list. Livy mentions a pilum being thrown in that battle, presumably by a member of the Legio Linteata; and there is archaeological evidence supporting the Samnites' use of pila, so an option is included to equip some of those soldiers with a single shock missile. Minima apply only when any Legio Linteata units are taken. The number of Legio Linteata units may not exceed one-quarter of the total number of Samnite javelinmen units.

** Although it does not appear that the Samnites themselves made much use of skirmishers, it seems appropriate, given the Samnites' fondness for fighting in rough terrain and setting ambushes, to permit a portion of them to fight as light infantry.

Allies Camillan Romans (only in 340 BCE, and may not be used with any other allies); Campanians (from 326–304 BCE); Apulians; Etruscans (from 311–295 BCE); Umbrians (from 296–295 BCE); Gallic (from 296–295 BCE). Notes One tactic utilized by the Samnites was to pepper enemies with javelins thrown from an elevated position, followed up by a ferocious charge. The Samnites have been given a generous allocation of heroes, due to their warlike reputation, and because their initial charge often presented problems for the opposing armies. When using this army, make sure you have plenty of ammunition chits to hand! This list was based primarily upon Livy, “Armies of the Macedonian and Punic Wars” by Duncan Head, “Greece and Rome at War” by Peter Connolly and various internet resources. Historical Background

Page 128 Return to Contents The Samnites were an Oscan-speaking peoples who inhabited the mountainous areas east of Rome down to the area east of Campania. These rugged highlanders were Rome's most persistent and formidable Italian foe. Rome fought three tough wars against the Samnites, during the second of which the Roman army suffered one of its most humiliating defeats at the battle of Caudine Forks in 321 BCE. The Samnites later aided Pyrrhus and Hannibal in their wars (280 to 275 BCE and 218–201 BCE) against Rome. It was not until the Social War (91–88 BCE) that the Samnites' resistance was finally crushed for good. Many thanks to Ken Takacs Jr., who wrote this interesting list.

Page 129 Return to Contents Spanish This list covers the Spanish armies that fought against the Carthaginians and later the Romans. It includes the , and from around 300 BCE until the suppression by the Romans of the final Cantabrian revolts in 16 BCE. It also covers the Romano-Lusitanian army of Sertorius between 80 and 72 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Iberian, Celtiberian or Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Lusitanian generals Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Upgrade a senior, heroic, mounted general to great 0–1**** – 11 leader as Viriatus Replace an Iberian, Celtiberian or Lusitanian general 1–2** – 5 with a Roman detached general on foot Roman generals Upgrade to senior, mounted 0–1** – +2 Upgrade a senior, detached, mounted general to 0–1** – +4 brilliant as Sertorius Heroes 2–4* – 1 Iberian, Celtiberian or Cavalry, javelin 1–2* 7+ 9 Lusitanian heavy cavalry Upgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin veteran 0–1 6+ 11 Light cavalry, javelin 2–4* 7+ 5 Iberian or Celtiberian light Upgrade light cavalry, javelin to light cavalry, javelin, cavalry Up to 1/3 6+ 6 veteran Light cavalry, javelin 2–6* 7+ 5 Lusitanian light cavalry Upgrade light cavalry, javelin to light cavalry, javelin, Up to 1/3 6+ 6 veteran Javelinmen, shock missile*** 4–12* 7+ 7 Iberian scutarii Upgrade to javelinmen, veteran, shock missile*** 0–1 6+ 9 Javelinmen 3–10* 7+ 7 Lusitanian scutarii/ Upgrade to javelinmen, veteran 0–1 6+ 9 Replace one javelin with a shock missile All or none – – Warriors, deep, extra shock missile 3–10* 7+ 11 Celtiberians Upgrade warriors, deep, extra shock missile to 0–1 6+ 14 warriors, deep, veteran, extra shock missile Legionaries 1–5** 6+ 10 Sertorius' legionarii Upgrade legionaries to legionaries, veteran 0–3 5+ 12 Elderly, youth, women Mobs, deep, raw 0–1 9+ 4 Iberian or Celtiberian caetrati Light infantry, javelin 2–6* 7+ 4 Lusitanian caetrati Light infantry, javelin 4–8* 7+ 4 Skirmishers Light infantry other, sling 0–3 8+ 4 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Castrum Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * An army must be either Iberian, Lusitanian or Celtiberian – minima apply to that nation only. It cannot include units drawn from the other two nations except that up to two units of Celtiberian warriors may be used (as mercenaries) in an Iberian or Lusitanian army. They must form a command of their own.

Page 130 Return to Contents ** These represent the army of Sertorius from 82 to 73. If a Sertorian legionary unit is taken, then at least one Roman general must also be taken, and the rest of the army must be Lusitanian (except that up to two units Celtiberian warriors can be used alongside the Lusitanians). The Roman general may be upgraded to brilliant, representing Sertorius. *** Spanish scutarii replace one of their javelins with a shock missile. *** Only between 147 and 139. Great leaders are described in the Even Stronger supplement. Allies Later Carthaginians, Polybian Romans, Marian Romans, Spanish Notes Celtiberians were sometimes served as mercenaries in Iberian and Lusitanian armies. Lusitanian infantrymen appear to have used round shields and may not have been as willing to close as the Iberians. They may optionally use javelins instead of the shock missile of the Iberians and Celtiberians, and more light troops. Sources These lists draw upon the writings of Dr Fernando Quesada Sanz. His research suggests that the Iberians generally fought in close order formations of a formal nature in a manner not dissimilar to the Romans. Thanks to Roger Calderbank for proposing the inclusion of Sertorius and his legionarii.

Page 131 Return to Contents Pyrrhic This list covers the army of Pyrrhus from the restoration of his Epirot kingdom in 297 BCE to his death in the streets of Argos in 272 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 1–3 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Pyrrhus; attached, mounted, senior, heroic great 1 – 11 leader Heroes 3–5 – 1 Epirote Agema Cavalry, lance or javelin, veteran 1 6+ 11 Other Epirote cavalry Cavalry, lance or javelin 0–1 7+ 9 Greek or Italiote allied cavalry Cavalry, javelin 0–2 7+ 9 Thessalian cavalry Cavalry, javelin, veteran 0–1 6+ 11 Greek light cavalry Light cavalry, javelin 0–1 7+ 5 Tarantine light cavalry Light cavalry, javelin, veteran 0–1* 6+ 6 Macedonian phalangitai Pike, deep, veteran 1–2 6+ 16 Epirote phalangitai Pike, deep 1–3 7+ 13 Tarantine phalangitai Pike, deep, raw 1–2* 8+ 10 Hoplites, deep, veteran 5+ 15 Chaeonian guard 0–1 Pike, deep, veteran 6+ 16 Italiote hoplitoi Hoplites, deep, raw 1–2* 7+ 9 Greek hoplitoi Hoplites, deep, raw 0–1 7+ 9 Agrakas hoplitoi Hoplites, deep, veteran 0–1 5+ 15 Samnites, Lucani and Brutii Javelinmen 1–2* 7+ 7 Hoplites, deep 4–8*** 6+ 12 Sicilian and mercenary hoplitoi Downgrade hoplites, deep to hoplites, deep, raw Any 7+ 9 Galatians Warriors, deep, fanatics 0–1** 8+ 10 Elephants Indian elephants, deep 1–2 6+ 8 Aitolian, Athamanian, Light infantry, javelin 0–2 7+ 4 Akarnanians or similar Light infantry other, bow 1–2 8+ 4 Italianate or Greek archers or Light infantry other, sling 0–1 8+ 4 slingers Upgrade light infantry other, sling to light infantry 0–1 7+ 5 other sling, veteran as Rhodians Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Camp defences Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * Minima apply when any such troops are selected. ** Galatians may not be used with Tarantines, Italiotes, Samnites, Lucani or Brutii. *** Minima apply when any such troops are selected. Sicilians and mercenary hoplitoi may not be used with "other Epirote cavalry", Thessalian cavalry, Macedonian phalangitae, any other hoplitoi or any troops marked * or **. Allies None, since all troops were directly under Pyrrhus' command. Notes Epirot cavalry may form wedge and Thessalian cavalry may form rhomboid. Elephants are not available "escorted", because they represent rather smaller numbers of elephants than in most other Successor lists and appear to have been used as

Page 132 Return to Contents reserve forces rather than as a screen. The core of Pyrrhus’ army was his Epirot infantry and cavalry, armed in the Macedonian manner. To this base was added a variety of mercenaries and any allied or subject troops. I have included the option for the Chaeonians to be deployed either as hoplitai or pike.

Pyrrhus and bodyguard Historical Background Pyrrhus, King of Epirus, was born in 319 and would die in battle in 272. He would fight and defeat Illyrians, Macedonians, Greeks, Romans, Carthaginians and Mamertines. Hannibal is supposed to have said that Pyrrhus was one of the three greatest generals of antiquity, alongside himself and Alexander. claimed that he was never defeated in battle, yet some of his victories were so costly they led to the modern saying "a Pyrrhic victory". He spent many of his early years in exile totally reliant on the patronage of foreign kings before Ptolemy I restored him to the throne of Epirus. During his life, Epirus would rise from what was considered a barbarous backwater to become a major power. At times during his reign, although never all at once, he ruled Macedonia, Thessaly, much of central and southern Greece, Sicily and southern Italy almost up to the gates of Rome. After his death, Epirus would return to obscurity. Many thanks to Jeff Jonas and Jeff Champion for giving this list a once-over!

Page 133 Return to Contents Later Macedonian This list covers all the armies of Macedon from the beginning of the reign (277 BCE) of Antigonus II, who re-established the in Macedonia, until the decisive Roman victory at Pydna in 168 BCE and the subsequent dismantling of the kingdom. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Macedonian, Thessalian or Cavalry, javelin 1–3 7+ 9 Greek cavalry Upgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, veteran Any 6+ 11 Galatian or Thracian cavalry Cavalry, javelin 0–1 7+ 9 Illyrian or Greek light cavalry Light cavalry, javelin 0–1 7+ 5 Pike, deep 3–8 7+ 13 Upgrade pike, deep to pike, deep, veteran as Up to 1/3 6+ 16 agema/peltastai Phalangitai Downgrade pike, deep to pike, deep, raw as Up to 1/2 8+ 10 leukaspides (white shields) Downgrade pike, deep, raw to spearmen, deep as Up to 1/2 7+ 10 leukaspides (white shields) Spearmen, deep 0–2 7+ 10 Upgrade spearmen, deep with a single extra javelin Any – +1 Thureophoroi Upgrade spearmen, deep to spearmen, deep, veteran 0–1 6+ 13 as thorakitai Spearmen 0–2 7 7+ Thracian or Illyrian peltastai Upgrade spearmen to spearmen, deep Any 10 Upgrade Thracian spearmen with extra 2HCCW 0–1 – +1 Warriors, deep 0–1* 7+ 10 Galatian mercenaries Replace warriors, deep with auxilia 0–1** 6+ 8 Light infantry, javelin 2–4 7+ 4 Agrianian, Thracian or similar Upgrade light infantry, javelin to light infantry, Up to 1/2 6+ 5 javelin, veteran Light infantry other, bow or sling 1–4 8+ 4 Archers and slingers Upgrade light infantry other, bow to light infantry Up to 1/2 7+ 5 other, bow, veteran as Cretans Artillery Artillery (catapult) 0–1 7+ 7 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Camp defences Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * Before 206. ** From 206 onwards. Notes I have given the option of fielding the white-shielded portion of the phalanx as thureophoroi, instead of phalangites, as suggested by Nick Secunda. Many thanks to Justin Vorhis for editing this list.

Page 134 Return to Contents Hellenistic Greek This list covers all the Greek city states from the introduction of thureophoroi and pikemen, around 275 BCE, until Greece became a Roman province in 146 BCE. It includes the Aetolian and Achaean leagues. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted 0–2** – +1 Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Generals Upgrade to senior Up to 1 – +1 Upgrade a senior, heroic mounted general to great 0–1^ – +4 leader as Philopoemen Heroes 2–4 – 1 Cavalry, javelin or lance 1–2 7+ 9 Cavalry Upgrade cavalry, javelin or lance to cavalry, javelin or 0–1 6+ 11 lance, veteran Light cavalry, javelin 1–2 7+ 5 Tarantine cavalry Upgrade light cavalry, javelin to light cavalry, javelin, 0–1 6+ 6 veteran Thracian cavalry Light cavalry, javelin 0–2 Ach 7+ 5 Aetolian cavalry Light cavalry, javelin 0–1 Ai 7+ 5 3–6, 2–6 Spearmen, deep 7+ 10 [Ach, Bo]* Upgrade spearmen, deep with extra javelins Any – +2 Thureophoroi with long spears All [Ach, Upgrade spearmen, deep to pike, deep 7+ 13 Bo]* Upgrade spearmen, deep to spearmen, deep, veteran Up to 1/4 6+ 13 as Thorakitai Hoplites, deep, raw 0–4 7+ 9 All [Ach, Upgrade hoplites, deep, raw to spearmen, deep 7+ 10 Bo] Unreformed citizen hoplitai Upgrade hoplites, deep, raw to pike, deep All Sp*** 7+ 13 (hoplites) Upgrade hoplites, deep, raw, to hoplites, deep Up to 1/2 6+ 12 Upgrade hoplites, deep, raw to hoplites, deep Any Sp 6+ 12 Upgrade hoplites, deep to hoplites, deep, veteran as 0–1 Sp 5+ 15 Spartiates Freed slave phalangitai Pike, deep, raw 0–2 Ach**** 8+ 10 Illyrians Spearmen, deep 0–2 Ach 7+ 10 Peltastai, or thureophoroi fighting Light infantry, javelin 2–8***** 7+ 4 as euzanoi (in open order) Aetolian peltastai Light infantry, javelin 2–5 Ai***** 7+ 4 Light infantry other, bow or sling 2–4 8+ 4 Psiloi Upgrade light infantry other, bow to light infantry 0–1 7+ 5 other, bow, veteran as Cretans Artillery (catapult) Artillery (catapult) 0–1 7+ 7 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Key: Ach means available in armies with an Achaean C in C, Ai an Aetolian C in C, Bo a Boeotian C in C, El an Eleian and Sp a Spartan C in C. ^ Only between 223 and 183. Great leaders are a special sort of senior attached general described in the Even Stronger supplement. * After 246 if Boeotian or after 208 if Achaean.

Page 135 Return to Contents ** Only if Achaean or if Boeotian. *** Sparta after 225. **** in 136 only. ***** Peltastai may be grouped before the battle into pairs of combined light units, as described in Even Stronger. Allies Eleian, Spartan and Boeotian armies may include an Aetolian command, which may only contain Aetolians and thureophoroi.

The ubiquitous thureophoros Notes During the , the Greek city states moved from a reliance on the traditional citizen hoplites to adopt the pike phalanx. In the case of Sparta, they moved directly from hoplites to the pike; other states moved through an intermediate phase, in which they used the long but light thureos shield which had been adopted from the Celts. Cities grouped together into leagues for protection, including the Boeotian, Achaean and Aetolian leagues. With thanks to Justin Vorhis who reviewed this list.

Page 136 Return to Contents Polybian Roman This list covers the earlier part of the great wars of Roman expansion: against Carthage, Macedon and the Seleucids, amongst others. It begins in 275 BCE and concludes in 107 BCE, when Gaius Marius reformed the army for his African campaign. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Consul/proconsul and legati Upgrade to detached Any – +1 (senior general and sub- Upgrade to heroic 0–2 3+ +1 generals) Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Upgrade a mounted, detached, heroic, senior general Up to 1 – +4 to brilliant, as Scipio. Heroic centuriones 3–5 – 1 Aquilae (eagle or similar) 1VP standard 0–1 – 2 Equites Romani () Cavalry, javelin 1–2 7+ 9 Cavalry, javelin 1–4 7+ 9 Equites Latini (Latin allied Upgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, veteran, as cavalry) 0–1 6+ 11 equites extraordinarii (picked horsemen) Numidian light cavalry Light cavalry, javelin 0–1*** 7+ 5 Roman or Latin leves Light infantry, javelin, raw 2–12* 8+ 3 Light infantry, javelin 2–12** 7+ 4 Downgrade light infantry, javelin to light infantry, 0–4 8+ 3 Roman or Latin velites javelin, raw Upgrade light infantry, javelin to light infantry, 0–4 6+ 5 javelin, veteran Quincunx, deep 2–8 7+/6+ 15 Roman or Latin quincunx^ Downgrade quincunx, deep to quincunx, deep, raw 0–4 8+/7+ 12 Upgrade quincunx, deep to quincunx, deep, veteran 0–4 6+/5+ 18 Gallic or Ligurian allied Warriors, deep 0–1 7+ 10 infantry Italian allied infantrymen Javelinmen 0–2 7+ 7 Macedonian or Thracian Javelinmen, raw 0–2 8+ 5 volunteers Spanish scutarii (“shield- Javelinmen, shock missile**** 0–1 7+ 7 bearers”) Allied LI archers/slingers Light infantry other, bow or sling 0–2 8+ 4 Allied LI javelinmen Light infantry, javelin 0–4 7+ 4 Cretans Light infantry other, bow, veteran 0–1 7+ 5 African elephants, deep 7+ 6 Elephanti (elephants) Upgrade African elephants, deep to African 0–1***** 6+ 9 elephants, deep, veteran

Servi castrensi (camp servants) Light infantry, javelin, raw 0–3 8+ 3 Ballistae Artillery 0–2 7+ 6 Castrum Camp 1–3 – 1 Vallum Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * Only before 211. ** From 211 BCE, onwards. Velites are first recorded in 211BCE at Capua and replaced the shield-less leves. *** From 203 (following Scipio's landings in Africa). Page 137 Return to Contents **** Scutarii replace one of their javelins with a shock missile. ***** From 202 to 168 only. The optional upgrade to veteran reflects the battle-winning performance of the pachyderms at Cynoscephalae and Pydna. The elephants deployed at Magnesia may be taken as Numidian allies. ^ The Polybian quincunx (“chequer”) is a new unit that models the famous formation that the Romans used in the fighting against Pyrrhus, the Punic Wars and the destruction of the Successors. Small, flexible maniples (“handfuls”) facilitated the replacement of exhausted soldiery by fresh reserves. Its small maniples were able to move around, or through rough terrain with relative ease. In TtS! the quincunx is represented on the table by a base of hastati, placed in front of a base of principes which is, itself, in front of a base of triarii. In a large battle, a single quincunx unit and associated velites might represent a legio; in a smaller battle two quincunx and two velites might represent a legio. The TtS! quincunx incorporates the hastati, principes and triarii into a single deep unit of foot, with special rallying properties, described below. It is treated as a standard unit, rather than a deep unit, for move/charge purposes. It has an initial save of 7+ (and always saves at 7+ if charged in the flank or rear), three hits and a shock missile, and costs 15 points. In any friendly activation phase, the Roman player may conduct a first special rally activation to replace the unit’s hastati with its principes, or, later, a second to replace its principes with its triarii. Unlike all other rallies, this special rally activation may take place within an enemy zone of control, and the usual penalties for enemy units capable of charging the unit do not apply, except when the enemy units would be charging from the unit’s flank or rear. If the first special rally activation, and the subsequent rally save, are successful, then the principes replace the hastati (whose base is moved to the rear), the unit’s save increases to 6+, a single disorder is removed and the shock missile, if expended, is replaced.

A second special rally activation may, later, be used to replace the principes with the triarii. If the activation and rally save are successful, the principes are moved to the rear, behind the hastati. The unit’s save remains at 6+, a single disorder is removed, and the unit is, thereafter, considered to be armed with spears. Should the special rally activation be unsuccessful, the unit may attempt it again, later, as many times as desired; however, each of the two special rally activations may only succeed, once. As well as the special rallies, a quincunx may rally in the usual manner, but not within an enemy zone of control.

In several Roman battles, the triarii were detached from the quincunx and used to extend the front line or perform a separate mission. So long as the quincunx is not disordered, and the hastati are still in front, the triarii may detach by making a difficult move activation. If the quincunx has already moved in that turn, then, to detach, the triarii must exceed the value of the quincunx’s activation card. The triarii must move to either side, or to the rear, by playing an activation card, as described in the movement rules. The triarii become a single hit, spear-armed small formed unit with a save of 6+. The remainder of the quincunx becomes a two hit standard unit of hastati and principes. The triarii may not, later, re- join the quincunx.

Allies Spanish, Numidians (from 205 BCE onwards), Pergamenes and/or Aitolians (from 210 BCE onwards).

Page 138 Return to Contents Aventine allied legionaries- formerly in the author’s collection. Historical Background The Middle Roman Republic was a 200–year period of tremendous expansion and nearly constant warfare on both land and sea. Rather than attempting a comprehensive military history, this list focuses on the key land battles and campaigns of the era. In 225 BCE, the Gallic Boii, Insubres and Taurisci tribes hired the Gaesatae, a band of mercenary Gauls from the Alps, to join them in an attack against Rome. The Gallic force defeated a Roman consular army at the Battle of Faesulae only to be beaten in turn at the Battle of Telamon by a much larger combined Roman force led by consuls Gaius Atilius Regulus and Lucius Aemilius Papus. This led to a concerted Roman policy to conquer Gallia Cisalpina and in 222 BCE a Roman army led by Marcus Marcellus defeated the Insubres and killed their leader Viridomanus at the Battle of Clastidium. Rome fought three major wars with Carthage, a Phoenician city located in what is modern day Tunisia in North Africa, and the centre of a Mediterranean trading empire. The First Punic War took place from 264–241 BCE, focused largely on the island of Sicily, and ended with Rome replacing Carthage as the major sea power of the Mediterranean. The Second Punic War began in 219 BCE, with the pro-Roman Iberian city of Saguntum’s conquest by a Carthaginian army under the general Hannibal Barca. The Romans declared war on Carthage, but Hannibal surprised them by marching his army over the Alps and into Italy, adding to his army along the way a host of Gallic and Celtiberian warriors. In northern Italy, Hannibal defeated one Roman army led by Tiberius Sempronius Longus at the Battle of the Trebia in 218 BCE, and another, led by Gaius Flaminius, at the Battle of Lake Trasimene in 217 BCE. Hannibal moved into southern Italy and, in 216 BCE, annihilated an enormous Roman army led by consuls Gaius and Lucius Aemilius Paullus at the Battle of Cannae. Following their defeat at Cannae, the Romans adopted the "Fabian strategy", avoiding battle with Hannibal but instead engaging with other Carthaginian generals and allies. Gradually, Roman armies recaptured the cities that had joined with Carthage, and a Roman consular army led by Marcus Livius and Gaius Claudius Nero defeated a Carthaginian reinforcement army led by Hasdrubal at the Battle of the Metaurus in 207 CE. Another Roman army, under proconsul Publius Cornelius Scipio, destroyed a Carthaginian army led by Hasdrubal Gisco and Mago Barca at the Battle of Ilipa in 206 BCE, permanently ending Carthaginian rule in the . In 204 BCE, Scipio invaded Africa, defeating Carthaginian armies at the battles of Utica and the Great Plains in 203 BCE. This caused the Carthaginian senate to recall Hannibal and his army from Italy. Scipio’s Roman army defeated Hannibal and the Carthaginians at the Battle of Zama in 202 BCE. During the Second Punic War, King allied himself with Carthage and, in 214 BCE, invaded the Roman province of Illyria. In response, Rome sent a military force, and eventually allied with the Aetolian League and against Philip. After years of skirmishing and indecisive conflict, the First Macedonian War ended with a treaty between Rome and Macedon in 205 BCE. Following the death of Ptolemy IV of Egypt and the ascension of his six-year-old son Ptolemy V in 204 BCE, Philip V of Macedon and Antiochus III of the signed a pact in which they agreed to invade and divide Ptolemaic territory amongst themselves. Philip invaded the western coast of Asia Minor, which alarmed the cities of Pergamum and Rhodes, and they appealed to Rome for assistance. The Roman senate sent Philip an ultimatum to cease and desist, which he ignored. After two years of indecisive conflict, Rome sent a new general, Titus Quinctius Flamininus, whose army decisively defeated Philip at the Battle of Cynoscephalae in 197 BCE. After Philip’s surrender, the Romans withdrew from Greece and Asia Minor. After Rome’s withdrawal from Greece, the Seleucid Empire expanded to fill the vacuum. With Hannibal as his advisor, Antiochus III allied Macedon with the Aetolian League and invaded Greece in 192 BCE. The Romans sent a large army to oppose him, led by consul Manius Acilius Glabrio, who defeated Philip at the Battle of Thermopylae in 191 BCE. Philip withdrew to Asia Minor and the Romans sent an army in pursuit. Following a series of naval victories over Hannibal, an allied Roman and Pergamene army led by Lucius Cornelius Scipio (younger brother of the victor of Zama) and Eumenes II of Pergamum defeated Antiochus at the Battle of Magnesia in 190 BCE. Antiochus sued for peace, and after the Seleucids withdrew from their recently conquered territories, the Romans also withdrew. Philip V died in 179 BCE and was succeeded by his son Perseus, who began stirring up anti–Roman sentiment throughout Greece. In response, Rome sent a large army led by consul Publius Licinius Crassus. The two forces met at the Battle of Callinicus in Macedonia. Perseus withdrew from the battle before it was completed but the Romans suffered much heavier casualties. After several more years of campaigning, in 168 BCE, the Romans, under new consul Lucius Aemilius Paullus, conclusively defeated Perseus at the Battle of Pydna, ending the Antigonid dynasty. After their victory, the Romans divided the once-mighty Kingdom of Macedon into four client republics. In 150 BCE a pretender to the Macedonian throne named sought to re-establish Macedon as an independent kingdom, once again destabilizing Greece in the process. After two years of relative success, Andriscus and his army were beaten by a Roman force led by Quintus Caecilius Mettellus at the Second Battle of Pydna in 148 BCE, ending the uprising. Macedonia became a Roman province. In response, the Achaean League rebelled in 146 BCE, their army led by Diaeus of Megalopolis. The Achaean force was defeated later that year, at the Battle of Corinth, by a Roman army led by consul Lucius

Page 139 Return to Contents Mummius. The Romans looted and annihilated the city of Corinth and Greece was divided into two Roman provinces, Achaea and Epirus. Although the first and second Punic wars effectively ended Carthage’s political power, the city’s commercial empire continued to expand rapidly. This led to Rome declaring the Third Punic War, which lasted from 149–146 BCE. Rome besieged Carthage and eventually destroyed the city. The surviving citizens were sold into slavery, and the territory was annexed as the Roman province of Africa. The migrating Germanic and Teutones crossed into Roman in 113 BCE. There they annihilated a Roman army led by consul Gnaeus Papirius Carbo at the Battle of Noreia in 112 BCE. From there the Cimbri and Teutones, joined by their allies the Tigurini, invaded , where they won victories over several more Roman armies over the next seven years until they were finally destroyed by the reformed Roman army of Gaius Marius.

The quincunx; 18mm minis from Ian Notter’s collection The Structure of the Army By the time of Polybius, who wrote in the later 3rd Century BCE, the Roman army was composed of legiones (legions) and alae ("wings"), the latter being a force of allies broadly equivalent in size to a legio. A Roman Consul would command a consular army which would usually consist of two legiones and two alae. A smaller force, consisting of a single legio and ala, would be commanded by a . Each legio/ala was composed of manipuli (literally “a handful”) consisting of two centuriae (centuries) each of 60–80 men, arranged in a loose chequerboard formation which could fight effectively, even in broken ground, and which had more resilience than the traditional hoplite phalanx. There were five different types of soldiery in a legio. The first class, the velites, consisted of younger and poorer men equipped with a round parma shield, a simple helmet, a handful of hastae velitares javelins and a short sword. The light infantry role of the velites was to screen the legio and harass the enemy with their missile weapons and, when pressed, to fall back through gaps in the line of hastati to their rear, rally, and fight again. They wore individually distinctive gear such as wolf pelts or other animal skins so that their deeds of valour could be recognised and rewarded by their officers. The second class and the main strength of the legio, the hastati, also consisted of younger men in their teens and twenties. Their name derived from the Roman hasta spear with which they had been equipped in earlier times, however in this period they were equipped with the pilum – a heavy throwing spear designed to penetrate shields and wound the bearer, or, failing that, to lodge in the shield and render it useless. Most hastati would wear light armour consisting of a circular or square bronze pectoral. Every hastatus would wear a small, practical Montefortino or similar bronze helmet with three tall feathers dyed purple or black, as would the principes and triarii who will be described shortly. Every man would carry the characteristic Roman scutum (shield), a long, stout leather-faced wooden shield with a metal boss. In close fighting, the legionary depended upon a short stabbing sword, most likely the famous gladius hispanienis (Spanish sword).

Page 140 Return to Contents The third class were the principes, men in the prime of life and likely to be similarly but perhaps more generously equipped than the hastati, with some wearing bronze pectorals and others mail cuirasses. They also carried the pilum. Behind them, in reserve, were the men of the last class of infantry – the triarii. A triarius would likely be wealthier than the other infantry and would probably own a mail cuirass, greaves on one or both legs and quite possibly a retro-chic Etrusco-Corinthian helmet. Instead of a pilum he would carry an 8’ long hasta spear. The role of the triarii was to remain in reserve, often kneeling on one knee, behind the principes. They would intervene at a critical point in a battle or to cover the retreat if things were going badly, hence the Latin phrase res ad triarios venit – “it comes down to the triarii”. Whilst the infantry was the most numerous and important element of the Polybian Roman army, no army could survive for long without sufficient cavalry to secure its flanks. Equites (knights) were recruited from the wealthiest class of commoners who could afford to maintain the required horses and armour. Most of the equites were supplied by the Latin allies; their contingents could outnumber those of the Romans by three to one, or more. Extraordinarii (picked men) were the fittest and bravest men selected from amongst the socii (allied contingents). Mounted equites extraordinarii might act as a cavalry bodyguard to the Consul or Praetor. Pedites extraordinarii (picked infantrymen) are in addition to the infantry in the allied alae. Extraordinarii might lead the column of march and, on the battlefield, might be deployed as a final reserve. In addition to the Roman and allied Latin forces, other Italian, Greek, Spanish, Ligurian, Numidian or Pergamene allied contingents that might accompany the army on campaign, depending upon requirement and availability. As well as their iconic light cavalry, a Numidian force might include the African elephants that caused the Macedonians so much difficulty. Romans took their camps very seriously – each marching camp would be well fortified with a ditch, bank and palisade. Every Roman army included many military slaves, perhaps 1,200 or so for each legio. In extremis, these servi castrensi (camp servants) would defend the camp with javelins. Pikes and Polybians If you are going to read one book, read Polybius; a great Historian who personally knew Lucius Aemilius Paullus Macedonicus, the conqueror of Macedon. Polybius Histories: http://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:abo:tlg,0543,001:18:32 Polybius wrote “Why is it then that the Romans conquer? And what is it that brings disaster on those who employ the phalanx?” Polybius later answers his own question by writing that a Roman consul or praetor should never engage a phalanx on the flat ground that the enemy required for success. A To the Strongest! Roman consul should choose as much broken ground as he can – this greatly disadvantages phalanx and warrior units, whose movement and manoeuvre are impeded, and provides advantageous ground for the numerous Roman velites, who should shower the phalanx with javelins! Sources Livy Rome and the Mediterranean and The War with Hannibal Republican Roman Army 200–104 BCE (Osprey Men-at-Arms) by Nick Secunda Soldiers and Ghosts J. E. Lendon Yale University Press New Haven and London 2005 The Complete Roman Army by Adrian Goldsworthy, Thames and Hudson Ltd, London 2003 Many thanks to Scott Karakas, who contributed the excellent Historical Background section to this list.

Page 141 Return to Contents Pergamene This list covers the Attalid Kingdom of Pergamon from its foundation in 262 BCE until 129 BCE, when the kingdom was divided between Rome, Bithynia and Cappadocia. The Attalids fought against the Macedonians and Seleucids as loyal and valued allies of Rome. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted 0–2 – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior Up to 1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Cavalry, lance 1–3 7+ 9 Pergamene xystophoroi (lancers) Upgrade cavalry, lance to cavalry, lance, veteran 0–1 6+ 11 Galatians Cavalry, javelin 0–1 7+ 9 Ex-Seleucid kataphraktoi Cataphracts, lance, raw 0–1*** 7+ 9 Light cavalry, javelin 0–2 7+ 5 Pergamene light cavalry or Upgrade light cavalry, javelin to Light cavalry, javelin, mercenary Tarentines 0–1 6+ 6 veteran Spearmen 3–4 7+ 7 Upgrade spearmen to spearmen, veteran as thorakitai 0–1 6+ +2 Upgrade spearmen to spearmen, deep 0–3 7+ 10 Upgrade spearmen, deep to spearmen, deep, veteran Mercenary foot 0–1 6+ +3 as thorakitai Upgrade spearmen or spearmen, deep with a single Any – +1 extra javelin Replace spearmen with light infantry, javelin All or none 7+ 4 Spearmen, raw 0–3 8+ 5 Upgrade spearmen, raw to spearmen 0–1 7+ 7 Upgrade spearmen, raw to spearmen, deep, raw Any 8+ 7 Pergamene citizen infantry Upgrade spearmen, raw or spearmen, deep, raw with Any – +1 a single extra javelin Replace spearmen, raw with light infantry, javelin, All or none 8+ 3 raw Warriors, deep 0–2* 7+ 10 Galatian mercenaries Replace warriors, deep with auxilia 0–2** 6+ 8 Ex-Seleucid phalangitai Pike, deep, raw 0–1*** 8+ 10 Ex-Seleucid elephants Indian elephants, escorted, deep, raw 0–1*** 7+ 9 Peltastai, or thureophoroi fighting euzōnoi (in open order with Light infantry, javelin 4–8 7+ 4 javelins), or Mysians Traillian slingers Light infantry other, sling 2–3 8+ 4 Light infantry other, bow 2–4 8+ 4 Psiloi Upgrade light infantry other, bow to light infantry 0–2 7+ 5 other, bow, veteran as Cretans Artillery (catapult) Artillery (catapult) 0–1 7+ 7 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Camp defences Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * Before 206.

Page 142 Return to Contents ** From 206 onwards. *** Only from 189 to 160, representing ex-Seleucid military settlers. Allies Achaean in 190 BCE only, Cappadocian, Polybian Roman. Notes I have assumed that Pergamene foot fought as thureophoroi but have included the option for them to fight in more open order as peltastai, as suggested by Duncan Head in Armies of the Macedonian and Punic Wars. The option to equip thureophoroi with extra javelins represents the possible screening of formed units, armed with long spears, by skirmishing thureophoroi equipped with javelins. With thanks to Justin Vorhis who reviewed this list. Justin comments that this army potentially has more light infantry than any other that he has come across in TtS!

Page 143 Return to Contents Later Carthaginian This list runs from the beginning of the Second Punic War in 218 BCE until the fall of the eponymous city in 146 BCE and includes the armies of Hannibal and the Barcids. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Upgrade to detached 0–2 – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic Any 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Upgrade a senior, mounted, detached general to 0–1* – +4 brilliant, as Hannibal Heroes 3–5 – 1 Punic, Spanish, Italian or Gallic Cavalry, javelin 3–6 7+ 9 cavalry Upgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, veteran 0–1, 0–3* 6+ 11 Light cavalry, javelin 1–4 7+ 5 Numidian or Spanish light Upgrade light cavalry to light cavalry, veteran 0-2* 6+ 6 cavalry Light cavalry, javelin, raw 2–4** 8+ 4 Sacred Band Hoplites, small unit 0–1** 6+ 4 Spearmen 2–4, 3–6** 7+ 7 Upgrade spearmen to spearmen, veteran 0–2, any* 6+ 9 Upgrade spearmen to spearmen, deep All or none 7+ 10 Upgrade spearmen, deep to spearmen, deep, veteran 0–2, any* 6+ 13 African spearmen Upgrade any spearmen with a single extra javelin Any – +1 Replace spearmen, deep, veteran with hoplites, deep, All or none 5+ 15 veteran Replace spearmen, veteran with legionaries, veteran All or none^ 5+ 12 Warriors, deep 0–6 7+ 10 Gauls Upgrade warriors, deep to warriors, deep, veteran Up to 1/3 6+ 13 Javelinmen, special^^ 0–2, 0–4*** 7+ 7 Iberian scutarii Upgrade javelinmen, special^^ to javelinmen, 0–2 6+ 9 special^^, veteran Javelinmen 0–4 7+ 7 Italian allies Upgrade javelinmen to javelinmen, veteran Up to 1/3 6+ 9 Hoplites, deep 0–2 6+ 12 Italian allied hoplites Downgrade hoplites, deep to hoplites, deep, raw Any 7+ 9 African elephants, deep 0–2 7+ 6 African elephants African elephants, deep, raw 2–4** 8+ 3 Light infantry other, bow or sling 0–2 8+ 4 Light infantry, javelin 2–4 7+ 4 Libyan or other skirmishers Upgrade light infantry, javelin to light infantry, 0-1 6+ 5 javelin, veteran African skirmishers Light infantry, javelin, raw 2–4** 8+ 3 Balaeric slingers Light infantry, sling, veteran 0–2 7+ 5 Artillery Artillery 0–1 7+ 7 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Fortifications Fortifications 0–5 – 1

Page 144 Return to Contents * Only between 218 and 202. ** Only when fighting in Africa. *** Only when fighting in . ^ Only after 216. ^^ Scutarii replace one of their javelins with a shock missile. Allies Numidians**, Spanish***. Notes I have defined the African spearmen as spearmen, rather than hoplites, as Duncan Head and Fernando Quesada Sanz both suggest that they carried thureos shields rather than aspis. All spearmen must be taken as standard or all must be taken as deep. If standard, they may be upgraded to legionaries after Cannae in 216 BCE (when they equipped themselves with Roman gear and may possibly have adopted Roman tactics); if deep, they may be upgraded to hoplites (for those who believe that the African spearmen fought as hoplites in this period). I have left the Sacred Band as hoplites. Since there is no record of their use during the Second Punic War, I have restricted them to Africa and made them a small unit.

Page 145 Return to Contents Numidian This list covers the Numidian Kingdom from Masinissa's defection before Zama through to Caesar's conquest, between 202 and 46 BCE, and the period of Tacfarinas' revolt against the Principate between 15 and 24 CE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to detached 0–1 – +1 Upgrade to heroic 0–2 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 1–3 – 1 Gallic, Spanish or similar Cavalry, javelin 1–2 7+ 9 bodyguard cavalry Upgrade cavalry, javelin to veteran 0–1 6+ 11 Light cavalry, javelin 4–8** 7+ 5 Upgrade light cavalry, javelin to light cavalry, javelin, Up to 1/2 6+ 6 Numidian light cavalry veteran Downgrade light cavalry, javelin to light cavalry, Up to 1/2 8+ 4 javelin, raw Legionaries 0–4 6+ 10 Imitation legionaries Legionaries, raw 1/2 or more 7+ 8 Roman deserters Auxiliaries 0–2* 6+ 8 Spearmen 3–6 7+ 7 Downgrade spearmen to spearmen, raw Up to 1/2 8+ 5 Numidian infantry Upgrade spearmen to spearmen, deep Any 7+ 10 Downgrade spearmen deep to spearmen, deep, raw Up to 1/2 8+ 7 Upgrade any spearmen with a single extra javelin Any – +1 Light infantry, javelin 3–8** 7+ 4 Numidian light infantry Downgrade light infantry, javelin to light infantry, Up to 1/2 8+ 3 javelin, raw Light infantry other, archers or slingers 0–4 8+ 4 Numidian archers/slingers Downgrade light infantry other, archers or slingers to Up to 1/2 9+ 3 light infantry other, archers or slingers, raw African elephants, deep 0–3 7+ 6 African elephants, deep, raw 0–2 8+ 3 Numidian elephants Upgrade elephants, deep or elephants, deep, raw to Any – +4 escorted Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Fortifications Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * Only during Tacfarinas revolt from 15 to 24 CE, in which case no imitation legionaries or elephants may be selected and bodyguard cavalry are assumed to represent Roman cavalry deserters. ** Numidian light infantry, javelin and light cavalry javelin may combine. Allies Marian Romans. Notes I have assumed that Numidian infantry fought either as thureophoroi with longer spears or in loose order as peltastai. The Numidian general can either pick a small army of average quality troops, or a large army with hordes of troops of indifferent quality! Beware of raw elephants; they can be something of a two-edged sword...

Page 146 Return to Contents Germanic This list covers the Germans from their first contact with the Celts around 200 BCE through to the end of the 5th Century. It does not include those tribes described in other lists, such as the Goths and Vandals. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted 0–2 – +1 Harjanaz and druhtinoz (senior Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 general and sub-generals) Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Upgrade a senior, heroic, mounted general to great 0–1***/**** – +4 leader as Julius Civilis or Arminius Hardingoz (heroes) 3–5 – 1 Images brought from sacred 1VP army standard 1–2 – 2 groves Cavalry, javelin 1–4 7+ 9 Ehwaraido (cavalry) Upgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, veteran 0–2** 6+ 11 Equites Batavi (Batavian Cavalry, javelin, veteran 1*** 6+ 11 auxiliary cavalry) Shieldwall 4–10 7+ 7 Upgrade shieldwall to shieldwall, veteran 0–4** 6+ 9 Druhtiz (host, warband) Upgrade shieldwall to shieldwall, deep All or none 7+ 10 Upgrade shieldwall, deep to shieldwall, deep, veteran 0–4** 6+ 13 Berniwiz (“bears”) and wulfoz Warriors, fanatics, deep 0–2* 8+ 10 (“wolves”) Cohortes Batavi (Batavian Auxiliaries, veteran 2–4*** 5+ 10 auxiliary infantry) Legionarii inviti (reluctant Legionaries, raw 0–4*** 7+ 8 Roman legionaries) Karrhago Kwenoniz (women and Mobs, deep, raw 0–2 9+ 4 other wagon laager defenders) Light infantry, javelin 5–12 7+ 4

Juwunthijiz (youths) Upgrade light infantry, javelin to light infantry, javelin, veteran as hundaradoz to support cavalry, 0–2 6+ 5 javelin, veteran Skutonoz (archers) Light infantry other, bow 0–2 8+ 4 Kampa Camp 1–3 – 1 Karrhago (wagon laager) or ditch Fortifications 0–5 – 1 and bank * Before 253 CE. ** Prior to 253 CE, the Germans may upgrade up to two units of cavalry or shieldwall to veteran, representing seasoned fighters and dismounted nobles. From 253, they may upgrade up to four units of cavalry or shieldwall to veteran. *** Only during the Batavian revolt of 69 CE. Minima apply if any such units are taken. **** Only from 9 to 21 CE. Allies None Notes

Page 147 Return to Contents Following a reading of Tacitus and a scholarly article, I have changed the Germans from warriors to shieldwall, supported by light infantry javelinmen. In Tacitus' Annals, he has saying "A plain was not the only battle-field favourable to a Roman soldier: if he used judgment, woods and glades were equally suitable. The barbarians' huge shields, their enormous spears, could not be so manageable among tree-trunks and springing brushwood as the pilum, the short sword, and close-fitting body-armour. Their policy was to strike thick and fast, and to direct the point to the face. The Germans carried neither corselet nor headpiece – not even shields with a toughening of metal or hide, but targes of wickerwork or thin, painted board. Their first line alone carried spears of a fashion: the remainder had only darts, fire-pointed or too short." (Tac. Ann. II, 14, 2–3). There is an interesting article on it here: http://gladius.revistas.csic.es/Contents.php/gladius/article/viewFile/287/290 German cavalry may be supported by light infantry javelin, veteran as described in the "Even Stronger" supplement.

Historical Background The Germanic tribes had their roots in the Iron Age Jastorf culture, originating in what is now northern Lower Saxony. From there they rapidly expanded southward throughout north-western Europe, inhabiting an area from the in the south to the Baltic Sea and from the Rhine in the west to the River Vistula. Their migrations brought the Germans into contact with the Celts of the La Tène culture, with whom they engaged in both trade and warfare. Around 200 BCE, western Germanic tribes invaded the lands east of the River Rhine, defeating and driving out the Celtic peoples who had been living there, and establishing the Rhine as the border between the Gallic and Germanic territories. Eventually the Germans crossed the Alps and encountered the growing Roman Republic. In 113 BCE, a migrating coalition of Germanic tribes, including the Kimbroz (Latin: Cimbri), Teutones and Ambrones, defeated a Roman army led by consul Papirius Carbo at the Battle of Noreia. From there, they proceeded into the Roman province of Gallia Transalpina and overcame another Roman army led by Marcus Junius Silanus at the Battle of Arausio in 109 BCE. The Kimbroz then invaded Hispania, where they were beaten by a coalition of Celtiberian tribes before re-joining with the Teutones in Gaul. The Germanic coalition army next moved to invade Italy but were defeated, piecemeal, by a Roman force led by Gaius Marius at the Battles of Aquae Sextiae in 102 BCE and Vercellae in 101 BCE. At the Battle of Magetobriga in 63 BCE, the Gallic Aedui were overcome by a coalition army comprised of the Gallic Arverni and Sequani, along with the Germanic Sweboz (Suebi) led by Harjawissas (Ariovistus). As a result, the Aedui appealed to the Roman senate for aid, which ultimately provided the pretext for Julius Caesar to lead an army into Gaul. In 58 BCE, Caesar’s legions defeated Harjawissas and the Sweboz coalition army at the Battle of the Vosges in 58 BCE, causing the Germans to retreat across the Rhine. In 12 BCE, the Roman general Drusus pushed eastwards across the Rhine, defeating several Germanic tribes in the process. The emperor Augustus appointed Quinctilius Varus as governor of the newly created Roman province of Germania in 7 CE. However, in 9 CE Varus and his three legions were ambushed and destroyed by a coalition of Germanic tribes led by Ermanaz (Arminius) of the Haruskoz (Cherusci) at the Battle of the Teutoburg Forest in 9 CE. The final battle of the conflict occurred in 15 CE, when the emperor Tiberius’ adopted son and heir Germanicus were victorious over Ermanaz and his Germanic coalition at the Battle of Idistaviso. Tiberius then ordered Germanicus to retreat across the Rhine, establishing the river as the border of the empire. The Romans established two new provinces east of the Rhine, Germania Superior in the south and in the north. Germanic tribes occupying those areas were subjugated and made foederati, allies who protected the borders from invasion. Among these foederati was the tribe of the Badwawihon (Batavi), who settled in a strip of land in the Rhine delta between the Rhine and Waal. Many Batavi warriors served in the Roman army as auxilia, along with their Romanized commander Gaius Julius Civilis, during the invasion and subjugation of Britain from 43–66 CE. After returning from Britain Page 148 Return to Contents only to suffer imprisonment on false charges of treason along with severe mistreatment of his people, Civilis led his Batavian units in rebellion, outmanoeuvring the Romans while recruiting more disaffected Germanic tribes to his revolt. Following the ascension of the emperor Vespasian in 70 CE, the Romans raised a large army against Civilis, who was forced to negotiate a surrender. In 250 CE, a coalition of Gothic tribes led by king Kniva () crossed the river Danube into the Roman province of Inferior. There they were beaten by a Roman army under the emperor at the Battle of Nicopolis ad Istrum. The Goths retreated in good order, then ambushed and defeated the Romans at the Battle of Beroe. While the Romans regrouped, the Goths proceeded to besiege and sack the Roman town of Philippopolis. In 251 CE, Kniva and the Goths began to return to their homeland, when they were attacked by a force of three Roman legions commanded by Decius and his son and co-emperor near the town of Abritus. The Goths routed the Romans, killing both Decius and Herennius, the first time that a Roman emperor was killed by foreign “barbarians.” In 475 CE, a Roman named Orestes was appointed magister militum (Master of the Soldiers) by emperor Julius Nepos. With the assistance of the Germanic foederati, Orestes took control of the Roman government in Ravenna, forcing Nepos to flee into the province of Dalmatia. Orestes then appointed his 15–year-old son Romulus Augustulus as emperor and at the same time reneged on his promise of land to the foederati tribes who had helped him seize power. In response, Odoaker (Odoacer) of the Skirjoz (Scirii) led these foederati in revolt and invaded Italy. After defeating the Roman army at the in 476 CE, Odoaker besieged and sacked the city, then executed Orestes, which led to him being proclaimed king of Italy by his soldiers. Odoaker then took Ravenna and deposed Romulus Augustulus on 4 September 476 CE, marking the end of the Roman Empire in the west. Other major Germanic tribal groups include the Vandals, Ostrogoths, , Angles, Saxons, Jutes, , and Burgundians, who have separate army lists of their own. The Structure of the Army Generals: The commander-in-chief of a Germanic harjaz (army) was known as a harjanaz and was elected by his fellow tribal chieftains. Subordinate chieftains were called druhtinoz, with each druhtinaz leading his own druhtiz (warband). Heroes: Germanic hardingoz (heroes) were individual warriors renowned for their bravery and ferocity in battle. Other warriors would cluster around these champions, drawing strength and courage from their proximity. Ehwaraido: Germanic cavalry, typically armed with a short spear called a framjo (Latin: framea) and a shield. Indifferently mounted, early Germanic cavalrymen were usually accompanied by light infantry serving as cavalry supports. These hundaradoz (“hundreds”) were specially chosen from amongst the warriors for their skill and bravery in battle. Cavalry typically served to scout, to screen the main body of warriors during deployment, to protect the army’s flanks and threaten the flanks of the enemy battle line. Equites Batavi: Batavian auxiliary cavalry, dressed and armed in Roman fashion with short spears and swords, helmets, body armour and large oval shields. One ala of equites Batavi joined Civilis in his revolt of 69 CE. Druhtiz: A “host” or “warband” of infantrymen armed with a spear, several wooden javelins with fire-hardened tips, and a large shield. These warbands usually formed the main body of a Germanic army. Deuzaberhtingoz: Fanatic “animal warriors” who wore the pelts of bears or wolves in the belief that they would receive the strength and ferocity of these powerful wild beasts. These warriors served as ‘shock troops’ to charge into the enemy and break their morale. Otherwise, they were outfitted similarly to the infantry warbands of the main battle line. Cohortes Batavi: Batavian auxiliary infantry was dressed and armed in Roman fashion with short spears and swords, helmets, body armour and large oval shields. Eight Cohortes Batavi joined Civilis in his revolt of 69 CE. They were, quite probably, the toughest auxiliary soldiers in the Roman army, and would give the best legionaries a tough fight. Legionarii inviti: Reluctant Roman legionaries belonging to the legions I Germanica and XVI Gallica. They were ordered by their commander Julius Sabinus, an aristocratic Gaul of the Lingones tribe who had been made a Roman officer, to assist Civilis’ Batavian revolt in establishing an independent state in northern Gaul. Karrhago Kwenoniz: Women wagon laager defenders, who accompanied the warriors during their migrations. In battle, these women would provide moral support by cheering the warriors on and guarding the camp. Skirmishers: Germanic armies typically included many juwunthijiz (youths) who carried a small shield and a number of javelins, harassing the enemy and serving as a screen for their own warbands. Larger armies might also include some skutonoz (archers) performing a similar skirmishing role. Many thanks to Scott Karakas, who wrote the excellent historical background and army structure notes accompanying this list.

Page 149 Return to Contents Mithridatic Pontic This list models the armies of Mithridates VI (Megas (“the Great”) and Eupator (“Good Father”) from 116 BCE and those of his son, Pharnaces, who was defeated at the famous "Veni Vidi Vici" battle of Zela in 47 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Cavalry, lance or javelin 0–2 7+ 9 Pontic cavalry Upgrade cavalry, lance or javelin to cavalry, lance or 0–1 6+ 11 javelin, veteran Armenian cataphracts Cataphracts 0–1 6+ 11 Bosporan or Sarmatian nobles Cavalry, lance, veteran 0–2 6+ 11 Pontic light cavalry Light cavalry, javelin 0–2 7+ 5 Scythians or Light cavalry, bow 0–2 8+ 5 Scythed chariots Scythed chariots 0–2 7+ 5 Chalkaspides Pike, deep, veteran 1–2* 6+ 16 Ex-slave phalanx Pike, deep, raw 1–2* 8+ 10 Imitation legionaries including Legionaries, raw 3–6** 7+ 8 Roman exiles Upgrade legionaries, raw to legionaries Up to 1/2 6+ 10 Spearmen 1–4 7+ 9 Downgrade spearmen to spearmen, raw Any 8+ 7 Thureophoroi Upgrade spearmen to spearmen, veteran as thorakitae 0–1 6+ 11 Upgrade any spearmen with a single extra javelin Any – +1 Javelinmen 2–6 7+ 7 Downgrade javelinmen to javelinmen, raw Any 8+ 5 Javelinmen Upgrade Thracians/Bastarnae javelinmen with 0–1 7+ 8 2HCCW Light infantry other, bow or sling 8+ 4 1–3 Light infantry other, bow or sling, raw 9+ 3 Skirmishers Light infantry, javelin 7+ 4 1–3 Light infantry, javelin, raw 8+ 3 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Fortifications Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * Only before 84. Each slave phalanx must each have one hero attached. ** Only after 83. Allies Armenians. Notes I have provided the option to field the Pontic cavalry as Hellenistic Xystophoroi types with lance. Any Galatians present are assumed to be grouped with the Imitation legionaries. Historical Background Over thirty years and during three wars, Mithridates remained a foe of Rome. Charismatic, ruthless, cunning he bounced back from defeats to threaten the Republic’s expansion. Unluckily he came up against the best generals of the time – Sulla, and Pompey the Great.

Page 150 Return to Contents After becoming King of Pontus in around 120 BCE, Mithridates expanded his kingdom right around the shores of the Black Sea. From 91 BCE onwards, attempts at westward expansion in Asia Minor raised Roman eyebrows. The 1st Mithridatic War (89–85 BCE) began when Bithynia, encouraged by an avaricious Roman, Manius Aquillius, raided Pontus. Mithridates defeated the Bithynians (scythed chariots won the day) and various Roman forces. Aquillius was paid off by having molten gold poured down his throat. Mithridates’ success at ridding Asia of Romans in the “Asiatic Vespers”, in which 80,000 tax agents and others were killed, prompted democratic elements in Athens to ask his aid to do the same in Greece. The Pontic General Archelaus invaded Greece and took Athens. Rome’s response was swift; Sulla and 5 veteran legions arrived in 87 BCE and comprehensively sacked the city. Pontic armies were annihilated at Chaeronea (86 BCE) and Orchomenus (85 BCE) – perhaps 200,000 Pontic troops died. To achieve peace, Pontus had to pay a large indemnity and return to pre-war borders. In 83BCE Licinius Murena, the Roman Commander in Asia, invaded Pontus with two legions, beginning the 2nd Mithridatic War. Defeated by Mithridates, the overall result was indecisive. Mithridates re-organised his army on Roman lines. After Bithynia’s King died in 75 BCE, Mithridates invaded, initiating the 3rd Mithridatic War. Consul Lucius Lucullus with five legions forced Pontic forces to withdraw and invaded in turn. After Mithridates was brought to bay and his army destroyed at Cabeira (70 BCE), he sought sanctuary with his father-in-law Tigranes the Great in Armenia. Lucullus pursued, defeating Armenian cataphracts at Tigranocerta (69 BCE). Mithridates regained Pontus, defeating the Romans at Zela (67 BCE), but nemesis was approaching. Gnaeus Pompey and his veterans invaded Pontus. Mithridates fought a delaying campaign in lesser Armenia (66 BCE) but his army was defeated after being surprised at night. Mithridates fled to and later to the Crimea, where he formed a plan to invade Italy overland. This was a war too far for his son Pharnaces, who led the army in revolt. Mithridates took poison with little effect and so his faithful Celtic bodyguard Bituitis ended his life in a more traditional way. Pompey gave him a full royal funeral. Many thanks to Garry Grant for writing the historical background!

Page 151 Return to Contents Marian Roman This list covers the Roman armies of Marius, Sulla, Pompey, Caesar, Octavian and others from the supposed date of Marius’ reform of the army (107 BCE) until the foundation of the Empire in 27 BCE. Such an army! Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Consul/proconsul and legati Upgrade to detached Any – +1 (senior general and sub- Upgrade to heroic 0–3 3+ +1 generals) Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Upgrade a mounted, detached, senior general to 0–1* – +4 brilliant as Sulla, Pompey or Julius Caesar Heroic centuriones 3–5 – 1 Aquilae (eagle standards) 1VP army standard 1–2 – 2 Equites Romani (Roman cavalry) Cavalry, javelin 0–1 7+ 9 Equites Galli, , Hispani, Cavalry, javelin 1–4**** 7+ 9 Graeci, Macedonici, et alia (Gallic, German, Spanish, Greek etc.) Upgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, veteran 0–2 6+ 11 Equites Numidae, Hispani, Light cavalry, javelin 0–2**** 7+ 5 Illyriciani, Thracii, et alia Upgrade light cavalry, javelin to light cavalry, javelin, (Numidian, Spanish, Illyrians 0–2 6+ 6 etc.) veteran Equites sagittarii (horse archers) Light cavalry, bow 0–1**** 8+ 5 Legionaries 5–14 6+ 10 Upgrade legionaries to legionaries, veteran 0–3, 3–4** 5+ 12 Downgrade legionaries, veteran to legionaries, Legionarii (legionaries) Up to 2** 5+ 6 veteran, small unit Downgrade legionaries to legionaries, raw 0–4, 4–5*** 7+ 8 Downgrade legionaries to javelinmen, raw 0–5 8+ 5 Iaculatores Numidae, Galli, Illyriciani, Graeci, et alia Javelinmen 0–5**** 7+ 7 (Numidian, Thracian, Illyrians, Greeks, etc.)

Iaculatores Hispani (Spanish 0–5****/ Javelinmen, special 7+ 7 javelinmen) ***** Leves armaturae Numidae, Germani, Hispani, et alia Light infantry, javelin 1–5***/**** 7+ 4 (Numidian, German, Spanish, etc.) Light infantry, other, archers or slingers 1–4***/**** 8+ 4 Sagittarii/Funditores Upgrade light infantry, other, archers or slingers to (archers/slingers) 0–2 7+ 5 light infantry, other, archers or slingers, veteran Servi castrensi (camp servants) Light infantry, javelin, raw 0–3 8+ 3 Ballistae Artillery 0–2 7+ 6 Elephanti African elephants, deep 0–1 7+ 6 Castrum Camp 1–3 – 1 Vallum Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * Representing Sulla 107–82, Pompey Magnus 87–48 or Julius Caesar 58–44. ** Minimum applies only in a Caesarian or Sullan army.

Page 152 Return to Contents *** Minimum applies only in a Pompeian army. **** Maximum of four such units in a Caesarian or Sullan army. ***** Iaculatores Hispani replace a single javelin with a shock missile. Allies Numidians, Spanish. Historical Background The late Roman Republic was a time of expansion but also of social and political turmoil, as a system of government originally developed to run a small city state struggled to cope with the management of a vast empire. Since the Punic Wars, Roman soldiers had often returned home to find that their farms had been bought up by wealthy aristocrats, who combined these small holdings into vast estates worked by legions of slaves taken in successful foreign wars. The returning soldiers, finding themselves deprived of their former means of earning a livelihood, flocked to Rome in search of work but often ended up subsisting on government handouts. The growing inequity between rich and poor led to a political division in Rome between the optimates (“best ones”), who backed the senate and the aristocracy, and the populares (“of the people”), who supported the plebeian tribunes and the common citizens. In 107 BCE, Gaius Marius was elected consul for the first of seven times. A strong supporter of the populares, Marius greatly expanded the Roman army by removing the requirement for recruits to own land and opening the legions to all citizens regardless of social class. For poorer citizens, legionary service came with the promise of settlement in conquered lands. Marius is sometimes also credited with the reorganization of the Roman army from the old Polybian manipular system to one based on larger, more self-contained cohortes (cohorts) and for gradually eliminating the units of citizen Roman cavalry and light infantry. Marius led his reorganized armies to victory in the Jugurthine War in in 112–106 BCE and over the Germanic Ambrones, Teutones and Cimbri in 102–101 BCE. Between 90 and 89 BCE, Rome was engaged in the Social War with its Italian socii (allies), after the Roman senate refused to grant them land in exchange for military service. The war finally ended when Rome offered full citizenship to all Italians who surrendered. Afterwards, optimate Lucius Cornelius Sulla marched on Rome with his legions, initially with the support of Marius. After the two fell out, Sulla defeated Marius in battle and revived the office of dictator, an emergency title that had not been used since the Second Punic War. Sulla then led a Roman force that defeated Mithridates VI of Pontus in a series of battles between 89–86 BCE. In Rome, Marius was elected to his seventh consulship in 86 BCE but died shortly thereafter. Upon returning to Rome, Sulla assumed power, pushing through a series of reforms designed to restore the primacy of the senate and the optimates. He then retired to private life, dying in 81 BCE. The First Triumvirate was formed in 59 BCE by Gnaeus Pompeius Magnus (Pompey the Great), Gaius Julius Caesar and Marcus Licinius Crassus to fulfil their individual political goals. Pompey was considered the greatest military commander of the time, having waged successful campaigns in the Third Servile War from 73–71 BCE and the from 67–63 BCE. Caesar was a prominent member of the populares faction who famously conquered Gaul from 58–50 BCE. Crassus was the richest landowner in Rome and had bankrolled Caesar’s Gallic campaign but was eventually killed during an unsuccessful invasion of Parthia in 53 BCE. After Crassus’ death, Pompey and Caesar fell out, leading to the Civil War of 49–45 BCE, from which Caesar emerged triumphant. Pompey died in Egypt in 48 BCE. Caesar had himself declared dictator but then was assassinated by members of the senate in 44 BCE. The Second Triumvirate was formed in 43 BCE between Caesar’s nephew and heir Gaius Octavius, Caesar's second-in-command Marcus Antonius () and Marcus Aemilius Lepidus. They waged a civil war against the senators who had conspired to kill Caesar led by Gaius Cassius Longinus and Marcus Junius Brutus the Younger. After defeating Cassius and Brutus at the Battle of Philippi in 42 BCE, the triumvirs quarrelled, eventually leading to another civil war between the forces of Octavian in the west and Antony in the east which was won by Octavian in 33 BCE at the naval Battle of Actium. In 27 BCE the senate gave Octavian the title of “Augustus” and granted him sweeping Gaius Julius Caesar powers, establishing him as the first emperor of the Roman Principate.

Page 153 Return to Contents Army Notes Generals: The commander-in-chief of a Roman exercitus (“army”) was either a consul of Rome or a proconsul of one or more provinces. Subordinate commanders were known as legati (legates), with each in command of one or more legions at the discretion of the commander-in-chief. Heroes: During the Late Republic, Roman heroes were usually centuriones (centurions) who performed outstanding feats of courage in battle. Equites Romani: Roman cavalry, originally comprised of upper-class citizens and Italian allies and typically armed with short spears and swords, helmets, mail body armour and round shields. The last attested appearance of Roman cavalry on the battlefield was during the Jugurthine War of 112–106 BCE. After that, the equites served primarily as an officer class, while Marius and other Late Republican Roman commanders utilised non-citizen auxiliary cavalry either recruited from the subject provinces or provided by allied kings. Equites Galli, Germani, Hispani, Graeci, Macedonici, et alia: Cavalry fighting under their own leaders and in their own native styles. They were typically armed with spears, shields, sometimes swords and occasionally helmets and/or body armour. These useful cavalrymen were employed as scouts, screened the legions during deployment, in battle protected the army’s flanks and threatened those of the enemy and, in victory, cut down the fleeing enemy. Equites Numidae, Hispani, Illyriciani, Thracii, et alia: Light cavalry fighting under their own leaders and in their own native fashion. They were usually armed with javelins and small shields and fought in more open formations than their heavier counterparts. Equites sagittarii: Roman commanders in the East occasionally had access to horse archers from allied kingdoms in Asia or Syria. When available, these horsemen were used mainly in scouting and skirmishing roles. Legionarii: The legions formed the heavy infantry core of the Roman army. The reforms of Gaius Marius replaced the old legionary property class divisions of velites, hastati, principes and triarii with recruits taken from all classes, including the property-less poor known as the capite censi (head count). Legionaries were now provided with a regular salary and all their equipment. This, together with the promise of land to farm from conquered territories, swelled the ranks of the legions with poor citizens who became more loyal to their commander than to the Republic. These legionaries were uniformly armed with pila, gladii, scutae, helmets and mail body armour. Marius is also credited with replacing the earlier five different legionary standards with a single silver aquila (eagle). During this period the legions were also reorganized, with the old the thirty maniples being consolidated into ten larger and more independent cohorts. These cohorts were extensively trained and drilled, forming Rome’s first professional fighting force. Iaculatores Numidae, Galli, Illyriciani, Graeci, et alia: Javelin-armed infantry, sometimes used to supplement the legions or to reinforce their flanks. Iaculatores Hispani: Spanish javelinmen (scutarii), bearing large shields and heavy iron javelins (soliferrea). They were occasionally used to supplement the legions or to reinforce their flanks. Leves armaturae Numidae, Germani, Hispani, et alia: Light infantry javelinmen, utilised as skirmishers and to screen the legions from enemy skirmishers. Sagittarii/Funditores: Skirmishing archers/slingers from Spain, Numidia, Illyria, Greece or Crete. Amongst these, the most famous were the elite archers from Crete and slingers from the Balearic Islands. Servi castrensi: Roman camps were typically defended by units of raw legionaries. However, the defensive role was sometime performed instead by the legion's numerous (up to 1,200) slaves. At the Battle of Thapsus in 46 BCE, members of the garrison who attempted to flee the town were prevented from doing so by stones and pila thrown by slaves and attendants in Caesar’s camp. Ballistae: Roman ballistae were developed from earlier Hellenistic types of torsion artillery. Although used mainly for sieges, they were also occasionally employed as cover for the legions during difficult operations, such as Caesar’s initial landing for his first invasion of Britain in 55 BCE. Elephanti: War elephants were occasionally supplied by allied kingdoms in Numidia, most notably at Thapsus in 46 BCE. They can only be used with Numidian allies. The excellent historical background and army notes accompanying this list were written by Scott Karakas, many thanks!

Page 154 Return to Contents Sarmatian This list covers the Sarmatians from the time of their first contact with Rome, around 100 BCE, through to their defeat by the Huns around 450 BCE and ands with the defeat of the Huns in 454 CE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached, mounted general 2–4 2+ 5 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 3–5 – 1 Cavalry, lance, extra bow 4–9 7+ 11 Sarmatian cavalry Upgrade cavalry, lance, extra bow to cavalry, lance, Up to 1/2 6+ 13 extra bow, veteran Sarmatian light cavalry Light cavalry, bow 2–5 8+ 5 Subject warriors Javelinmen, raw 0–3* 8+ 5 Wagon laager/fort defenders Mobs, deep, raw 0–2 9+ 4 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Wagon laager Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * Only after 323 CE. Allies Alans, . Notes Sarmatian cavalry charged fiercely with a heavy lance, held two-handed. The upgrade for the Sarmatian cavalry represents warriors riding horses protected by full (horn-scale) horse armour. Historical Background The tribes of Iranian origin that merged into the Sarmatians settled on the central part of the Eurasian steppe. By 200 CE, they had absorbed most of the territories of their Scythian neighbours, to the north of the Black Sea. At their greatest reported extent, during the 1st century CE, their tribes ranged from the Vistula River to the mouth of the Danube and eastward to the Volga, bordering the shores of the Black and Caspian seas as well as the Caucasus to the south. In the 1st century CE, the Sarmatians, in alliance with Germanic tribes, began encroaching upon the Roman Empire. In the 3rd century CE, their dominance of the Pontic Steppe was broken by the Germanic Goths. With the Hunnic invasions of the 4th century, from bases in modern-day Hungary, the Huns ruled the entire former Sarmatian territory. Some Sarmatians were settled within the as foederati, notably in and Scotland. Other Sarmatians fought as subjects of the Huns. In the Early , the remnants of the Sarmatians were assimilated and absorbed by the Proto-Slavic population of Eastern Europe. Many thanks to Dave Watson who encouraged me to add Sarmatian light cavalry to this list.

Page 155 Return to Contents Dacian This list represents the Dacians from the reign of King Burebista 82 BCE to the fall of Sarmizegetusa to the Romans in 106 CE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted 0–1 – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 3–5 – 1 Bastarnae allied cavalry Cavalry, javelin 0–1* 7+ 11 Dacian cavalry Light cavalry, javelin 1–2 7+ 5 Warriors, deep 5–8 7+ 10 Upgrade warriors, deep to warriors, deep, veteran 0–1 6+ 14 Dacian warriors with falces (2HCCW) Upgrade warriors, deep with falces (2HCCW) 0–1/2 – +1 Zalmoxis-worshippers Warriors, fanatics, deep with falces (2HCCW) 0–1 8+ 11 Warriors, deep with falces (2HCCW) 0–3* 7+ 11 Bastarnae allies with falces Upgrade warriors, deep to warriors, deep, veteran 0–1 6+ 14 with falces (2HCCW) Archers Light infantry other, bow 1–4 8+ 4 Skirmishers Light infantry, javelin 1–3 7+ 4 Wagon laager/fort defenders Mobs, deep, raw 0–2 9+ 4 Captured artillery, manned by Artillery (catapults), raw 0–1 8+ 5 Roman deserters Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Wagon laager or hill fort Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * Any Sarmatians or Bastarnae must be in separate commands of their own nation. Allies Sarmatians*. Notes Dacian armies were often supported by Sarmatian allies who provided valuable heavy cavalry support. Historical Background The Dacians (or Getae) were a people largely of Thracian origin who lived in the area north of the Danube and west of the Black Sea, around the Carpathian Mountains. Dacia was often divided into tribal areas, but sometimes a strong king was able to unite the region under his rule. Burebista was one such; Dacia, under his rule (82–44 BCE), extended to the south of the Danube and included many of the Greek cities along the Black Sea coast. He established a new, fortified mountain-top capital at Sarmizegetusa. King Decebalus (87–106 CE) raided Roman territories south of the Danube. He defeated Roman invasions in 86 and 88 CE but was eventually defeated by invasions under in 101–102 and 105–106 CE. In the final invasion, commemorated by the Romans on Trajan's column, Sarmizegetusa was razed to the ground, Decebalus committed suicide and much of Dacia became a Roman province. The Dacian chief priest held a prominent position as representative of their supreme deity, Zalmoxis. A tomb painting of a naked man wielding a two-headed axe is believed to depict the deity. An early Christian author wrote that worshippers of Zalmoxis believed that "in their hearts they do not die, but change their location and, due to this, they go to their deaths happier than on any other journey." Many thanks to Dave Watson for suggesting changes to this list.

Page 156 Return to Contents Third Servile War This list covers Spartacus' slave rebellion, also known as the Third Servile War, from 73–71 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Generals Upgrade to senior 0–1 +1 Upgrade a senior, heroic, mounted general to great 0–1 – +4 leader* as Spartacus Heroes 3–5 – 1 Light cavalry, javelin, raw 2–4 8+ 4 Servile cavalry Upgrade light cavalry, javelin, raw to light cavalry 0–2 6+ 6 javelin, veteran Ex-gladiators and slaves from Warriors, deep 2–5 7+ 10 military backgrounds Upgrade warriors, deep to warriors, deep, veteran Up to 1/2 6+ 13 Bulk of the slaves Mobs, deep 4–8 8+ 7 Rump of the slaves – old men, Mobs, deep, raw 1–2 9+ 4 women, youths Light infantry, javelin, raw 0–6 8+ 3 Upgrade light infantry, javelin, raw to light infantry, Up to one Skirmishers 7+ 4 javelin third Light infantry other, sling or bow, raw 0–4 9+ 3 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 * Great leaders are described in the Even Stronger supplement. Allies None Notes Warriors represent units built around a core of freed gladiators and slaves from military backgrounds. These were highly motivated, with access to captured Roman gear, and so some may be upgraded to veteran. Later they were joined by "many herdsmen and shepherds" who presumably constituted the bulk of the light infantry and light cavalry. I agonised about making Spartacus a great leader; his short military career militates against it, yet on the other hand his early successes and presumed personal prowess as a fighting man argued in his favour. I erred on the side of generosity; an army with so many mobs needs all the help it can get! I am Spartacus!

Page 157 Return to Contents VI Rome’s Empire This chapter includes the armies and enemies of the Roman Empire at its zenith.

Ancient British This list covers the armies of the Ancient Britons from Caesar's first landing in Kent in 55 BCE through to the end of Roman rule in Britain in 410 CE. Unit type Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 3–5 – 1 Druids and screaming women 1VP standard 0–1* – 2 Chariots, javelin 9 4–10**** 7+ Light cavalry, javelin 5 Light cavalry or chariots Upgrade chariot, javelin or light cavalry, javelin to chariot, javelin, veteran or light cavalry, javelin, 0–3** 6+ 11/6 veteran. Warriors, deep 4–10 7+ 10 Upgrade warriors, deep to warriors, deep, veteran 0–3** 6+ 13 Warriors Upgrade warriors, deep to warriors, deep, fanatics 0–2* 8+ 10 Downgrade remaining warriors, deep to warriors, At least 1/2 8+ 7 deep, raw Elderly, youth, women Mobs, deep, raw 0–1 9+ 4 Light infantry, javelin 7+ Skirmishers 0–3*** 4 Light infantry other, bow or sling 8+ Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Wagon laager or hill fort Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * Only up to and including 61 CE. Units cannot be both veteran and fanatical. ** The total of upgraded light cavalry/chariots and warriors may not exceed three. In the case of the veteran warriors, this represents noblemen and their bodyguards dismounting to stiffen the foot. *** A maximum of three units of light infantry may be selected. **** Before 211 CE, the number of chariots units must exceed the number of light cavalry units. From 211 onwards, only light cavalry may be taken, no chariots. Allies Principate Roman. Notes Chariot units represent a mixture of chariots and warriors riding ponies.

Page 158 Return to Contents

A British warband

Page 159 Return to Contents Principate (or Early Imperial) Roman This list covers the Roman army from Augustus' reforms in 27 BCE until the accession of Septimius Severus in 193 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted 0–3 – +1 Upgrade to detached Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 0–3 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Upgrade to brilliant 0–1 – +4 Heroes 3–5**** – 1 Aquila (eagle) 1VP army standard 0–1 – 2 Equites Singulares Cavalry, javelin, veteran 0–1 6+ 11 Equites Alares Cavalry, javelin, veteran 1–3 6+ 11 Equites Contariorum Cavalry, lance, veteran 0–1* 6+ 11 Equites Cohortales Cavalry, javelin 0–2 7+ 9 Eastern client-state cavalry Cavalry, lance or javelin 0–1** 7+ 9 Equites Numidarum/Maurorum Light cavalry, javelin 0–2 7+ 5 Equites Sagittarii Light cavalry, bow 0–1** 8+ 5 Dromedarii Light camelry, javelin 0–1*/** 7+ 5 Javelinmen, veteran 6+ 9 Lanciarii 0–1 Light infantry, javelin, veteran 6+ 5 Legionaries 0–2 6+ 10 Praetorianii Upgrade legionaries to legionaries, veteran All or none 5+ 12 Legionaries 4–10 6+ 10 Upgrade legionaries to legionaries, veteran Up to 1/2 5+ 12 Legionarii Downgrade legionaries to legionaries, raw Up to 1/2 7+ 8 Downgrade legionaries to javelinmen, raw 0–2 8+ 5 Auxiliaries 1–6 6+ 8 Auxiliarii Upgrade auxiliaries to auxiliaries, veteran Up to 1/2 5+ 10 Downgrade auxiliaries to auxiliaries, raw Up to 1/2 7+ 6 Light infantry other, bow, veteran 7+ 5 Auxiliarii sagittarii 0–2 Bowmen, veteran 7+ 9 Eastern client-states sagittarii Bowmen 0–2** 8+ 7 Javelinmen 0–2** 7+ 7 Warriors, deep 0–1*** 7+ 10 Symmachiarii Light infantry, javelin 0–2** 7+ 4 Light infantry other, bow or sling 0–2 8+ 4 Javelinmen 0–2*** 7+ 7 Gladiatorii Light infantry, javelin 0–2*** 7+ 4 Imbellis populus Mobs, deep 0–4*** 8+ 7 Servus castrensis Light infantry, javelin, raw 0–3 8+ 3 Ballistarii Artillery (catapult) 0–2 7+ 7 Carroballistae Artillery (catapult) carroballistae 0–1 8+ 8 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Castrum Fortifications 0–5 – 1

Page 160 Return to Contents * Only after 113 CE. ** Only in Eastern armies. *** Only in Western armies. ****At least half of the heroes must be allocated to either Auxiliarii or Equites Alares/Singulares units. Allies Early Armenians**, Eastern client states**, Commagene**, Sarmatians***. Notes Aquila army standards, if chosen, must be assigned to a unit of legionarii.

Page 161 Return to Contents Caledonian This list takes the Caledonians from the Roman invasion of Britain in 43 CE until their defeat by Septimus Severus in 211 CE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 3–5 – 1 Chariots, javelin 3–10 7+ 9 Chariots Upgrade chariots, javelin to chariots, javelin, veteran 0–3* 6+ 6 Warriors, deep 4–10 7+ 10 Warriors Upgrade warriors, deep to warriors, deep, veteran 0–3* 6+ 13 Elderly, youth, women Mobs, deep, raw 0–1 9+ 4 Light infantry, javelin 0–2 7+ 4 Skirmishers Light infantry other, bow or sling 0–2 8+ 4 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Hill fort Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * The total number of upgraded light cavalry/chariots and warriors may not exceed three. In the case of the veteran warriors, this represents noblemen and their bodyguards dismounting to stiffen the foot. Allies Ancient British, Principate Romans. Notes The Caledonian style of fighting was to throw darts, ideally from a hill, and then rush in with swords and spears to try to break the enemy ranks aided by chariots on the wings which were, unfortunately, no match for the opposing Roman cavalry. Historical Background The Caledonii or Caledonian Confederacy is the name given to a group of indigenous Celtic-speaking peoples in the north of Scotland during the Iron Age and Roman eras. The Caledonians were the greatest of the northern tribes who fought against the Roman invasion – the main other tribe being the Maeatae, who held land to their south. In 80CE, after sending a fleet to survey and map Scotland’s coast, the Romans, led by Agricola, marched north into Scotland to subdue it just as they had conquered the south. His biggest difficulty was that the country was covered with forests, bogs and great stretches of water. The northern tribes, of which there were at least seventeen, and used to fighting amongst themselves, failed to combine against this new threat and within two years the Romans managed to conquer the area south of the Forth and Clyde rivers. Agricola then headed north to conquer the Caledonians. The latter, led by their war leader, Calgacus, faced and were defeated by the Romans at the battle of Mons Graupius, possibly fought between Elgin and Inverurie, in the north of Scotland. Fortunately for the Caledonians, Agricola was recalled to Rome to help resolve more pressing military matters and the Romans retired southwards. Hadrian’s Wall was built in 122 between the Solway and the Tyne estuaries. Hadrian’s successor, Antoninus Pius, reconquered the area south of the Forth & Clyde rivers and built the Antonine Wall to defend it. Upon his death, however, the wall was abandoned leaving Hadrian’s Wall, once again, as the northernmost frontier of the empire. In 208 the Emperor Septimus Severus led a military expedition north of Hadrian's Wall with 50,000 men and 7,000 sailors – the largest campaigning force ever to fight in Britain. By cutting down forests and bridging the River Forth with 500 boats he managed to reach Stonehaven, in the north of Scotland. The Caledonians avoided pitched battles but followed and harried the Romans, killing any stragglers. The Romans retreated south and the northern border of the north-west of the Roman Empire was re-established on Hadrian’s Wall once more. From the end of the 3rd century onwards, after 80 years of comparative peace, the Romans frequently campaigned in Scotland up until the end of their occupation of Britain in the early 5th century, but they never mounted an attempt to conquer the northern territory again. For further information on these tribes see the Picts army list. Many thanks to Dave Soutar who added the historical background to this list.

Page 162 Return to Contents Scots Irish This list covers the Irish from the time of the Roman invasion of Britain in 43 CE until their unification with the Picts under King Kenneth McAlpine in 843 CE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 3–5 – 1 Chariots, javelin 2–6* 7+ 9 Light cavalry, javelin 2–4** 7+ 5 Chariots Upgrade chariot, javelin or light cavalry, javelin to chariot, javelin, veteran or light cavalry, javelin, 0–3*** 6+ 11/6 veteran Warriors, deep 4–10 7+ 10 Upgrade warriors, deep to warriors, deep, veteran 0–1*** 6+ 13 Upgrade warriors, deep to warriors, deep, fanatics as Warriors 0–2 8+ 10 Atecotti Downgrade remaining warriors, deep to warriors, At least 1/2 8+ 7 deep, raw Elderly, youth, women Mobs, deep, raw 0–1 9+ 4 Light infantry, javelin 0–4 7+ 4 Downgrade light infantry, javelin to light infantry, Any 8+ 3 Skirmishers javelin, raw Light infantry other, sling 0–2 8+ 4 Downgrade light infantry other, sling to light infantry Any 9+ 3 other, sling, raw Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Hill fort Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * Before 300. ** From 300. *** The total of upgraded light cavalry/chariots and warriors may not exceed three. In the case of the veteran warriors, this represents noblemen and their bodyguards dismounting to stiffen the foot. Allies Ancient British, Principate Romans. Notes I have assumed that chariot use died out around the same time as it may have in Scotland. It seems likely that at least some warriors rode to battle, so I have given the option of some inferior light cavalry to replace them. Heroes can be represented by miniatures of praying saints.

Page 163 Return to Contents Alans This list covers the Alans from their early reported battles against the Parthians (62 CE) until the amalgamation of the Western Alans with the Vandals (426 CE). Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached, mounted general 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 0–2 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Cavalry, lance, extra bow 2–4 7+ 11 Alan nobles Upgrade cavalry, lance, extra bow to cavalry, Up to 1/2 6+ 13 lance, extra bow, veteran Light cavalry, bow 7–12 8+ 5 Alan riders Upgrade light cavalry, bow to light cavalry, bow, Up to 1/2 7+ 6 veteran Camp followers Mobs, deep, raw 0–1 9+ 4 Skirmishers Light infantry, bow 0–2 8+ 4 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Wagon Laager Fortifications 0–5 – 1 Allies Decline Romans, Suevi, Early Vandals.

Page 164 Return to Contents Jewish Revolts This list covers the Great Revolt of the Jews in 66–70 CE, the "Kitos War" of 115–117 CE, the Bar Kochba revolt of 132– 136 CE and other revolts. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Jewish cavalry Cavalry, javelin, raw, small unit. 0–1 8+ 3.5 Better-equipped Jewish Warriors, deep 2–6 7+ 10 revolutionaries Upgrade warriors, deep to warriors, deep, fanatics Up to 1/2 8+ Jewish masses Mobs, deep 2–6 8+ 7 Rump of the Jewish masses Mobs, deep, raw 2–6 9+ 4 Jewish skirmishers Light infantry other, sling or bow 2–4 8+ 4 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Allies None Notes Warriors represent the better equipped and motivated revolutionaries, including the Zealots. Up to half may be upgraded to fanatics using the fanatic rule. Unusually there is no senior general; Jewish armies generally being composed of different factions without an overall commander. Jewish armies are not of great quality but are extremely numerous! This list can be used for any of the three Jewish-Roman (and Byzantine) wars. Jewish armies often consisted of poorly armed multitudes, usually without a cavalry component. The typical pattern of the revolts was of an initial period of success in which Roman garrisons were slaughtered and field forces defeated, followed by a massed build-up of Roman reinforcements, invasion and reconquest, with Jews massacred or deported (which led, in turn, to later revolts of the large re-settled Jewish communities within Roman cities).

Page 165 Return to Contents Middle Imperial Roman This list covers the Roman Empire from the accession of Septimius Severus in 193 CE until the defeat of Maxentius at the Milvian Bridge 312 CE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted 0–3 – +1 Upgrade to detached 2–4 – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 0–3 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Upgrade to brilliant 0–1 – +4 Heroes 2–4**** – 1 Aquila (eagle) standard 1VP standard 0–1 – 2 Cavalry, javelin 2–4 7+ 9 Equites Alares Upgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, veteran Up to 1/2 6+ 11 Cavalry, lance, veteran 0–1 6+ 11 Equites Contarii Upgrade cavalry, lance, veteran to cataphracts, lance 0–1 6+ 11 Equites Clibanarii Cataphracts, lance 0–1** 6+ 11 Eastern client–state cavalry Cavalry, lance or javelin 0–1** 7+ 9 Equites Maurorum Light cavalry, javelin 0–1 7+ 5 Equites Illyricani, Dalmatae or Light cavalry, javelin 0–1*/*** 7+ 5 Scutarii Equites Sagittarii Light cavalry, bow 0–1** 8+ 5 Dromedarii Light camelry, javelin 0–1** 7+ 5 Arab or similar allies Light camelry, javelin, raw 0–1** 8+ 4 Javelinmen, veteran 6+ 9 Lanciarii 0–1 Light infantry, javelin, veteran 6+ 5 Legionaries 1–2*** 6+ 10 Praetorianii Upgrade legionaries to legionaries, veterans All or none 5+ 12 2–8**, 3– Legionaries 6+ 10 8*** Legionarii Upgrade legionaries to legionaries, veteran Up to 1/2 5+ 12 Downgrade legionaries to legionaries, raw Up to 1/2 7+ 8 Downgrade legionaries to javelinmen, raw 0–2 8+ 5 Auxiliaries 2–6 6+ 8 Auxiliarii Upgrade auxiliaries to auxiliaries, veteran Up to 1/2 5+ 10 Downgrade auxiliaries to auxiliaries, raw Up to 1/2 7+ 6 Light infantry other, bow, veteran 0–2 7+ 5 Auxiliarii sagittarii Bowmen, veteran 0–1 7+ 9 Eastern client–states sagittarii Bowmen 0–2** 8+ 7 Goth foederati Javelinmen 0–2 7+ 7 Servus castrensis Light infantry, javelin, raw 0–3 8+ 3 Ballistarii Artillery (catapult) 0–2 7+ 7 Carroballistae Artillery (catapult) carroballistae 0–1 8+ 8 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Castrum Fortifications 0–5 – 1 *After 260.

Page 166 Return to Contents **Only in Eastern armies. ***Only in Western armies. ****At least half of the heroes must be allocated to either Auxiliarii or Equites Alares/Singulares units. Allies Early Armenian**, Arabs**, Palmyran**, Early Visigoths Notes This list covers the army of Maxentius and therefore slightly overlaps the Late Imperial list which begins with the army of Constantine. Aquila army standards, if chosen, must be assigned to a unit of legionarii.

Middle Imperial Romans painted by the excessively talented Mr. David Imrie.

Page 167 Return to Contents Pictish This list covers the Picts from their emergence in the aftermath of the campaign of Septimus Severus (211 CE) to the date (843 CE) when the Picts and Scots Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted 0–2 – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 3–5 – 1 Cavalry, javelin 0–2 7+ 9 Pictish nobles Upgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, veteran 0–2* 6+ 11 Light cavalry, javelin 3–6 7+ 5 Pictish light horse Upgrade light cavalry, javelin to light cavalry, javelin, 0–2* 6+ 6 veteran Spearmen, deep 4–7 7+ 10 Upgrade spearmen, deep to spearmen, deep, veteran 0–2* 6+ 13 Pictish spearmen Upgrade spearmen, deep or spearmen, deep, veteran 0–4 – +2 with extra bows Pict elderly, youths & women Mobs, deep, raw 0–2 9+ 4 Light infantry other, bow or crossbow 8+ 4 Pictish skirmishers 1–3 Light infantry, javelin 7+ 4 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 * A maximum of two mounted or spearman units may be upgraded to veterans. In the latter case, this represents noblemen and their bodyguards dismounting to stiffen the warriors. Allies Sub Roman Britons, Saxons, Welsh, Scots, Irish. Notes The Pictish Aberlemno picture stone appears to depict a deep formation of spear and sword-armed infantry, with cavalry on the flanks. There is some archaeological evidence for the presence of crossbows in Scotland. Historical Background The first mention of Pictii (painted ones in Latin, a reference to their tattoos) was by the Roman Eumenius in 297 CE. The Romans adopted the name Pictii as a generic name for those living north of the Antonine Wall (between the rivers Forth and Clyde) who raided the Roman Empire. The main Pictish tribes were the Caledonians, whose territory ran from Perthshire to the Beauly Firth at Inverness; the Vacomagi whose territory ran up the East coast from the River Tay to the River Dee; the Taezali who were based on the River Don in Aberdeenshire and the Venicones who occupied Fife. Another large tribe called the Maeatae, possibly of Scandinavian origin, were based in Stirlingshire. There were also other smaller tribes as well as subdivisions, particularly in the north. By 306, the Emperor Constantius Chlorus was forced to protect his northern frontier against attacks by the Picts on Hadrian’s Wall. On several fronts throughout Europe the tide was slowly turning against the mighty Roman Empire, and as Rome weakened, the Picts became bolder until, in 360 CE, together with the from Ireland, they launched a coordinated invasion across Hadrian’s Wall. The Emperor Julian dispatched legions to deal with them but to little lasting effect. Pictish raids by land and sea cut deeply into the Roman-controlled territories. In 368 the Picts, along with the Scotti (who had expanded from their Northern Ireland territories into the west of Scotland) and the Saxons, launched a massive attack on the Roman territories. This was repulsed but it heralded nearly a hundred years of continual warfare.

Page 168 Return to Contents By the early 400s, the Roman system of law and order had broken down and Hadrian's Wall, itself, was eventually abandoned. The Roman legions left British shores to deal with the barbarian crisis at the heart of the empire. The Romano-Britons that remained hired other barbarians, the Angles and Saxons, to help defend their lands against the Picts. In the early 500s, there was a fresh influx of Scotti from Northern Ireland and around the same time, the Picts were expelled from the south of Scotland. During the next two hundred years the Picts fought many battles and skirmishes with the Northumbrians, including the Battle of Carron in 672 CE where the Picts were heavily defeated. In 685 the Picts got their revenge at the Battle of Dunnichen. Twenty-six years later the Northumbrians routed a Pictish army on the Plain of Manaw between the Rivers Avon and Carron. A truce was finally called just two years later followed by a peace treaty. In the 720s there were many civil wars between the various Pictish tribes, culminating in the victory of Oengus who managed to reunite the northern and southern Picts. He then invaded Dalriada (on the west coast of Scotland), defeated the Scotti and in 736 CE declared himself the first king of the Scots and the Picts. Then, in 744 CE, he attacked and defeated the Britons of Strathclyde. From the 770’s onwards, the Picts frequently fought against the Scots of Dalriada, with mixed results. In the 790’s the Vikings captured Orkney and started to dominate the northern territories of Scotland and the isles. Between 813 to 821, there were many Viking raids against Scotland and Ireland. After 821, the Vikings began to settle in Shetland, Orkney and the north of Scotland, which was used as a base for raiding the Western Isles and the islands down the west coast. Raiding Ireland became considerably easier than it had been from Norway. There is little written information on this period but, based on the Irish experience, there would have been a huge expansion of Viking settlement and culture throughout the areas mentioned. For many years the Vikings raided the mainland of Alba eventually establishing a base in Govan, which is now part of Glasgow. In 843 CE the Picts and the Scots combined under one Scottish ruler, Kenneth McAlpine, and are thereafter covered by the Pre-Feudal Scottish list. Many thanks to Dave Soutar who added the historical background to this list.

Page 169 Return to Contents Sasanian This list covers the Sasanians from their first conflicts with the in 224 CE until their Empire's destruction by the rising forces of Islam in the mid-Seventh Century, their last King, Yazdegerd III perishing in 651 CE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached, mounted general 2–4 2+ 5 Upgrade to heroic 2–4 +1 +1 Generals Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Upgrade a senior, heroic mounted general to great 0–1* – +4 leader as the Great. Heroes 2–4 3+ 1 Standard 1VP standard 0–1 – 2 Cataphracts, lance 1–4 6+ 11 Pushtigaban Upgrade cataphracts, lance to cataphracts, lance, 0–1 5+ 13 veteran as zhayedan Cavalry, lance, extra bow 4–8 7+ 11 Savaran Upgrade cavalry, lance, extra bow to cavalry, lance, Up to 1/2 6+ 13 extra bow, veteran Horse archers Light cavalry, bow 0–6 8+ 5 Light cavalry, javelin 7+ 5 Arab allies 0–2 Light cavalry, javelin, raw 8+ 4 Hun allies Light cavalry, bow, veteran 0–2 7+ 6 Shieldwall, deep, raw 0–4 7 Paighan 8+ Upgrade shieldwall, deep, raw with extra bow Any 9 Javelinmen 0–2 7+ 7 Daylami Upgrade javelinmen to javelinmen, veteran 0–1 6+ 9 Bowmen 7 Kamandaran 0–2 8+ Bowmen with pavise 8 Light infantry javelins Light infantry, javelin 0–1 7+ 4 Light infantry other, bow or sling 8+ 4 Light infantry other 0–2 Light infantry other, bow or sling, raw 9+ 3 Indian elephants, deep 8 6+ War elephants Indian elephants, deep, escorted 0–2 12 Indian elephants, deep, escorted, veteran 5+ 15 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 * Only between 242 and 272. Great leaders are described in the Even Stronger supplement. Allies Jewish revolts (614–630 CE) Notes I have given the Persians the option of fielding additional foot archers since recent publications have emphasised the importance of Sassanian foot archery.

Page 170 Return to Contents Palmyran This list covers from the elevation of King Odenathus to Consul in 258 CE through the period of Palmyran independent leadership in the East and ends with the fall of Palmyra and capture of Queen in 272 CE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached, mounted general 2–4 2+ 5 Upgrade to detached 0–1* – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic Any 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Palmyran cataphracts Cataphracts, lance 3–6 6+ 11 Light cavalry, bow 2–6 8+ 5 Palmyran horse archers Upgrade light cavalry, bow to light cavalry, javelin, 0–1 7+ 6 extra bow Palmyran caravan guards Light camelry, javelin 0–1 7+ 5 Roman Equites Alares Cavalry, javelin, veteran 1* 6+ 11 Arab or similar allies Light camelry, javelin, raw 0–2 8+ 4 Roman Legionarii Legionaries 1–2* 6+ 10 Roman Auxiliarii Auxiliaries 1–2* 6+ 8 Palmyrene or other soldiers Auxiliaries, raw 0–3 7+ 6 Light infantry other, bow 8+ 4 4–10 Palmyran archers Bowmen 8+ 7 Upgrade bowmen to bowmen, veteran 0–1 7+ 9 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Castrum Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * Minima applies only if any such units are picked. Can only be picked between 260 and 267, when King Odenathus commanded the Roman forces in the East. After 268, Palmyra was at war with Rome and no such troops can be selected. Allies Arabs, Middle Imperial Romans, Armenians. Notes Palmyrene soldiers represent the armoured infantry with mail coifs in the Dura Europos frescoes – there is no other evidence for them so far as the author is aware but it is a pity not to model at least one unit using the lovely A&A miniatures. They might represent native Palmyrans or foot drawn from other areas conquered by the kingdom. For similar aesthetic reasons, one unit of archers can be upgraded with armour to veterans and a unit of caravan guards can also be fielded. Historical Background This list covers the brief period of Palmyran independence from Rome.

Page 171 Return to Contents VII Late Antiquity This chapter covers the Roman Crisis of the Third Century and the transition to the Medieval period.

Early Vandal This list covers the Vandals from their first contact with the Romans around 200 CE through to their capture of Carthage in 439 CE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 3–5 – 1 Vandal nobles and mounted Cavalry, javelin 0–2*, 0–4** 7+ 9 followers Upgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, veteran Up to 1/2 6+ 11 Light cavalry, bow 0–2 8+ 5 Alans Upgrade light cavalry, bow to light cavalry, bow, 0–1 7+ 6 veteran Warriors, deep 6–10 7+ 10 Vandal warband Up to 1/3*, Upgrade warriors, deep to warriors, deep, veteran 6+ 13 up to 1/2** Elderly, women, youths Mobs, deep, raw 0–1 9+ 4 Skirmishers Light infantry, javelin 0–3 8+ 4 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Wagon laager Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * Before 406. ** From 407. Allies Alans, Ostrogoths Notes I have assumed that the proportion of mounted Vandals and armoured infantry increased after they penetrated the Roman Empire.

Page 172 Return to Contents Ostrogoths (Sciri, Taifali and Heruls) This list covers the Ostrogoths and related tribes from the foundation of their kingdom to the north of the Black Sea, circa 200 CE, right through to the destruction of their Italian kingdom by the Byzantines in 562 CE. Unit Description Number 8+ Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 3–5 – 1 Cavalry, javelin 4–8 7+ 9 Ostrogoth nobles and retainers Upgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, veteran Up to 1/2 6+ 11 Hun mercenaries Light cavalry, bow, veteran 0–1* 7+ 6 Ostrogoth or Rugian warriors Warriors, deep, raw 0–2 8+ 7 Bowmen, raw 9+ 5 Ostrogoth archers 4–8 Light infantry other, bow 8+ 4 Elderly, women & youths Mobs, deep, raw 0–2 9+ 4 Italian peasants Mobs, deep 0–2 8+ 7 Skirmishers Light infantry other, bow 1–2 8+ 4 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Wagon laager Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * Only 377–378. Allies Alans, Burgundians, Franks, Visigoths.

Page 173 Return to Contents Early Visigoth This list covers the Visigoths from their first contact with the Romans, around 200 CE until Alaric I’s sack of Rome in 410 CE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Upgrade a mounted, heroic, senior general to great 0–1**** – +4 leader as Alaric Heroes 3–5 – 1 Visigoth bucellarii ("hard-tack Cavalry, javelin, veteran 0–1 6+ 11 eaters") Cavalry, javelin 0–2 7+ 9 Visigoth gardingi (retainers) Upgrade cavalry, javelin to veteran 0–1** 6+ 11 Alans Light cavalry, bow 0–1 8+ 5 Warriors, deep 5–10 7+ 10 Visigoth warbands Up to 1/4*, Upgrade warriors, deep to warriors, deep, veteran 6+ 13 up to 1/3** Dismounted bucellarii Warriors, deep, veteran 0–1*** 6+ 13 Roman deserters Auxiliaries 0–1 6+ 8 Elderly, women, youths Mobs, deep, raw 0–2 9+ 4 Light infantry, javelin 0–1 7+ 4 Visigoth skirmishers Light infantry other, bow 3–4 8+ 4 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Wagon laager Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * Up to and including 378. ** 379 and after. *** May only be taken if no Visigoth bucellarii are taken. **** Between 391 and 410. Great leaders are described in the Even Stronger supplement. Allies Decline Romans, Ostrogoths.

Page 174 Return to Contents Raiders and Invaders This list covers the Saxons, Jutes and Angles in Britain from the time of the construction of the earlier Saxon Shore forts around 230 CE until the approximate 600 CE date of the introduction of larger shields by the Saxons. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached, heroic general on foot 2–4 3+ 5 Generals Upgrade to mounted 0–1 – +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 3–5 – 1 Cavalry, javelin 0–2* 7+ 9 Cavalry Upgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, veteran 0–1* 6+ 11 Warriors, deep 6–12 7+ 10 Upgrade warriors, deep to warriors, deep, veteran Up to 1/3 6+ 13 Foot Upgrade any warriors with extra shock missile as Any – +1 Saxons Upgrade Saxon warriors, deep to mounted infantry 0–2* – +1 Elderly, youth, women Mobs, deep, raw 0–1 9+ 4 Light infantry, javelin 0–2 7+ 4 Light infantry other, sling or bow 0–2 8+ 4 Skirmishers Downgrade light infantry other, sling or bow to light Any 8+/9+ 3 infantry other, sling or bow, raw Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 * Only after the arrival of Hengist in 428. Allies Sub Roman Britons, Saxons, Angles, Jutes, Welsh, Irish, Picts. Notes The presence of cavalry is drawn from Daniel Mersey's excellent essay on the subject. The option to upgrade the foot to veteran reflects in part the relative aggression of the invaders and the fact that some of their warriors were armoured.

Page 175 Return to Contents Early Frank This list covers the Franks from the emergence of their confederacy in the mid-3rd century up to the adoption of shieldwall tactics around 600 CE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted 1–2 – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 – +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 3+ +1 Heroes 3–5 – 1 Frankish nobles Cavalry, javelin, veteran 0–1 6+ 11 Gallo-Roman nobles Cavalry, javelin 0–1* 7+ 9 Warriors, deep, extra shock missile 6–10 7+ 11 Frankish tribal infantry Upgrade warriors, deep, extra shock missile to Up to 1/3 6+ 14 warriors, deep, extra shock missile, veteran Warriors, deep, extra shock missile, veteran, mounted Dismounted Frankish nobles 0–1** 6+ 15 infantry Burgundians, Saxons or Warriors, deep 0–4 7+ 10 Thuringians Gallo-Roman militia Auxilia, raw 0–4* 7+ 6 Camp defenders Mobs, deep, raw 0–2 9+ 4 Light infantry other, bow 0–1 8+ 4 Skirmishers Light infantry, javelin 0–1 7+ 4 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 * Only 496 to 600. ** May only be taken if no Frankish mounted nobles are taken. Allies Burgundians, Decline Romans, Visigoths, Alemanni. Notes This list was researched by Paul Caspall- many thanks Paul!

Page 176 Return to Contents Gepid This list covers the Gepids from their first mention by the Romans (260 CE) though to 630 CE, by which time they were subjects of the Avars, and after which they vanish from history. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Gepid nobles and mounted Cavalry, javelin 2–6 7+ 9 retainers Upgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, veteran Up to 1/2 6+ 11 Warriors, deep, extra shock missile 2–6 7+ 11 Gepid warriors Upgrade warriors, deep, extra shock missile to Up to 1/3 6+ 14 warriors, deep, extra shock missile, veteran Bowmen, raw 3–6 8+ 5 Gepid archers Downgrade bowmen, raw to light infantry other, bow Any 9+ 4 Elderly, women, youths Mobs, deep, raw 0–2 9+ 4 Skirmishers Light infantry other, bow 1–2 8+ 4 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Wagon laager Fortifications 0–5 – 1 Allies Ostrogoths, Heruls, Thuringian or Rugians. Notes Jordanes reports that the Gepids' name derived from gepanta, an insult meaning sluggish or stolid.

Page 177 Return to Contents Burgundian This list covers the Burgundians from their first contact with the Romans on the Rhine (278 CE) until their absorption by the Franks in 532 CE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted 1–2 – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 3+ +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Cavalry, javelin 0–1 7+ 9 Burgundian nobles Upgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, veteran 0–1* 6+ 11 Warriors, deep 6–12 7+ 10 Burgundian tribal infantry Up to 1/4*, Upgrade warriors, deep to warriors, deep, veteran 6+ 13 up to 1/3** Elderly, women, youths Mobs, deep, raw 0–1 9+ 4 Light infantry other, bow 0–1 8+ 4 Skirmishers Light infantry, javelin 0–2 7+ 4 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Wagon laager Field fortifications 0–5* – 1 * Before 408. ** From 408 onwards. Allies Alans, Decline Romans, Ostrogoths, Vandals. Notes In 408 CE some Burgundians settled along the Rhine as Roman foederati and it is assumed gained access to superior equipment.

Page 178 Return to Contents Late Roman This list covers the Roman army from the beginning of the Fourth Century (300 CE) to the breaching of the Rhine frontier by the Vandals, Alans and Suebi when the Rhine froze on 31st December 406 CE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Upgrade to detached Any – +1 Upgrade to heroic 0–2 3+ +1 Generals Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Upgrade a heroic, attached, mounted, senior general 0–1 – +4 to great leader as Julian the Apostate 355 to 363 CE Upgrade a mounted, detached, senior general to 0–1 – +4 brilliant as Constantine the Great from 306 to 337 Heroes 3–5 – 1 Standard 1VP standard 0–1 – 2 Labarum of Constantine 2VP standard 0–1**** – 3 Cataphractarii (cataphracts) Cataphracts, lance 0–1 6+ 11 Cataphracts, lance 0–1** 6+ 11 Upgrade cataphracts, lance to cataphracts, lance, 0–1 5+ 13 Clibanarii veteran Downgrade cataphracts, lance to cataphracts, lance, 0–1 7+ 9 raw Cavalry, javelin 2–4 7+ 9 Equites (cavalry) Upgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, veteran Up to 2 6+ 11 Downgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, raw 0–1 8+ 7 Equites Sarmaturum (Sarmatians) Cavalry, lance 0–1* 7+ 9 Equites Illyricani (Illyrian-style Light cavalry, javelin 1–3 7+ 5 cavalry) Light cavalry, bow 0–2 8+ 5 Upgrade light cavalry, bow to light cavalry bow, Up to 2 7+ 6 Equites Sagittarii (horse archers) veteran Downgrade light cavalry, bow to light cavalry bow, 0–1 9+ 4 raw Hunni (Huns) Light cavalry, bow, veteran 0–1** 7+ 6 Dromedarii (camelry) Light camelry, javelin 0–1** 7+ 5 Arabum (Arabs) Light cavalry, javelin, raw 0–3** 8+ 4 Armenii (Armenians) Cataphracts, lance 0–1** 6+ 11 Armenii sagittarii (horse archers) Light cavalry, bow 0–2** 8+ 5 Gothi (Goths) Cavalry, javelin 0–2** 7+ 9 Legionaries 2–5 6+ 10 Upgrade legionaries to legionaries, veteran 0–2 5+ 12 Downgrade legionaries to legionaries, raw Any 7+ 8 Legionarii Replace legionaries, raw with auxiliaries Any 6+ 8 Downgrade auxiliaries to auxiliaries, raw Any 7+ 6 Upgrade legionarii with extra archers Any*** – +2 Auxiliarii Auxiliaries 2–7 6+ 8

Page 179 Return to Contents Upgrade auxiliaries to auxiliaries, veteran 0–3 5+ 10 Downgrade auxiliaries to auxiliaries, raw 0–3 7+ 6 Upgrade auxiliarii with extra archers Any*** – +2 Lanciarii Light infantry, javelin 0–2 7+ 4 Funditores (slingers) Light infantry other, sling 0–1 8+ 4 1–2*/***, 1– Light infantry other, bow 8+ 4 Sagittarii (archers) 4**/*** Upgrade light infantry other, bow to bowmen 0–1 8+ 7 Upgrade any light infantry to veteran Up to 2 –1 +1 Lanciarii, funditores or sagittarii Downgrade any light infantry to raw Up to 2 +1 –1 Warriors, deep, extra shock missile 0–2* 7+ 11 Franci Upgrade warriors, deep, extra shock missile to Any* 6+ 14 warriors, deep, extra shock missile, veteran Artillery (catapult) 0–1 7+ 7 Ballistarii Artillery (catapult, carroballistae) 0–1 7+ 8 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Castrum Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * Western armies only. ** Eastern armies only. *** "Extra archers" represents both the portion of recruits described by Vegetius as being trained to use bows, slings and staff slings, and also, from 350, those legionaries and auxiliaries in the Western Empire armed with plumbatae (darts). The total number of sagittarii units and extra archer upgrades may not exceed eight. **** Only when the army's commanding general is Constantine I, between 312 and 337. Allies Burgundians. Notes The Legionarii and Auxiliarii represent the Comitatenses forces within the field armies. An option is present to upgrade some of these to Palatini veterans, and downgrade others to Pseudocomitatenses or the better of the Limitani/Ripenses border troops. The best way of representing a full legione in these in the rules is as a command with a general and two units of legionaries, supported by one or two units of light infantry. Similarly, pairs of auxilia might be brigaded together as a command.

The Equites Taifali, a vexillationes comitatenses unit under the command of the Comes Britanniarum

Various options have been included to give Eastern and Western armies distinct flavours. In general, the East has access to

Page 180 Return to Contents rather more cavalry, particularly from Arab, Goth, Armenian and Hunnic allies. The West has access to the Frankish and Sarmatian allies from their military settlements in Gaul (the lance-armed equites on the list). The author has included a generous allocation of different sorts of light infantry. Light infantry archer units may include a few manubalistarii crossbowmen figures, if you can find them! For the purposes of the rules, though, they shoot exactly the same as bows. The Late Roman Army We are very lucky to have the Notitia Dignitatum (or 'Register of Offices"), which, amongst other things, provides a list of the majority of the units of the Roman army in the early 5th Century AD, together with their shield designs. Luke Ueda-Sarson has designed an excellent site that lists all the units and discusses the sources (http://www.ne.jp/asahi/luke/ueda- sarson/NotitiaPatterns.html). During the period covered by this list, the Late Roman army was divided between a high-status field army, and lower status border garrisons. The Auxilia had become became more highly regarded than the former Legiones, who were now more likely to be performing less glamorous defensive roles on the frontier. Most of the recruits into the army were now Germans. The most senior cavalry units of the Field armies were the Scholae (or 'school') units. Beneath these were Vexillationes Palatini (or Palace troops). The Vexillationes Comitatenses ('companions') were lower status but presumably still reliable troops. There were also Pseudocomitatenses, who were ex-border troops attached to the field army. Most cavalry were armoured and equipped with javelins, in much the same manner as their ancestors. However, following contact with the Persians, fully armoured Cataphracti and Clibanarii units had been introduced, and lighter Illyrian cavalry had also become common. In the East and in Africa, horse archers patrolled the long, dusty frontiers. The most senior infantry formations in the field army were Palatini. There were initially five Legiones Palatinae and ten Auxilia Palatina, although additional Palatini formations were added over time. As with the cavalry, these were supported by Legiones and Auxilia Comitatenses and Pseudocomitatenses. Aside from the field army, there were also Limitanei and Ripenses, troops from the former legiones and auxilia now responsible for garrisoning the frontier and river defences respectively.

The Herculani Seniores, a Legiones Palatina unit The infantry formations of the Late Roman army were much smaller than those of the old legiones. The new legiones seem to have been around 1200 strong, and the auxilia perhaps 500 strong. Auxilia tended to be grouped together in pairs of units; the Celtae and Petulantes for example. The infantry, especially the higher status units, were generously equipped by the numerous Roman fabricae (arms factories). The difference between the tactics and equipment of the legionarii and auxiliarii may not have been great at the start of the period, and by the end would have been negligible, so the option to downgrade legionaries to auxiliaries has been provided. It seems likely that pila had fallen out of use by the end of the period. Many units may have included a proportion of archers. The Roman writer Vegetius recommends that around 25% of the total number of infantry recruits be so trained, although this may never have been reflected in reality. When the Eastern sources of archer recruits were lost to the West, the Romans compensated by introducing mass-produced flighted darts called plumbatae, up to five of which were carried by each soldier behind his shield. These had a much longer range than javelins, and plunged downwards, behind their enemies’ shields, to strike their upper bodies.

Page 181 Return to Contents Saxon (or Bavarian/Frisian/Thuringian) This list covers the continental Saxons from their first mention in a speech by Julian in 356 CE through to their conquest by the Franks in 804 CE. This list can also be used for the Bavarians, Frisians and Thuringians. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 3–5 – 1 Nobles Cavalry, javelin, veteran 0–1 6+ 11 Warriors, deep, extra shock missile 6–10* 7+ 11 Upgrade warriors, deep, extra shock missile to All** 7+ 10 Saxon tribal infantry *** shieldwall, deep Upgrade warriors, deep, extra shock missile to Up to 1/3 6+ +3 warriors, deep, shock missile, veteran Warriors, deep 6–10* 7+ 10 Bavarian, Thuringian or Frisian Upgrade warriors, deep to shieldwall, deep All** 7+ 10 tribal infantry *** Upgrade warriors, deep or shieldwall, deep to veteran Up to 1/3 6+ 13 Warriors, extra shock missile, deep, veteran, mounted 0–1****/* 6+ 14 Dismounted nobles infantry Shieldwall, deep, veteran 0–1****/** 6+ 13 Elderly, women, youths Mobs, deep, raw 0–1 9+ 4 Light infantry other, bow 0–1 8+ 4 Skirmishers Light infantry, javelin 0–2 7+ 4 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Wagon laager Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * Before 600. ** 600 and after. *** Choose either Saxons or Bavarians, Thuringians and Frisians. ****May only be taken if no Frankish mounted nobles are taken. Notes Only one tribe may be selected, i.e. Saxons, Bavarians, Frisians or Thuringians. The Saxons (but not the other tribes) can be equipped with angons and throwing axes.

Page 182 Return to Contents Hun This list covers the Huns from their arrival in Europe around 370 CE until their crushing defeat by their former subjects in 454 CE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached, mounted general 2–4 2+ 5 Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Generals Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Upgrade to detached, brilliant 0–1* – +5 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Cavalry, lance, veteran 1–3 11 Hun nobles Upgrade cavalry, lance, veteran to cavalry, lance, extra 6+ Any 13 bow, veteran Hun horse archers Light cavalry, bow, veteran 4–8 7+ 6 Subject horse archers Light cavalry, bow 4–8 8+ 5 Ostrogoth, Sciri, Gepid or Cavalry, javelin 0–3 7+ 9 Herul subjects Upgrade to cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, veteran 0–1 6+ 11 Warriors, deep 0–4 7+ 10 Burgundian, Frank, Gepid Upgrade to warriors, deep to warriors, deep, veteran 0–1 6+ 13 Rugian, and Thuringian Upgrade warriors with an extra shock missile as subjects 0–2 – +1 Franks or Gepids Elderly, women, youths Mobs, deep, raw 0–1 9+ 4 Ostrogoth or Gepid subjects Light infantry other, bow 0–3 8+ 4 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Wagon laager Field fortifications 0–5 – 1 * Representing Attila from 434 to 453. Allies Alans, Burgundians, Franks, Gepids, Heruls, Ostrogoths, Sciri.

Page 183 Return to Contents Early Welsh This list covers the less-Romanised inhabitants of Gwynedd, Powys, Dyfed and Gwent (approximately the area of modern Wales) from the weakening of Romano-British rule in 383 CE until their adoption of longer spears around 1100 CE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any - +1 Upgrade to heroic 0–2 3+ +1 Generals Upgrade to senior 0–1 - +1 Upgrade an attached, mounted, heroic, senior general 0–1* - +4 to great leader as Arthur Heroes 2–4 - 1 Light cavalry, javelin 2–4 7+ 5 Upgrade light cavalry, javelin to light cavalry, javelin, 1–2** 6+ 6 Light cavalry veteran as Teulu (the King's warband). Upgrade light cavalry, javelin, veteran to cavalry, 0–2** 6+ 11 javelin, veteran Warriors, deep 4–10 7+ 10 Combrogi (fellow countrymen) Upgrade warriors, deep to warriors, deep, veteran as 1–2** 6+ 13 Teulu Light infantry, javelin 1–2 7+ 4 Light infantry other, sling or bow 0–2 8+ 4 Pagenses (peasants) Downgrade light infantry other, sling or bow to light Any 8+/9+ 3 infantry other, sling or bow, raw Mobs, deep 0–1 9+ 7 Attecotti mercenaries Warriors, deep, veteran 0–1* 7+ 13 Camp Camp 1–3 - 1 * Only 500–542. Great leaders are described in the Even Stronger supplement. ** The maximum number of such upgrades may not exceed two. Allies Sub Roman Britons, English Kingdoms, Scots-Irish, Vikings. Historical Background In the years following the departure of most of the Roman field army in 383, Wales split into several competing Christian kingdoms: Gwynedd (north Wales); Demetia (subsequently Dyfed, south Wales) and Powys (east Wales). These were under pressure from Irish raiders and settlers. Around 450CE it appears that Cunedda Wledig, who is likely to have been a Romano-British chieftain from the Kingdom of Gododdin, north of Hadrian’s Wall, arrived to drive out the Irish settlers. The legendary King Arthur, of Welsh parentage and crowned at Caerleon, is referred to by early writers such as Nennius, Geoffrey of Monmouth and many others, but the historical evidence for him is thin, to say the least. In 615/616 the Welsh suffered a major defeat at the hands of the Northumbrians at the Battle of Chester, but in 630 the Battle of Cefn Digoll, near Welshpool in modern-day Wales, ended the Northumbrian domination of Gwynedd. In the first half of the 8th century, the kingdom of Mercia expanded westwards to the Dee, Wye, and Severn rivers, at the expense of the Arthur, glutter of Ravens.

Page 184 Return to Contents Welsh kingdom of Powys, which lost its rich lowland farms. In the second half of the century, Offa of Mercia and Cynewulf of Wessex campaigned vigorously against the Welsh, establishing the eastern borders of Wales that exist today. In the 10th and early 11th centuries, Wales was dominated by English kings and ravaged by the Vikings. In 1067, shortly after their conquest of England, the Normans invaded Wales and began to dominate most of the country, securing their gains with castles. Norman “Marcher Barons” were created, with complete jurisdiction over their Welsh subjects, without recourse to the king of England. The long process of conquering Wales had begun.

Page 185 Return to Contents Decline and Fall of the West Romans This list covers the Western Empire from the breaching of the Rhine defences on 31st December 406 CE to the death in Dalmatia of Julius Nepos, the last Emperor of the West, in 480 CE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Upgrade to detached Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 0–2 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Upgrade a senior, mounted, detached general to 0–1* – +4 brilliant as Flavius Aetius Heroes 2–4 – 1 Cavalry, javelin 2–3 7+ 9 Upgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, veteran 0–1 6+ 11 Equites Upgrade cavalry, javelin, veteran to cavalry, javelin, 0–1* 6+ 13 veteran, extra bow Downgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin raw 0–2 8+ 7 Equites Sarmatarum Cavalry, lance, raw 0–1 8+ 7 Equites Illyricani Light cavalry, javelin 0–1 7+ 5 Light cavalry, bow 1–2 8+ 5 Equites Sagittarii Downgrade light cavalry, bow to light cavalry, bow, 0–1 9+ 4 raw Hun Foederati Cavalry, lance, extra bow, veteran 0–1 6+ 13 Hun Foederati Light cavalry, bow, veteran 0–3 7+ 6 Alan Foederati Cavalry, lance 0–1 7+ 9 Alan Foederati Light cavalry, bow 0–3 8+ 5 Cavalry, javelin 0–2 7+ 9 Visigoth Foederati Upgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, veteran 0–1 6+ 11 Auxiliaries 5–9 6+ 8 Upgrade auxiliaries to auxiliaries, veteran 0–3 5+ 10 Legionarii and auxiliarii Downgrade auxiliaries to auxiliaries, raw 1–4 7+ 6 Upgrade auxiliarii with extra archers Any** – +2 Light infantry, javelin 0–2 7+ 4 Upgrade light infantry, javelin to light infantry, 0–1 6+ 5 Lanciarii javelin, veteran Downgrade light infantry, javelin to light infantry, Any 8+ 3 javelin, raw Light infantry other, sling or bow 1–4** 8+ 4 Upgrade light infantry, other, sling or bow to light 0–1 7+ 5 Funditores or Sagittarii infantry other, sling or bow, veteran Downgrade light infantry, other, sling or bow to light 1–3 9+ 3 infantry other, sling or bow, raw Warriors, deep 0–3 7+ 10 Frank, Saxon, Burgundian or Upgrade warriors, deep to warriors, deep, veteran 0–1 6+ 13 Visigoth Foederati Upgrade warriors with an extra shock missile as All – +1 Franks or Saxons

Page 186 Return to Contents Foederati skirmishers Light infantry other, bow 0–1 8+ 4 Artillery (catapult) 0–1 7+ 7 Ballistarii Artillery (catapult, carroballistae) 0–1 7+ 8 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Castrum Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * 426–454. ** The total number of sagittarii units and extra archer upgrades may not exceed six. Allies Alans, Burgundians, Early Franks, East Romans, Huns, Visigoths Notes The option to upgrade one unit of equites with extra bow is to represent Aetius' bodyguard which included Huns.

Page 187 Return to Contents Later East Roman This list runs parallel to the Western Empire Decline list and covers the Eastern Roman Empire between 407 and 480 CE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Upgrade to detached Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 0–2 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Upgrade to brilliant 0–1 – +4 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Standard 1VP standard 0–1 – 2 Cavalry, javelin 2–4 7+ 9 Equites Upgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, veteran 0–2 –1 11 Downgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, raw 0–2 +1 7 Equites Illyricani Light cavalry, javelin 0–1 7+ 5 Light cavalry, bow 0–2 8+ 5 Upgrade light cavalry, bow to light cavalry, bow, 0–1 6+/7+ 6 Equites Sagittarii veteran Downgrade light cavalry, bow to light cavalry, bow, 0–1 8+/9+ 4 raw Cavalry, lance, extra bow, veteran 0–1 6+ 13 Hun Foederati Light cavalry, bow, veteran 0–3 7+ 6 Alan Foederati Light cavalry, bow 0–1 8+ 5 Cavalry, javelin 0–3 7+ 9 Ostrogoth Foederati Upgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, veteran 0–1 6+ 11 Auxiliaries 4–9 6+ 8 Upgrade auxiliaries to auxiliaries, veteran 0–3 5+ 10 Legionarii and auxiliarii Downgrade auxiliaries to auxiliaries, raw 1–4 7+ 6 Upgrade with extra archers Any – +2 Light infantry, javelin 0–2 7+ 4 Upgrade light infantry, javelin to light infantry, 0–1 6+ 5 Lanciarii javelin, veteran Downgrade light infantry, javelin to light infantry, 0–2 8+ 3 javelin, raw Light infantry other, sling or bow 2–6* 8+ 4 Upgrade light infantry other, sling or bow to light 0–2 7+ 5 Funditores (slingers) or sagittarii infantry other, sling or bow, veteran (archers) Downgrade light infantry other, sling or bow to light 1–3 9+ 3 infantry other, sling or bow, raw Bowmen, raw 1–2 8+ 5 Ostrogoth Foederati Downgrade bowmen, raw to light infantry other, bow Any 8+ 4 Artillery (catapult) 0–1 7 Ballistarii 7+ Artillery (catapult, carroballistae) 0–1 8 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Castrum Fortifications 0–5 – 1

Page 188 Return to Contents * The total number of sagittarii units and extra archer upgrades may not exceed six. Allies Arabs, Huns, Ostrogoths.

Page 189 Return to Contents Romano-British The armies of the Romano-British magnates after the departure of the last elements of the field army to mainland Europe in 407 CE until the destruction of the lowland kingdoms around 580 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 0–3 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Cavalry, javelin 2–3 7+ 9 Equites (cavalry) Upgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, veteran 0–1 6+ 11 Downgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, raw 0–2 8+ 7 Cavalry, lance 0–1 7+ 9 Equites Sarmatarum Upgrade cavalry, lance to cavalry, lance, veteran 0–1 6+ 11 (Sarmatians) Downgrade cavalry, lance to cavalry, lance, raw 0–1 8+ 7 Light cavalry, javelin 1–3 7+ 5 Light cavalry Upgrade light cavalry, javelin to light cavalry, javelin, 0–1 6+ 6 veteran Auxiliaries 1–4* 6+ 8 Upgrade auxiliaries to auxiliaries, veteran 0–1* 5+ 10 Auxiliarii Downgrade auxiliaries to auxiliaries, raw Any* 7+ 6 Upgrade auxiliarii with extra archers Up to 1/2 – +2 4–8*, 6– Javelinmen or spearmen 7+ 7 12*** Upgrade javelinmen or spearmen to javelinmen or 0–1 6+ 9 Pedites (foot) spearmen, veteran Downgrade javelinmen or spearmen to javelinmen, Any 8+ 5 raw or spearmen, raw Upgrade javelinmen or spearmen with extra bow Any – +2 Light infantry, javelin 0–1 7+ 4 Light infantry other, sling or bow 1–4 8+ 4 Lights Downgrade light infantry other, sling or bow to light Any 8+/9+ 3 infantry other, sling or bow, raw Saxon mercenaries Warriors, deep, extra shock missile, veteran 0–2** 7+ 14 Ballistarii Artillery (catapult) 0–1 7+ 7 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Hill fort Fortifications 0–5 – 1 *Only before 450. **Only after 420 and must form a separate command under a Saxon general. *** Only after 450. Allies Sub Roman Britons, Saxons

Page 190 Return to Contents Later Visigoth This list covers the Visigoths in Gaul and Spain from just after the sack of Rome in 411 CE until the Islamic conquest of Spain in 711 CE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 3–5 – 1 Visigoth mounted bucellarii Cavalry, javelin, veteran 1–2***** 6+ 11 Cavalry, javelin 1–4 7+ 9 Visigoth gardingi retainers Upgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, veteran Up to 1/2 6+ 11 Alan allies Light cavalry, bow 0–1 8+ 5 Warriors, deep 3–8** 7+ 10 Upgrade warriors, deep to warriors, deep, veteran Up to 1/4 6+ 13 Visigoth retainers on foot Shieldwall, deep 4–6*** 7+ 10 Downgrade shieldwall, deep to raw At least 1/2 8+ 7 Upgrade shieldwall, deep with extra archers Any – +2 Dismounted bucellarii Warriors, veteran, mounted infantry 0–2**/***** 6+ 14 Auxiliaries, raw 0–2* 7+ 6 Roman subjects Upgrade auxiliaries, raw to auxiliaries 0–1 6+ 8 Roman skirmishers Light infantry other, bow, raw 0–1* 9+ 3 Visigoth skirmishers Light infantry other, bow 2–4 8+ 4 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 * Up to 546. After this date it is assumed that Romans fought in Visigoth-style units. ** Up to 600. *** After 600. **** Minimum only applies if no dismounted bucellarii are taken. ***** May only be taken if no Visigoth mounted bucellarii are taken. Allies Burgundians, Early Byzantines, Decline Romans, Ostrogoths, Suevi

Page 191 Return to Contents Later Vandal This list covers the Vandals from just after their capture of Carthage in 439 CE until the Byzantines destroyed their kingdom in 535 CE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Cavalry, javelin 6–10 7+ 9 Vandal nobles Upgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, veteran Up to 1/2 6+ 11 Alans Light cavalry, bow 0–1 8+ 5 Moors Light cavalry, javelin 0–2 7+ 5 Warriors, deep 0–5 7+ 10 Vandal warband Downgrade warriors, deep to warriors, deep, raw At least 1/2 8+ 7 Light infantry, javelin 0–2 7+ 4 Skirmishers Light infantry other, bow 1–2 8+ 4 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Notes In the later period, a high proportion of the Vandals seem to have fought mounted. I have included the option for the Vandals to field some foot but with at least some downgraded raw due to the enervating lifestyle of luxury in Vandal Africa.

Vandal nobles, mostly painted by David Imrie, from the author’s collection.

Page 192 Return to Contents Early Bulgar This list covers the from the first mention of them as Byzantine allies in 480 CE until the destruction of their kingdom by the Byzantine Basil Boulgaroktonos ("Bulgar-slayer") in 1018 CE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached, mounted general 2–4 2+ 5 Upgrade to heroic 0–3 3+ +1 Generals Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Upgrade an attached, mounted, heroic senior general 0–1* – +4 to great leader as Khan Krum Heroes 2–4 – 1 Cavalry, lance, extra bow 3–8 7+ 11 Bulgar nobles Upgrade cavalry, lance, extra bow to cavalry, lance, 0–2 – +2 extra bow, veteran Light cavalry, bow 5–8 8+ 5 Bulgar horse archers Upgrade light cavalry, bow to light cavalry, bow, Any 7+ 6 veteran Javelinmen, raw 0–12** 8+ 5 subjects Upgrade javelinmen, raw to javelinmen Up to 1/2 7+ 7 Light infantry, javelin 0–2** 7+ 4 Light infantry other, bow, raw 0–6** 9+ 3 Slav skirmishers Upgrade light infantry other, bow, raw to bowmen, 0–2 9+ 5 raw Wagon defenders Mobs, deep, raw 0–2 8+ 4 Camp Camps 1–3 – 1 Wagon laager Fortifications 1–5 – 1 * Representing Krum, Khan of the Bulgars from 803 to 814, who doubled the size of the Bulgar kingdom and drank from a cup made from the skull of a Byzantine Emperor. Great leaders are described in the Even Stronger supplement. ** Only after 679, when the Bulgars migrated to the Danube. Allies Pechenegs, Early Byzantine. Thanks to Robert Tison for writing the first draft of this list.

Page 193 Return to Contents Early Byzantine This list covers the earlier Byzantine armies from the collapse of the Western Empire in 481 CE to the catastrophe of Yarmuk, ending just before the reforms of the Emperor Constans in 641 CE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Upgrade to detached Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 0–2 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Upgrade a mounted, attached, heroic, senior general 0–1* – +4 to great leader as either Count Belisarius or Heroes 2–4 – Boukellarioi ("hard-tack 0–2**, 0– Cavalry, lance, extra bow, veteran 6+ 13 eaters") 1*** Optimates Cavalry, lance, veteran 1*** 6+ 11 Cavalry, lance 6–9 7+ 9 Upgrade cavalry, lance to cavalry, lance, veteran Up to 1/3 6+ 11 Kavallarioi (cavalry,) Downgrade cavalry, lance to cavalry, lance, raw Up to 1/3 8+ 7 Upgrade cavalry, lance with extra bow Up to 2/3 – +2 Hyperkerastikoi (outflankers) Light cavalry, bow 0–2 7+ 5 Cavalry, javelin or lance 0–2 7+ 9 Germanic symmachoi Upgrade cavalry, javelin or lance to cavalry, javelin or Up to 1/2 6+ 11 lance, veteran Light cavalry, javelin 0–3 7+ 5 Arab or Moorish symmachoi Downgrade light cavalry, javelin to light cavalry, Any 8+ 4 javelin, raw Hun symmachoi Light cavalry, bow, veteran 0–2 7+ 6 0–4**, 0– Shieldwall 7 3*** 7+ Skoutatoi Upgrade shieldwall to shieldwall, deep At least 1/2 10 Downgrade shieldwall, deep to shieldwall, deep, raw Any 8+ 7 Upgrade shieldwall or shieldwall, deep with extra bow Any – +2 Dismounted cavalry Spearmen or spearmen, veteran, mounted infantry Special**** 7+/6+ 8/10 Bowmen 0–1 8+ 7 Toxotoi (archers) Downgrade bowmen to bowmen, raw Any 9+ 5 Javelinmen 0–3 7+ 7 Stratiotai (Isaurian, etc.) Downgrade javelinmen to javelinmen, raw Up to 1/2 8+ 5 Militia or racing factions Mobs, deep, raw 0–2 9+ 4 Light infantry, javelin 0–3 7+ 4 Downgrade light infantry, javelin to light infantry, Any 8+ 3 javelin, raw Psiloi Light infantry other, bow 0–2 8+ 4 Downgrade light infantry other, bow to light infantry Any 9+ 3 other, bow, raw Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Fortifications Fortifications 0–5** – 1

Page 194 Return to Contents * Representing Count Belisarius between 527 and 562, and Maurice between 577 and 595. Great leaders are described in the Even Stronger supplement. ** Before 560. *** After 560. **** Sometimes cavalry dismounted to stiffen the infantry. Cavalry lance dismount as spearmen; cavalry lance, veteran as spearmen, veteran. These count against the number of cavalry units; each dismounted unit reducing the maxima of the equivalent cavalry units. If bow armed, the infantry has extra bow.

Allies Arabs, Goths, Huns, Sassanids. Notes Upgrading kavallarioi can represent either better quality units or units with frontal horse armour. During this period cavalry increased in importance as discipline in the infantry deteriorated. "On several occasions cavalry forces fought with minimal or no infantry support, while infantry units sometimes acted merely as a reserve." Haldon, J., Byzantine Wars, 2008 Historical Background During the period covered by this list, the Empire was constantly engaged on every frontier. Its armies include those led by the famous generals Belisarius and Maurikios. Many thanks to Philip Garton for revising and extending this list.

Page 195 Return to Contents Early Lombard This list covers the from the approximate date of their arrival in Pannonia (540 CE) through to the Frankish conquest of their Italian Kingdom in 774 CE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general (on foot) 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted 2–4 – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 3–5 – 1 Lombard nobles & gasindii Cavalry, lance, veteran 2–4 6+ 11 Cavalry, lance 3–6 7+ 9 Lombard retainers Upgrade cavalry, lance to cavalry, lance, veteran Up to 1/3 6+ 11 Warriors, deep 0–3* 7+ 10 Lombard retainers on foot Downgrade warriors, deep to warriors, deep, raw Any 8+ 7 Italian city militias Spearmen, deep, raw 0–2** 8+ 7 Bowmen 7 Lombard archers 1–4 8+ Light infantry other, bow 4 Wagon defenders Mobs, deep, raw 0–1* 9+ 4 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Wagon laager Fortifications 0–5* – 1 * Only up to 569. ** From 570 onwards (after the capture of Mediolanum, the most important city in Northern Italy). Allies Avars, Franks. Saxons, Slavs, Bulgars. Notes The Lombards, a tribe from southern Scandinavia, were originally mostly infantry. It is assumed that, after settling in Pannonia, they progressively fought mounted. Followers on foot represent the remnants of their infantry, whom we assume became fully mounted after the conquest of Northern Italy, except for their numerous archers.

Page 196 Return to Contents Avar This list covers the Avars from their arrival in Europe in 553 CE until they vanished from history after 822 CE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached, mounted general 2–4 2+ 5 Upgrade to heroic Any 3+ +1 Generals Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Upgrade an attached, mounted, heroic, senior general 0–1* – +4 to great leader as Khagan Heroes 2–4 – 1 3–12**, Cavalry, lance, extra bow 7+ 11 5–12*** Avar nobles Upgrade cavalry, lance, extra bow to cavalry, lance, Up to 1/2 6+ 13 extra bow, veteran Light cavalry, bow 0–4 8+ 5 Avar horse archers Upgrade light cavalry, bow to light cavalry, bow, Any 7+ 6 veteran Cavalry, javelin 0–2 7+ 9 Gepid subjects Upgrade cavalry, javelin or lance to cavalry, javelin or Up to 1/2 6+ 11 lance, veteran Light cavalry, bow 2–8** 8+ 5 Bulgar subjects Upgrade light cavalry, bow to light cavalry, bow, Up to 1/2 7+ 6 veteran Warriors, deep, raw 2–6** 8+ 7 Slav subjects Upgrade warriors, deep, raw to warriors, deep Up to 1/2 7+ 10 Light infantry, javelin 0–2** 7+ 4 Light infantry other, bow, raw 0–4** 3 Slav skirmishers Upgrade light infantry other, bow, raw to bowmen, 9+ 0–2 5 raw Camps 1–3 – 1 Other Fortifications 0–1 – 1 * Bayan I, Khagan of the Avars from 562 to 602, established the Avar empire, defeating the Sabirs, Utigurs, and Saragurs for the Byzantines, then defeating the Franks and Gepids, subjugating the Bulgars and Slavs and raiding the Byzantines. As a gift for his ally , he made a cup from the skull of his defeated Gepid enemy , the Lombard king. Great leaders are described in the Even Stronger supplement. ** Only from 558 to 631. *** Only dates other than from 558 to 631.

Allies Bulgar from 675 CE to 805 CE, Lombards in 567 CE only. Notes Upgraded Avar nobles represent better quality units composed of the most important Avars with frontal horse armour. Historical Background The Avars arrived in Europe in the c. 6th and controlled the steppes north of the Danube from the Black Sea to the river Elbe. At various times both allies and enemies of the Byzantines, following their unsuccessful siege of Constantinople in 626 CE, they lost face with their Bulgar and Slav subjects and gradually withdrew to Hungary. After 791 CE they were relentlessly harried by Charlemagne's Franks until they vanished from history in the ca .9th. Thanks to Paul Caspall for suggesting and writing this list.

Page 197 Return to Contents VIII Across the Indus This chapter includes the armies of ancient India and the Hindu Kush.

Vedic Indian The list covers the Indian kingdoms of the Indus and Ganges basins from the invasion (ca. 1500 BCE) down to the end of the Vedic period (ca. 500 BCE). Unit Description Number Save Cost Generals Attached, mounted general 2–4 2+ 5 Downgrade to general on foot Any* – –1 Upgrade to heroic 0–2 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Heavy chariots, lance 0–2 6+ 11 Upgrade heavy chariots, lance to heavy chariots, Up to 1/2 5+ 13 Chariots lance, veteran Chariots, bow 4–8 8+ 9 Upgrade chariots, bow to chariots, bow, veteran Up to 1/2 7+ 11 Cavalry Cavalry, javelin, raw 0–2 8+ 7 Elephants (Indian), deep 0–1* 8 Elephants Upgrade elephants (Indian), deep to elephants 6+ 0–1 +4 (Indian), deep, escorted Bowmen, raw 6–18 9+ 5 Infantry Mobs, deep 0–4 8+ 7 Light infantry, sling, raw 0–2 9+ 3 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 * Elephants and generals depicted on elephants may be taken only after 900. Allies None Notes Heavy chariots are equipped with a lance to represent their shock action. Historical Background The Vedic period takes its name from the Vedas, a large body of Indian religious texts written between ca. 1500 BCE and ca. 500 BCE. Following the collapse of the Indus Valley civilization (ca. 1900 BCE), the Indo- migrated into north-western India and established a new Indo-Aryan civilization in the Indus and Ganges basins. During the Early Vedic period (1500 BCE- 1200 BCE), the Indo-Aryans were a tribal people whose existence was based primarily on pastoralism. Beginning in the Late Vedic period (1200–500 BCE), however, the Indo-Aryans began to settle in towns and cities and establish , realms, republics and kingdoms, chief among which were Kuru, Panchala, Kosala, and Videha. The Vedic period also witnessed the development of the four varnas, or social classes, into which ancient Indian society was divided: Brahmins, teachers or priests; Kshatriyas, rulers, warriors, and administrators; Vaishyas, famers and traders; and Shudras, laborers. Based on the Vedas and the Mahabharata, the famous Indian epic poem, Indian warfare of this period seems to have had a distinctly heroic bent and to have favoured chariotry above all other arms. Many thanks to Justin Vorhis, for writing this list!

Page 198 Return to Contents Classical Indian This list covers the Indian states of the Indus and Ganges basins from the beginning of the historical period (ca. 500 BCE) down to the fall of the Mauryan Empire (185 BCE), including the armies of Poros and Chandragupta. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Heavy chariots, lance, extra longbow 6+ 13 1–4*, 0–4** Chariots, javelin 7+ 9 Chariots Upgrade heavy chariots, lance, extra longbow to heavy chariots, lance, extra longbow, veteran or 0–1 5+/6+ +2 chariots, javelin to chariots, javelin, veteran Cavalry Cavalry, javelin, raw 1–4*, 2–6** 8+ 7 Elephants (Indian), deep 2–8*, 0–2** 8 Upgrade elephants (Indian), deep to elephants 6+ Any +4 Elephants (Indian), deep, escorted Upgrade elephants (Indian), deep or elephants Up to 1/2 5+ +3 (Indian), deep, escorted to veteran Longbowmen*** 8+ 9 3–8, 5–12** Javelinmen with extra longbow*** 7+ 9 Javelinmen 1–4 7+ 7 Upgrade longbowmen/javelinmen/javelinmen with 0–2 7+/6+ +2 extra longbow to veteran Infantry Downgrade longbowmen/javelinmen/javelinmen 1/3 to 1/2 9+/8+ –2 with extra longbow to raw Upgrade longbowmen/javelinmen/javelinmen with All or none – +1 extra longbow with extra 2HCCW Light infantry other, longbow 8+ 4 0–3 Light infantry, javelin 7+ 4 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Palisade Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * Minima-maxima apply to monarchical Indian states (e.g., Poros' kingdom, ' kingdom, the Mauryan Empire). ** Minima-maxima apply to republican Indian states (e.g., Malloi, Oxydrakai, Kathaioi). *** These must be taken entirely as longbowmen or as javelinmen with extra longbow, not a mix of the two types. Allies Mountain Indian Notes wrote of the Indians that their "infantry have a bow, of the height of the owner; this they poise on the ground, and set their left foot against it, and shoot thus; drawing the bowstring a very long way back; for their arrows are little short of three cubits, and nothing can stand against an arrow shot by an Indian archer, neither shield nor breastplate nor any strong armour." Personally, I am inclined to think that Indian armies included longbowmen rather than being formed largely of longbowmen, but I have permitted both approaches. Generals on foot can be depicted on elephants.

Page 199 Return to Contents Historical Background Around the beginning of this period, the Indus and Ganges basins witnessed the rise of sixteen (great kingdoms) out of the smaller janapadas of the Vedic period. Throughout the fifth century BCE, these sixteen mahajanapadas gradually coalesced into four main ones: Avanti, Kosala, Magadha, and Vatsa. Shortly before this period (late sixth century BCE), the Persian kings Cyrus the Great and conquered the north-western part of the Indian subcontinent, forming, over time, three Persian satrapies. The Persians continued to rule this part of India for nearly two centuries until the Macedonian conquest. Between 327 and 325 BCE, Alexander the Great campaigned in north-western India. In 326 BCE, Alexander defeated the Indian rajah Poros at the battle of the Hydaspes (modern Jhelum), his fourth and final set-piece battle. However, shortly after this victory, Alexander's army mutinied at the Hyphasis (modern Beas) river, forcing the conqueror to begin the long journey back to the west. Vendel Indian elephant and escorts from the author’s collection Following Alexander's death, in ca. 322 BCE, Chandragupta Maurya founded the Mauryan Empire, with its capital at Pataliputra (modern Patna) after overthrowing the Nanda Empire. Throughout his reign (322–298 BCE), Chandragupta steadily expanded his empire. By 317 BCE, Chandragupta had conquered the and by 303 BCE he had defeated Seleukos Nikator in the Seleucid- Mauryan war, resulting in the acquisition of territory west of the Indus. Chandragupta's son and successor, Bindusara (r. 297–ca. 272 BCE), continued in his father's conquering footsteps, extending Mauryan rule deep into southern India. Under Bindusara, the Mauryan Empire came to control nearly the entire Indian subcontinent. The third Mauryan ruler, Ashoka, succeeded to the Mauryan throne following his father Bindusara's death (ca. 272 BCE). Like his father and grandfather, Ashoka began his reign by expanding the Mauryan Empire, conquering the region of Kalinga. However, the conquest of Kalinga-an event marked by heavy casualties on both sides-scarred Ashoka, leading him to embrace Buddhism and renounce war and violence. After Ashoka's death (232 BCE), the Mauryan Empire was ruled by a series of relatively weak kings, the last of whom, Brihadratha, was assassinated by the commander of the royal guards at a military parade (185 BCE). With Brihadratha's assassination, the Mauryan Empire came to an end. Many thanks to Justin Vorhis, for editing this list!

Page 200 Return to Contents Mountain Indian This list covers the Indian tribes dwelling in the vicinity of the Hindu Kush mountains from the beginning of the historical period (ca. 500 BCE) down to their incorporation into the Graeco-Bactrian Kingdom (170 BCE). Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Cavalry Cavalry, javelin 0–2 7+ 9 Light cavalry Light cavalry, javelin 2–5 7+ 5 Elephants (Indian), deep 0–1 6+ 8 Upgrade elephants (Indian), deep to elephants 0–1 – +4 Elephants (Indian), deep, escorted Upgrade elephants (Indian), deep or elephants 0–1 5+ +3 (Indian), deep, escorted to veteran Javelinmen 5–12 7+ 7 Mountain Indian infantry Downgrade javelinmen to javelinmen, raw 1/3 to 1/2 8+ 5 Light infantry other, bow 6–12 8+ 4 Longbowmen 8+ 9 Javelinmen 0–4* 7+ 7 Classical Indian infantry Javelinmen with extra longbow 7+ 9 Upgrade longbowmen/javelinmen/javelinmen with All or none – +1 extra longbow with extra 2HCCW Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 * Only between 500 and 185. Allies None. Notes The tribes of north west India were more dependent on their cavalry than those of the plains and the very name of the Assakenoi tribe derived from the Sanskrit asva ("horse"). Similarly, the cavalry of the Paropamisadai were held in high regard by both Alexander and Darius. The mountain tribes also made use of Indian mercenaries from the plains. Generals on foot can be depicted on elephants. Historical Background Prior to the period covered by this list, the Indian tribes of the Hindu Kush were part of the mahajanapada (great kingdom) of Kamboja. During the late 6th century BCE, these Indian tribes came under the rule of the Persian Empire, with their territory becoming the Persian satrapy of Parupraesanna. In 327 BCE, the Indians of the Hindu Kush came into conflict with Alexander the Great as the Macedonian conqueror marched into India. During the wars of the Successors, Seleucus I briefly had control of the region but ultimately ceded it to Chandragupta in 305 BCE. From the late 4th century to the early 2nd century BCE, the Indians of the Hindu Kush were subjects of the Mauryan Empire. Following the collapse of the Mauryan Empire, Demetrius I annexed the territory to the Greco-Bactrian kingdom in 170 BCE. Many thanks to Justin Vorhis, for writing this interesting list!

Page 201 Return to Contents Tamil Indian This list covers the Indian states of southern India from the rise of the three main Tamil dynasties (ca. 300 BCE) down to the invasion of the Kalabhras (ca. 300 CE). Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Chariots Chariots, javelin 0–1 7+ 9 Cavalry, javelin, raw 8+ 7 Cavalry 0–2 Cavalry, bow, raw 9+ 7 Elephants (Indian), deep 3–8 6+ 8 Upgrade elephants (Indian), deep to elephants Any 6+ 12 Elephants (Indian), deep, escorted Upgrade elephants (Indian), deep or elephants Up to 1/3 5+ +3 (Indian), deep, escorted to veteran Javelinmen 4–12 7+ 7 Bowmen 2–4 8+ 7 Indian infantry Light infantry other, bow 8+ 4 0–6 Light infantry, javelin 7+ 4 Spearmen 0–1* 7+ 7 Greek infantry Upgrade spearmen to spearmen, single extra javelin 0–1 7+ +1 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Wagon Laager Fortifications 0–5 – 1 *Greek mercenary infantry may be taken only between 140 BCE and 300 CE. Allies None Notes A few maiden guards would form a colourful addition to a senior general's command base! Historical Background Between the third and second centuries BCE, three main Tamil dynasties came to dominate the southern part of India: the Cheras, Cholas, and Pandyas. Together, the rulers of these dynasties were known as the Three Crowned Rulers or the Three Glorified by Heaven. Throughout the period covered by this list, the Cheras, Cholas, and Pandyas, as well as a few minor Tamil dynasties were in a state of near-constant warfare with one another. However, given their remote geographical position, the Tamils were generally at peace with external powers such as the Mauryan Empire. Around the 3rd century CE, the three main Tamil dynasties were overthrown by the Kalabhras, an Indian people of obscure origin, an event that marked the end of the Classical period of Tamil history. Many thanks to Justin Vorhis, for writing this interesting list!

Page 202 Return to Contents Graeco-Bactrian This list covers the Bactrian Greek Kingdom from its founding around in 250 BCE by Diodotos, the Seleucid governor of Bactria, until the kingdom was overrun by the nomadic Yue-chi around 130 BCE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior Up to 1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Greek bodyguard cavalry Cavalry, javelin or lance, extra bow, veteran 0–1 6+ 13 Cavalry, javelin or lance, extra bow 1–4 7+ 11 Upgrade cavalry, javelin or lance to cavalry, javelin or 13 Iranian and colonist lancers lance, veteran Up to 1/2* 6+ Replace cavalry, javelin or lance, extra bow with 11 cataphracts, lance Light cavalry, javelin 2–8 5 Arachosian, Bactrian, Mountain Upgrade light cavalry, javelin to light cavalry, javelin, 7+ Indian or similar light cavalry At least 1/2 6 extra bow (as Bactrians) Saka horse archers Light cavalry, bow 0–1 8+ 5 Pike, deep 1–3** 7+ 13 Downgrade pike, deep to pike, deep, raw Any 8+ 10 Phalanx Downgrade pike, deep to spearmen (as thureophoroi) Any 7 7+ Upgrade spearmen with a single extra javelin Any +1 Elephants Elephant screen (described in "Even Stronger") 0–2** 6+ 6 Javelinmen 2–4**/*** 7+ 7 Mountain Indian infantry Downgrade javelinmen to javelinmen, raw 0–2 8+ 5 Cretan archers Light infantry other, bow, veteran 1–2 7+ 5 Skirmishing archers and Light infantry other, bow or sling, raw 9+ slingers 1–3 3 Skirmishing javelinmen Light infantry, javelin, raw 8+ Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Camp defences Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * Up to half of the cavalry may be either upgraded to veteran or, after 206, replaced with cataphracts. ** In response to a Seleucid invasion in 208, the Bactrians fielded a cavalry-only army. Such minima apply only when there are any infantry or elephants in the army. *** Minima applied if any such troops are taken. Allies Scythian, Classical Indian (between 250 and 185 BCE), Greco-Indian (between 180 and 130 BCE) Notes Bactria was a transit route for elephants recruited by the Successors, and it seems likely that a herd was based there. Little is known of the Bactrian infantry – I have included an option for them to be thureophoroi, instead of the usual pike. Historical Background The Graeco-Bactrian Kingdom ruled the Central Asian regions of Bactria and Sogdiana from 250 to 125 BCE. The Greco- Bactrian Kingdom was founded when , the Seleucid satrap of Bactria, seceded from the Seleucid Empire around 250 BCE. It was wealthy due to the fertility of its lands and the trade routes that passed through it. The rise of Parthia led to the kingdom being cut off from the rest of the Greek world but it thrived in isolation and expanded into the Punjab around 180 BCE, leading to the foundation of the Graeco-Indian Kingdom.

Page 203 Return to Contents From the mid-2nd century BCE, the Scythians, themselves being driven forward by the who had migrated from the border of China, started to invade Bactria from the north. Heliocles, the last Greco-Bactrian king, was killed ca. 130 BCE and, shortly thereafter, the kingdom proper ceased to exist. It was survived by the Graeco-Indian Kingdom to its south-east. With thanks to Steve Metheringham who produced the first draft of this list, later edited by Justin Vorhis and me.

Page 204 Return to Contents Indian Kingdoms This list covers the Indian kingdoms of the Indus and Ganges basins that emerged following the collapse of the Mauryan Empire (185 BCE) and retained their independence from the Gupta Empire. It ends in 550 CE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Cavalry, javelin, raw 2–6 8+ 7 Indian cavalry Upgrade cavalry, javelin, raw to cavalry, javelin 0–2 7+ +2 Saka cavalry Light cavalry, bow 0–2* 8+ 5 Elephants (Indian), deep 2–8 8 Upgrade elephants (Indian), deep to elephants 6+ Any +4 Elephants (Indian), deep, escorted Upgrade elephants (Indian), deep or elephants Up to 1/3 5+ +3 (Indian), deep, escorted to veteran Bowmen 8+ 7 4–8** Javelinmen with extra bow 7+ 9 Javelinmen 2–4 7+ 7 Upgrade bowmen or javelinmen/javelinmen with 0–1 7+/6+ +2 extra bow to veteran Indian infantry Downgrade bowmen or javelinmen/javelinmen with 1/3 to 1/2 9+/8+ –2 extra bow to raw Upgrade bowmen or javelinmen/javelinmen with All or none – +1 extra bow with extra 2HCCW Light infantry other, bow 8+ 4 0–3 Light infantry, javelin 7+ 4 Spearmen 0–1* 7+ 7 Bactrian-Greek infantry Upgrade spearmen with extra javelin 0–1 – +2 Camp Camp 1–3 1 Palisade Fortifications 0–5 1 * These may be taken from 185 to 320 BCE. ** These must be taken entirely as bowmen or as javelinmen with extra bow, not as a mix of the two types. Allies None Historical Background The Mauryan Empire (of the Classical Indian list) was succeeded by a dynasty established by Pushyamitra Shunga. The Shunga Empire, an ancient Indian dynasty from Magadha, controlled areas of the central and eastern Indian subcontinent from around 187–78 BCE. There were ten Shunga rulers. However, much of northern and central India consisted of small kingdoms and city states that were independent of any Shunga hegemony. The Kanva dynasty, or Kanvayana dynasty, replaced the Shunga in parts of eastern and central India from 75–30 BCE. The Kanvas were, in turn, succeeded by the Satavahana dynasty, which established peace in the Deccan region and resisted the onslaught of foreign invaders. This kingdom, itself, fragmented into smaller states by the early c. 3rd CE. Many thanks to Justin Vorhis, for writing this interesting list!

Page 205 Return to Contents Graeco-Indian This list covers the numerous Graeco-Indian kingdoms in the areas of modern Pakistan and Afghanistan from their foundation by the Graeco-Bactrians in around 180 BCE until the final overthrow of the remnants by the Indo-Scythians around 10 CE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Cavalry, javelin or lance, extra bow 1–2 7+ 11 Graeco-Indian cavalry Upgrade cavalry, javelin or lance, extra bow, to 0–1 6+ 13 cavalry, javelin or lance, extra bow, veteran Cavalry, javelin 7+ 9 Indian cavalry 1–2 Downgrade cavalry, javelin to cavalry, javelin, raw 8+ 7 Arachosian, mountain Indian Light cavalry, javelin 1–4 7+ 5 or similar light cavalry Saka cavalry Light cavalry, bow 0–2 8+ 5 Pike, deep 1–3 7+ 13 Downgrade pike, deep to pike, deep, raw or to Colonist phalanx All* 8+/7+ 10/7 spearmen (as thureophoroi) Upgrade spearmen with a single extra javelin Any – +1 Bowmen 8+ 9 2–6** Javelinmen, extra bow 7+ 9 Javelinmen 1–3 7+ 7 Indians Upgrade bowmen, javelinmen or javelinmen, extra All or none – +1 bow with extra 2HCCW Downgrade bowmen or javelinmen to bowmen, raw 1/3 to 1/2 +1 –2 or javelinmen, raw Elephants (Indian), deep 1–2 8 Upgrade elephants (Indian), deep to elephants 6+ Any +4 (Indian), deep, escorted War elephants Upgrade elephants (Indian), deep or elephants (Indian), deep, escorted to elephants (Indian), deep or 0–1 5+ +3 elephants (Indian), deep, escorted, veteran Mountain Indian 'spearmen' Javelinmen 0–2***, 1–2* 7+ 7 Light infantry other, bow 0–2 8+ 4 Light infantry, javelin 0–2 7+ 4 Mountain Indian skirmishers Downgrade light infantry, javelin to light infantry, Up to 1/2 – 3 javelin, raw Cretan archers Light infantry other, bow, veteran 0–1 7+ 5 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Camp defences Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * After 168 BCE (the use of pike declined after the last Macedonian pike-army was defeated by the Romans). ** These must be taken entirely as bowmen or entirely as javelinmen with extra bow, not a mix of the two. *** Only before 168 BCE. Allies

Page 206 Return to Contents Graeco-Bactrian (between 180 BCE and 130 BCE), Kushan (between 135 BCE and 10 CE) Notes During the period covered by this list, the surviving Hellenistic kingdoms replaced their pikemen with other troop types. It is just possible that the last pike phalanx of the ancient world might have formed up in the Punjab… Historical Background The Graeco-Indian (or Indo-Greek) Kingdom was the easternmost kingdom of the Hellenistic world and flourished during the last two centuries BCE. It was formed when the Greco-Bactrian Kingdom expanded into present-day eastern Afghanistan and Pakistan around 180 BCE. The Indo-Greek kings combined the Greek and Indian languages and elements of both cultures. The most famous Indo-Greek ruler was (known in Buddhist literature as Milinda), who ruled from the Punjab and warred with the Mauryans. After his death, the kingdom fragmented into smaller states which were conquered, piecemeal, by the Indo-Scythians, with the last Eastern Punjab state falling in around 10 CE. Many thanks to Steve Metheringham who produced the first draft of this list, later edited by Justin Vorhis and me.

Page 207 Return to Contents Kushan This list covers the Kushans from their conquest of the Greco-Bactrian Kingdom (135 BCE) and establishment of an empire that included much of modern India, Pakistan, and Afghanistan all the way through to their empire's ultimate overthrow at the hands of the Hephthalite Huns (ca. 477 CE). Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached, mounted general 2–4 2+ 5 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Cataphracts, lance 3–5 6+ 11 Kushan cataphracts Upgrade cataphracts, lance to cataphracts, lance, 0–1 5+ 13 veteran Kushan horse archers Light cavalry, bow 7–12 8+ 5 Mountain cavalry Light cavalry, bow 0–1* 8+ 5 Indian cavalry Cavalry, javelin, raw 0–2** 8+ 7 Kushan infantry Javelinmen 0–2 7+ 7 Greco-Bactrian infantry Pike, raw 0–1*** 8+ 10 Javelinmen 0–1* 7+ 7 Mountain infantry Light infantry other, bow 0–1* 8+ 4 Javelinmen 7+ 7 2–4** Javelinmen with extra bow 7+ 9 Indian infantry Upgrade javelinmen/javelinmen with extra bow with All or none – +1 2HCCW

Elephants (Indian), deep 0–2** 8 Elephants Upgrade elephants (Indian), deep to elephants 6+ Any +4 (Indian), deep, escorted Kushan skirmishers Light infantry other, bow 0–2 8+ 4 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 * Mountain cavalry and infantry may be taken only after 100 BCE. ** Indian cavalry and infantry may be taken from 50 BCE to 410 CE. The minima apply only if any Indians are taken. *** Greco-Bactrian infantry may be taken from 130 BCE to 100 CE. Allies Scythian (135 BCE to 300 CE), Parthian (40 to 100 CE), Hun (356 CE to 358 CE and 370 to 390 CE) Notes Kushan armies were built around a core of cataphracts supported by numerous horse archers. Although in many ways similar to the nearby Parthians, a Kushan army can, however, include a lot of Indian colour! Historical Background The Kushan Kingdom was formed when the Kushan branch of the Yuezhi confederation, a possibly Iranian or Tocharian Indo-European nomadic people, conquered the Graeco-Bactrian Kingdom around 135 BCE. Kujula Kadphises founded the Guishuang [Kushan] dynasty around the middle of the 1st century BCE. The kingdom was expanded by his successors. His grandson Kanishka I “The Great” inherited a huge empire covering much of modern Afghanistan, north-west Pakistan and virtually all northern India. Kanishka sent his armies north of the Karakoram mountains, capturing territories as far as Kashgar, Khotan and Yarkant, in the Tarim Basin of modern-day Xinjiang, China. At its height, the controlled the silk road and had diplomatic contacts with the Roman Empire, Sasanian Persia, the Aksumite Empire and the Han dynasty of China.

Page 208 Return to Contents During the 3rd century CE, the Kushan Empire fragmented into semi–independent kingdoms. These successively fell to the Sasanians invading from the west, establishing the Kushano-Sasanian Kingdom in the areas of Sogdiana, Bactria and . In the 4th century the Guptas, an Indian dynasty, also pressed from the east. The last of the Kushan and Kushano- Sasanian kingdoms were eventually overwhelmed by Hunnic invaders from the north in the late c. 5th CE. Many thanks to Justin Vorhis, for writing this interesting list!

Page 209 Return to Contents Indo-Scythian This list covers the Indo-Scythians from the establishment of their empire in north-western India (ca. 110 BCE) down to their conquest by the Kushans around ca. 100 CE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached, mounted general 2–4 2+ 5 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Cataphracts, lance 2–3 6+ 11 Indo-Scythian cataphracts Upgrade cataphracts, lance to cataphracts, lance, 0–1 5+ 13 veteran Indo-Scythian horse archers Light cavalry, bow 8–12 8+ 5 Mountain cavalry Light cavalry, bow 0–2 8+ 5 Javelinmen 1–2 7+ 7 Mountain infantry Light infantry other, bow 0–2 8+ 4 Elephants (Indian), deep 0–2 8 Elephants Upgrade elephants (Indian), deep to elephants 6+ Any +4 (Indian), deep, escorted Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Allies Greco-Indian (between 90 BCE and 5 CE) Notes Like the Kushans, the Indo-Scythians fielded armies built around two primary troop types: cataphracts and horse archers. Yet, and further like the Kushans, they were also able to field a variety of Indian troops as well, most notably elephants. Historical Background Following their conquest of the Greco-Indian kingdoms around 10 CE, the Indo-Scythians established an empire in north- western India. While the Indo-Scythian Empire was eventually conquered by the Kushans in the 1st or 2nd century CE, a number of minor Indo-Scythian successor kingdoms continued to control parts of north-western India until the Gupta emperor Chandragupta II's defeated Rudrasimha III, the ruler of one of these successor kingdoms, in 395 CE.

Page 210 Return to Contents Gupta Empire This list covers the Gupta Empire from its foundation (320 CE) to its fall at the hands of the Huns (550 CE). At its zenith, the empire ruled much of the Indian subcontinent. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to heroic 2–4 +1 +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Cavalry, lance 2–4 7+ 9 Cavalry Upgrade cavalry, lance to cavalry, lance, veteran 0–1 6+ 11 Cavalry, javelin, raw 0–2 8+ 7 Light cavalry Light cavalry, bow 1–2 8+ 5 Elephants (Indian), deep 1–8 8 Upgrade elephants (Indian), deep to elephants 6+ Any +4 (Indian), deep, escorted Elephants Upgrade elephants (Indian), deep or elephants (Indian), deep, escorted to elephants (Indian), deep, Up to 1/3 5+ +3 veteran or elephants (Indian), deep, escorted, veteran Javelinmen 6–12 7+ 7 Upgrade javelinmen to javelinmen, veteran 0–2 6+ 9 Downgrade javelinmen to javelinmen, raw 1/3 to 1/2 8+ 5 Infantry Upgrade any javelinmen with extra 2HCCW Any – +1 Light infantry other, bow 8+ 4 0–3 Light infantry, javelin 7+ 4 Camp Camp 1–3 1 Palisade Fortifications 0–5 1 Allies Kushan (350–477 CE). Notes The Guptas fought the predominately mounted Huns and Persians with an army built around a core of sword and bow- armed heavy cavalry supported by the traditional Indian elements of elephants and light infantry. Historical Background Some historians refer to the Gupta period as the Golden Age of India. The Gupta Empire is named after the eponymous first Maharaja (“great king”) of the dynasty, who ruled in the late c. 3rd CE. By the mid-fourth century, the size and political power of the kingdom had increased, and Chandragupta I was able to adopt the title Maharajadhiraja ("King of Great Kings"). Subsequent rulers including Samudragupta (ca. 335–375), Ramagupta (late c. 4th) and Chandragupta II (380–415) expanded the empire which controlled much of modern northern India, Pakistan and Bangladesh from its core along the Ganges river. Skandagupta is generally considered to be the last of the great Gupta rulers. He repelled an initial invasion by the Huna (Huns) around 455 CE, but the empire was weakened in the process and, by 500 CE, much of north-western India was controlled by the Hunas. By 550 CE, the empire was reduced to a small kingdom around Pataliputra. Many thanks to Justin Vorhis, for writing this interesting list!

Page 211 Return to Contents Hephthalite (White Hun) This list covers the , or "White Huns," from their arrival (or emergence) in Bactria (ca. 442 CE) through their invasion and expulsion from India (early c. 6th CE) and eventual defeat by the Persians (ca. 607 CE). Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached mounted general 2–4 2+ 5 Generals Upgrade to heroic 0–2 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Cavalry, lance, veteran 2–4 11 Hephthalite nobles Upgrade cavalry, lance, veteran to cavalry, lance, extra 6+ Any 13 bow, veteran Light cavalry, bow 6–12 8+ 5 Hephthalite horse archers Upgrade light cavalry, bow to light cavalry bow, Up to 1/3 7+ 6 veteran Cavalry, lance, extra bow 0–3* 7+ 11 Sogdian cavalry Upgrade cavalry, lance, extra bow to cavalry, lance, 0–1* 6+ 13 extra bow, veteran Sogdian horse archers Light cavalry, bow 3–6* 8+ 5 Indian cavalry Cavalry, javelin, raw 0–2** 8+ 7 Spearmen 0–2* 7+ 7 Sogdian infantry Upgrade spearmen to spearmen, veteran 0–1* 6+ 9 Light infantry other, bow 0–2* 8+ 4 Javelinmen 7 7+ Javelinmen, extra bow 2–4** 9 Indian infantry Bowmen 8+ 7 Upgrade bowmen/javelinmen/javelinmen with extra Any – +1 bow, with extra 2HCCW Elephants (Indian), deep 0–2** 8 Elephants Upgrade elephants (Indian), deep to elephants 6+ Any +4 (Indian), deep, escorted Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 * Sogdians may not be used if any Indians are used. ** 470 –530. Minima apply if any Indians are taken, in which case no Sogdians may be used. Allies Indian Kingdoms (but no Bactrian-Greek infantry or Saka cavalry allowed). Notes This is an unusual army; there are not many horse nomad armies with optional elephants! I have assumed that they combined armoured heavy cavalry with lights; perhaps along similar lines to the Sasanids. Historical Background The Hephthalites were, most likely, an eastern Iranian people who appear to have been unrelated to Attila's Huns in all but name. Their "white" nickname may derive from their light skin colour. From their original base in Bactria, the Hephthalites expanded east into the Tarim Basin, west into and south through Afghanistan to conquer much of northern India from the Guptas. From the very establishment of the kingdom, they were foes of the Sasanids, raiding, killing at least one Emperor (), participating in multiple civil wars and extracting tribute. Finally, in 607 CE, the Sasanids drove them out of Persia and it appears that their kingdom then split into smaller states which paid tribute to their neighbours. Many thanks to Ken Bell (AKA Antiochus), who wrote this list.

Page 212 Return to Contents Later Hindu Indian This list covers the Hindu states of India from the fall of the Gupta Empire (550 CE) through to the final collapse of the Vijayanaga Empire (1646 CE). Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Upgrade to heroic 2–4 3+ +1 Generals Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Upgrade a senior, heroic, mounted general to great 0–1* – +4 leader as Bukka Raya I of Vijayanaga Heroes 2–4 – 1 2–4^, 1– Cavalry, javelin, raw 8+ 7 2^^^ Upgrade cavalry, javelin, raw to cavalry, javelin 0–1 7+ 9 Hindu cavalry Upgrade cavalry, javelin, raw to cavalry, lance Any 7+ 9 Upgrade cavalry, lance to cavalry, lance, veteran 0–1** 6+ 11 Upgrade cavalry, javelin, raw to cavalry, lance, All^^ 7+ 11 veteran, fanatic Muslim mamluk mercenaries Cavalry, lance, extra bow 0–1*** 7+ 11 Light cavalry, javelin 7+ 5 Hindu light cavalry 0–1 Light cavalry, bow 8+ 5 Javelinmen 7+ 7 2–4 Hindu javelinmen and Light infantry, javelin 7+ 4 swordsmen Upgrade javelinmen with extra 2HCCW Any 7+ 8 Replace javelinmen with shieldwall Any** 7+ 7 Bowmen, raw 5–10 9+ 5 Hindu bowmen Downgrade bowmen, raw to light infantry other, Up to 1/2 9+ 3 bow, raw 2–4^, 3– Elephants (Indian), deep 6+ 8 6^^^ Elephants Upgrade elephants (Indian), deep to elephants 0–2 5+ +3 (Indian), deep, veteran Camp followers Mobs, deep, raw 0–1 8+ 4 Arquebusiers Light infantry other, handgun 0–1***** 8+ 4 Manjaniq and arrada (trebuchets Artillery (ballista) 0–1 8+ 7 and ballistae) Field artillery Artillery (bombards) 0–1**** 8+ 7 Takhsh-andaz (rocketeers) Artillery (organ guns) 0–2** 8+ 7 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Palisade Fortifications 0–5 – 1 ^ Northern Hindu Indian armies only, including Rajputi armies (747–1300). ^^ Rajputi Northern Indian Hindu armies only (747 –1300). ^^^ Southern Hindu Indian armies only, including Vijayanagara armies (1336–1646). * Vijayanaga Empire only (1356 to 1377). ** Vijayanagara Empire, only, after 1336. Some Vijayanagar Empire cavalry rode armoured horses. *** Vijayanagara Empire, only, after 1406. **** Vijayanagara Empire, only, after 1470.

Page 213 Return to Contents ***** Vijayanagar after 1510, or any state after 1550. Allies: Armies must be either Northern Indian Hindu, Rajputi Northern Indian Hindu, or Southern Indian Hindu. Northern Indian Hindu armies may include Hephthalite Allies (before 600 CE), Tibetans allies (between 620 and 860 CE), Rajputi allies (after 847 CE), Later Muslim Indian allies (after 1206 CE) or Arab Indian allies. Rajputi Northern Indian armies may only include Northern Indian Hindu allies. Southern Indian armies, other than those of the Chola or Vijayanagara Empires, may include North Hindu Indian or Rajputi Northern Hindu Indian allies. Notes Hindu armies depended largely upon their foot archers and war elephants. Northern Indian Hindu armies tended to include more cavalry than southern Indian armies which had problems with horse breeding and needed to import large numbers of horses at great expense. Southern Indian armies compensated for their lack of cavalry by including more war elephants. The Vijayanagarans were enthusiastic early adopters of gunpowder weapons, including bombards, fireworks, rockets and arquebuses. Historical Background At the start of the period covered by this list, the kingdoms of India were predominately ruled by Hindus. During the period covered by this list, the Hindu states were conquered or turned into vassals by the Muslims of the Delhi Sultanate, Mughal Empire and other kingdoms, until only the Vijayanagara Empire in southern India, remained. The Rajput (from rajaputra, literally "son of a king") kingdoms emerged in North Western India in the c. 8th. They were fanatical warriors who dressed in yellow and who preferred death in a suicidal charge to defeat and dishonour. The Rajput Kingdoms were, however, relatively small and politically divided, and fought each other as often as they fought anyone else. The long-lived Chola dynasties of southern India and Sri Lanka were succeeded by the Pandya dynasties and the Vijayanagara Empire, from 1336 CE onwards, which fought many wars against the encroaching Muslim kingdoms to the north. Sources I used Ian Heath's Armies of the Middle Ages, Part 2, and Wikipedia as the principle sources for this list.

Page 214 Return to Contents IX The Ancient Orient This chapter contains the army lists of the ancient Far East.

Warring States and Ch'in (Qin) Chinese This list covers the 480–BCE period when China was divided into at least eight competing powers and the time of the Ch'in (or Qin) who established China's first empire. The Terracotta Army of Xi'an is a Ch'in army. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to detached Any – +1 Upgrade to heroic 0–2 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Cavalry, bow 1–3** 8+ 9 Replace cavalry, bow with cavalry, lance 0–1 7+ 9 Cavalry Upgrade cavalry, bow or lance to cavalry, bow or 0–1 –1 +2 lance, veteran 1–3**, 2– Chariots Heavy chariots, lance, extra bow 6+ 13 6*** Light cavalry Light cavalry, bow 1–6** 8+ 5 Billmen 1–5** 7+ 7 Dagger–axemen/halberdiers/ Upgrade billmen to billmen, veteran 0–1 6+ 9 swordsmen Downgrade billmen to billmen, raw Any 8+ 5 Billmen 0–2*** 7+ 7 Dagger–axemen/swordsmen Downgrade billmen to billmen, raw Any 8+ 5 Spearmen 1–5 7 Upgrade spearmen to spearmen, deep Any 10 Regular spearmen 7+ Upgrade spearmen or spearmen, deep with extra bow Any* +2 or crossbow Spearmen, raw 0–5 5 Conscript spearmen 8+ Upgrade spearmen, raw to spearmen, raw, deep Any 7 Tribal foot Warriors, deep 0–3 7+ 10 Bowmen 0–4 8+ 7 Bowmen Downgrade bowmen to bowmen, raw as tribals 0–3 9+ 5 Crossbowmen 2–5* 8+ 7 Upgrade crossbowmen to crossbowmen, veteran 0–1 7+ 9 Crossbowmen Downgrade crossbowmen to crossbowmen, raw as 0–2 9+ 5 tribals Skirmishers Light infantry other, bow or crossbow 1–4 8+ 4 Peasants Mobs, deep 0–4 8+ 7 Artillery Artillery (catapults) 0–1 7+ 7 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Fortifications Fortifications, per 1 box–side length 0–6 – 1 * The total number of bowmen, crossbowmen and upgraded spearmen may not exceed eight. ** After 300. The number of spearmen may not exceed the total number of dagger-axemen/halberdiers/swordsmen. *** Before 300.

Page 215 Return to Contents Notes Special Ch'in (Qin) rule: For Ch'in (Qin) armies from 350 to 221 BCE, the first time that a 10 is drawn when activating a single billman or spearman unit (including a raw billman or spearman unit, or a billmen/spearman unit with added bow/crossbow) the unit becomes 'fanatic' as defined in the rules. The 10 activation must be used to charge the nearest enemy if possible; otherwise, it must move towards the nearest enemy to its front. It remains fanatic for the rest of the battle. Only a single unit in each battle may become fanatic in this way. This list was written by Roger Calderbank – thanks Roger!

Page 216 Return to Contents Western Han Chinese This list covers the empire established by Liu Pang after the Ch'in (Qin) Empire fell into anarchy in 202 BCE until 9 CE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to detached Any – +1 Upgrade to heroic 0–2 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Cavalry, bow or crossbow 1–3 8+ 9 Cavalry Replace cavalry, bow or crossbow with cavalry, lance 0–1 7+ 9 Upgrade cavalry, bow or crossbow or lance to 0–1 –1 11 veteran Chariots Heavy chariots, lance, extra bow 0–2 6+ 13 Light cavalry, bow 1–4 8+ 5 Light cavalry Upgrade light cavalry, bow to light cavalry, bow, Up to 1/2 7+ 6 veteran Billmen 2–4 7+ 7 Upgrade billmen to billmen, veteran 0–1 9 Halberdiers/swordsmen Up to 6+ Upgrade billmen to billmen, extra bow or crossbow +2 1/2*** Downgrade billmen to billmen, raw Any* 8+ 5 Spearmen 3–6 7 Upgrade spearmen to spearmen, extra bow or Up to 7+ 9 crossbow 1/2*** Spearmen Upgrade spearmen to spearmen, veteran 0–1 6+ 11 Upgrade spearmen to spearmen, deep Any** 7+ 10 Downgrade spearmen, deep to spearmen, deep, raw Any* 8+ 7 Tribal foot Warriors, deep 0–3 7+ 10 Bowmen Bowmen 0–2*** 8+ 7 Conscript bowmen Bowmen, raw 0–3 9+ 5 Crossbowmen 2–4*** 8+ 7 Crossbowmen Upgrade crossbowmen to crossbowmen, veteran 0–1 7+ 9 Conscript crossbowmen Crossbowmen, raw 0–5 9+ 5 Skirmishers Light infantry other, bow or crossbow 0–4 8+ 4 Peasants Mobs, deep 0–4 8+ 7 Artillery Artillery (catapults) 0–1 7+ 7 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Fortifications Fortifications 0–6 – 1 * Raw halberdiers/swordsmen and raw spearmen may not be upgraded with extra bows or crossbows. ** Spearmen upgraded to veteran cannot also be upgraded to deep. *** The total number of bowmen and spearmen and halberdiers/swordsmen upgraded with bows cannot exceed the number of crossbowmen and spearmen and halberdiers/swordsmen upgraded with crossbows. Conscript bowmen/crossbowmen are not included in this calculation.

This list was written by Roger Calderbank – thanks Roger!

Page 217 Return to Contents Eastern Han Chinese This list covers the later Han Empire after the relocation of its capital from Chang-an to Lo-yang in 23 CE until 220 CE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to detached Any – +1 Upgrade to heroic 0–2 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes Heroes 2–4 – 1 Cavalry, bow or crossbow 1–4 8+ 9 Upgrade cavalry, bow or crossbow to cavalry, bow or 0–1 7+ 11 crossbow, veteran Cavalry Downgrade cavalry, bow or crossbow to cavalry, bow Any 9+ 7 or crossbow, raw Replace cavalry, bow or crossbow with cavalry, lance 0–2 7+ 9 Upgrade cavalry, lance to cavalry, lance, veteran 0–1 6+ 11 Light cavalry, bow 1–4 8+ 5 Light cavalry Upgrade light cavalry, bow to light cavalry, bow, Up to 1/2 7+ 6 veteran Billmen 1–4 7+ 7 Halberdiers/swordsmen Downgrade billmen to billmen, raw Any 8+ 5 Spearmen 4–8 7 7+ Spearmen Upgrade spearmen to spearmen, deep Any 10 Downgrade spearmen, deep to spearmen, deep, raw Any 8+ 7 Tribal foot Warriors, deep 0–3 7+ 10 Bowmen Bowmen 0–2 8+ 7 Conscript or tribal bowmen Bowmen, raw 0–3 9+ 5 Crossbowmen Crossbowmen 1–4 8+ 7 Conscript or tribal Crossbowmen, raw 1–6 9+ 5 crossbowmen Skirmishers Light infantry other, bow or crossbow 0–4 8+ 4 Peasants Mobs, deep 0–4 8+ 7 Artillery Artillery (catapults) 0–1 7+ 7 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Fortifications Fortifications 0–6 – 1 This list was written by Roger Calderbank – thanks Roger!

Page 218 Return to Contents Three Kingdoms Chinese This list represents the armies of the Wei, Wu and Shu after the collapse of the Han Empire between 221 and 285 CE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to detached Any – +1 Upgrade to heroic 0–2 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Cavalry, bow 1–3 8+ 9 Cavalry Upgrade cavalry, bow to cavalry, bow, veteran 0–1*** 7+ 11 Light cavalry, bow 2–8** 8+ 5 Light cavalry Upgrade light cavalry, bow to light cavalry, bow, Up to 1/2 7+ 6 veteran Light cavalry Light cavalry, bow 0–2*** 8+ 5 Billmen 0–3 7+ 7 Halberdiers/swordsmen Downgrade billmen to billmen, raw Any 8+ 5 "Dare to die" Billmen, small unit, raw 0–1**** 8+ 2.5 Spearmen 2–8 7 7+ Spearmen Upgrade spearmen to spearmen, deep Any 10 Downgrade spearmen, deep to spearmen, deep, raw Any 8+ 7 2–6**, 3– Tribal foot Warriors, hero 7+ 10 6*** Bowmen Bowmen 0–6* 8+ 7 Tribal bowmen Bowmen, raw 1–6 9+ 5 Crossbowmen Crossbowmen 0–3* 8+ 7 Tribal crossbowmen Crossbowmen, raw 0–3 9+ 5 Skirmishers Light infantry other, bow or crossbow 0–4 8+ 4 Peasants Mobs, deep 0–4 8+ 7 Artillery Artillery (catapults) 0–1 7+ 7 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Fortifications Fortifications 0–6 – 1 * The number of crossbowmen cannot exceed half the number of bowmen. Tribal bowmen/crossbowmen are not included in this total. ** Wei and Shu Han (221–265). *** Wu (221–285) and Wei and Shu Han (266–285). **** The "dare to die" unit does not add victory points to the army, but a victory medal is not surrendered if the unit is lost. It gets no saving bonuses of any sort. This list was written by Roger Calderbank – thanks Roger!

Page 219 Return to Contents Southern Dynasties Chinese This list gives the Chinese armies of a series of regimes in southern China between 316–581 CE at a time when northern China was ruled by a succession of invaders from the north. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to detached Any – +1 Upgrade to heroic 0–2 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Cataphracts Cataphracts, lance 1–2 6+ 11 Cavalry Cavalry, bow 1–2 8+ 9 Light cavalry, bow 0–6 8+ 5 Light cavalry Upgrade light cavalry, bow to light cavalry, bow, Up to 1/2 7+ 6 veteran Billmen 0–3 7+ 7 Halberdiers/swordsmen Upgrade billmen to billmen, extra bow Any* 7+ 9 Downgrade billmen to billmen, raw Any** 8+ 5 "Dare to die" Billmen, small unit, raw 0–1*** 8+ 2.5 Spearmen 3–8 7+ 7 Upgrade spearmen to spearmen, veteran 0–1 6+ 9 Spearmen Upgrade spearmen to spearmen, deep Any 7+ 10 Downgrade spearmen, deep to spearmen, deep, raw Any 8+ 7 Upgrade any spearmen with extra bow Any* 7+ +2 Tribal foot Warriors, hero 1–4 7+ 10 Bowmen Bowmen 0–4* 8+ 7 Tribal bowmen Bowmen, raw 1–6 9+ 5 Crossbowmen Crossbowmen 0–4* 8+ 7 Tribal crossbowmen Crossbowmen, raw 0–4 9+ 5 Skirmishers Light infantry other, bow 1–4 8+ 4 Peasants Mobs, deep 0–4 8+ 7 War Wagons War wagons 0–2 7+ 13 Artillery Artillery (catapults) 0–1 7+ 7 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Fortifications Fortifications 0–6 – 1 * The total number of bowmen, crossbowmen and upgrades halberdiers/spearmen upgraded with extra bows may not exceed eight. The number of crossbowmen cannot exceed the number of bowmen. Tribal bowmen/crossbowmen are not included in this total. ** Raw halberdiers/swordsmen and raw spearmen cannot be upgraded with extra bows. *** The "dare to die" unit does not add victory points to the army, but a victory medal is not surrendered if the unit is lost. It gets no saving bonuses of any sort. This list was written by Roger Calderbank – thanks Roger!

Page 220 Return to Contents Burmese This list covers Burmese armies from the foundation of the Pyu city states around 500 CE through the period of the Pagan Empire and up to King Bayinnaung of Taungoo's conquest of the Kingdom of Ava in 1555 CE. Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to detached 0–1 – +1 Upgrade to heroic 0–1 3+ +1 Generals Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Upgrade a senior, heroic, attached general to great 0–1 3+ +4 leader as Kyansittha from 1057 – 1084 CE. Heroes 2–4 – 1 Cavalry, javelin, raw 2–5 8+ 7 Cavalry Upgrade cavalry, javelin, raw to cavalry, javelin 0–1* 7+ 9 Cavalry, crossbow 0–2 8+ 9 3–6****, 1– Spearmen 7+ 7 6^ Standing army Upgrade spearmen to spearmen, veteran as guards 0–1* 6+ 9 Downgrade spearmen to spearmen, raw Any 8+ 5 Upgrade any spearmen with extra bow or crossbow Any** – +2 3–6****, 1– Spearmen, raw 8+ 5 Militia 6^ Downgrade spearmen, raw, to mobs, deep Any 8+ 7 Thai mercenaries Spearmen, veteran 0–1*** 6+ 9 Bowmen, raw 2–5** 9+ 5 Archers Upgrade bowmen, raw to bowmen 0–2 8+ 7 Crossbowmen, raw 0–2** 9+ 5 Crossbowmen Upgrade crossbowmen, raw to crossbowmen 0–1* 8+ 7 0–1****, 2– Elephants Indian elephants, escorted, deep 6+ 12 5^ Skirmishers Light infantry, javelin 0–1 7+ 4 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 * After 1173, when King Narapatisithu established a guard. ** The total number of bowmen units, crossbowmen units or "extra bow" upgrades may not exceed seven. *** After 900. **** Before 1043. ^ From 1043 onwards. Allies Thais (after 1238 CE), Yuan Chinese. Notes Massed elephants were introduced by King Anawrarhta from 1044 CE. Although there is some doubt about whether they had howdahs or carried racks of archers, they were clearly generously escorted. King Anawrartha's son was called Kyansittha; his name allegedly means "last man standing" and refers to his knack for surviving the battlefield and other dangers. He survived to become Emperor. A heroic general, he will doubtless need the two injury cards that come with being a great leader! Historical Background In the earlier part of the period covered by this list Burmese civilisation was centred around the Pyu city states in upper Burma which gradually spread southwards. In the mid c. 9th CE however, the Pyu cities were overthrown by the south west

Page 221 Return to Contents Chinese Kingdom of Nanzhou and it was only in the 1060s that a new power emerged, the Pagan Empire, which survived until fragmented by Mongol invasions from 1277. After this, Burma was divided into smaller states. Many thanks to Marco Cardano who wrote the first draft of this list, which I edited.

Page 222 Return to Contents Turkish Tribes and Kingdoms This list covers Turkish and Turkomen tribes, kingdoms and other forces in Asia between 552 and 1501 CE from the early Gokturks through to the Black and White Sheep Turkomen, excluding those tribes and kingdoms already covered in other lists, such as the Seljuqs and the . Unit Description Number Save Cost Mounted, attached general 2–4 2+ 5 Generals Upgrade to heroic Any 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 1–3 – 1 Cavalry, lance, extra bow 3–6 7+ 11 Nobles Upgrade cavalry, lance, extra bow to cavalry, lance, 0–2 6+ 13 extra bow, veteran Kurdish lancers Cavalry, lance 0–2** 7+ 9 Light cavalry, bow 5–12 8+ 5 Upgrade light cavalry, bow to light cavalry, bow, Turks and Turkomans Up to 1/4 7+ 6 veteran Upgrade light cavalry, bow to cavalry, bow Up to 1/4 8+ 9 Light infantry, javelin 7+ 4 Javelinmen or spearmen Javelinmen, raw 0–3* 8+ 5 Spearmen, raw 8+ 5 Light infantry other, bow 8+ 4 0–4 Bowmen 8+ 7 Bowmen Downgrade bowmen to bowmen, raw Any 9+ 5 Mount bowmen or light infantry other, bow on 0–2 – +1 horses/camels as mounted infantry Other Camps 1–3 – 1 Wagon laager or fortifications Fortifications* 0–5 – 1 * Only after 840. ** Only after 1387. Allies None. Notes This is a composite list, and Turkish states also constitute other lists (e.g. Seljuks and the Sultanate of Rum). Turkish and Turkomen light cavalry are also present in many other lists. Throughout the very wide period covered by this list, Turkish armies were similar – a typical 'steppe' army of bow horsemen, with some heavier cavalry with bows and lances and a few foot bowmen. Later, Turkic armies seem to have included some spearmen or javelinmen. I have supposed that this change may have taken place around 840 CE, when the Turks first began to occupy areas with more towns and so have access to more foot troops Turks will be encountered as allies to the following lists: , Abbasid Caliphate, Sui Dynasty, Tang Dynasty, Tibetan, Hsi–Hsia, Ghaznavid, Seljuk Turks, Jurchen, Khitan, Mongol Conquest, Ilkhanid Mongol, Ottoman, Mamluk and Timurid. Turkic mercenaries or slave soldiers were ubiquitous and will be found in many more lists. The Black and White Sheep Turkomen have access to Kurdish lancers as their heartland was in Anatolia rather than the far side of the Caspian Sea. The Turkomen tended to become invisible when a strong ruling tribe, such as the , was in power but to reappear again once that strong ruling force declines, suggesting that the Turkik tribes never wholly lost their identity. Historical Background

Page 223 Return to Contents Although Turkic peoples had been present in since at least 460, the first Turkish state was founded in 552 CE, shortly before his death, by Bumin Qaghan of the Göktürks. This state, the Turkic Khaganate, expanded rapidly, eventually ruling much of Central Asia from the Black Sea almost to Korea. In 563, it defeated the Hephthalites, ending Hunnic power in the region. A civil war from 581–584 saw the Khaganate divided into Eastern and Western states, both of which clashed repeatedly with the Sui and Tang dynasties of China. In 630 at the battle of Yinshan, the Eastern Turkic Khaganate was defeated by the Tang. Further west, the Khazars (650–969), Türgesh (699–796), Uyghurs (744–848), Oghuz (766–1055), Karakhanids (840–1212) and Kipchaks (880–1200) all established Turkic states north and east of the Caspian Sea, whilst west of the Caspian were Pecheneg (860–1091)(see separate list) and Khazar (650–969) states. Of these, the Uyghar Khaganate probably had the greatest extent, covering much of north east Asia south of Siberia and reaching the Pacific at what is now the Sea of Okhotsk. The Karakhanids dominated Transoxiana, with the Oghuz further west between the Caspian and Aral seas, and the Kipchaks forming probably the most northern Turkic state, north of the Oghuz and Karakhanids. Islam started to be adopted from around 950 and beginning in 1037 the Turkic Seljuks (see separate lists) formed an empire which came to dominate much of western Asia and the Middle East, although eastern parts of that empire were taken over by the Khwarazmian dynasty (1077–1231) which also had Turkish rulers. The Mongols overran the Turkish heartlands by 1220 and, for a time, there were no formal Turkic states. Accordingly, the Kara Koyunlu (Black Sheep Turkomans) formed a new Turkic state in 1375 between the Black and Caspian Seas, clashing with the Timurids. They were themselves taken over in the years before 1476 by the Ak Koyunlu (White Sheep Turkomans), whose rule ended in 1501 after repeated clashes with the Safavids. Many thanks to Roger Calderbank for coming up with this interesting list. The Turks: who knew? :–)

Page 224 Return to Contents Sui Chinese Unit Description Number Save Cost Attached general on foot 2–4 2+ 4 Upgrade to mounted Any – +1 Generals Upgrade to detached Any – +1 Upgrade to heroic 0–2 3+ +1 Upgrade to senior 0–1 – +1 Heroes 2–4 – 1 Cataphracts Cataphracts, lance 1–3 6+ 11 Cavalry Cavalry, bow 1–2 8+ 9 Light cavalry, bow 0–4 8+ 5 Light cavalry Upgrade light cavalry, bow to light cavalry, bow, Up to 1/2 7+ 6 veteran Billmen 0–3 7+ 7 Halberdiers/swordsmen Upgrade billmen to billmen, extra bow Any* 7+ 9 Downgrade billmen to raw Any** 8+ 5 Spearmen 3–8 7+ 7 Upgrade spearmen to spearmen, veteran 0–1*** 6+ 9 Spearmen Upgrade spearmen to spearmen, deep Any 7+ 10 Upgrade spearmen with extra bow Any* 7+ +2 Tribal foot Warriors, deep 0–3 7+ 10 Bowmen 2–5* 8+ 7 Bowmen Downgrade bowmen to bowmen, raw as tribals 0–2 9+ 5 Crossbowmen 1–4* 8+ 7 Crossbowmen Downgrade crossbowmen to crossbowmen, raw as 0–2 9+ 5 tribals Skirmishers Light infantry other, bow 0–4 8+ 4 Levies Mobs, deep 0–4 8+ 7 Artillery Artillery (catapults) 0–1 7+ 7 Camp Camp 1–3 – 1 Fortifications Fortifications 0–5 – 1 * The total number of bowmen, crossbowmen and halberdiers/spearmen upgraded with extra bows cannot exceed eight. The number of crossbowmen cannot exceed the number of bowmen. Tribal bowmen/crossbowmen are not included in this total. ** Raw halberdiers/swordsmen cannot be upgraded with extra bows. *** Spearmen upgraded to veteran cannot also be upgraded to deep. This list covers the short-lived empire created when Yang Chien re-established a unified China through the conquest of rival dynasties between 581 and 618 CE. This list was written by Roger Calderbank – thanks Roger!

Page 225 Return to Contents

I very much hope that you enjoyed these lists. If you have spotted any errors, have a suggestion, or would like to help with adding historical background material to a list or even writing a new list, please email me at [email protected]. Other lists, scenarios and the To the Strongest! rules, themselves, can be found in the BigRedBatShop.

Page 226 Return to Contents